diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'old/ocean10.txt')
| -rw-r--r-- | old/ocean10.txt | 11754 |
1 files changed, 11754 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/old/ocean10.txt b/old/ocean10.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..192a7d3 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/ocean10.txt @@ -0,0 +1,11754 @@ +***The Project Gutenberg Etext of Oceana, by James Harrington*** + + +Copyright laws are changing all over the world, be sure to check +the copyright laws for your country before posting these files!! + +Please take a look at the important information in this header. +We encourage you to keep this file on your own disk, keeping an +electronic path open for the next readers. Do not remove this. + +*It must legally be the first thing seen when opening the book.* +In fact, our legal advisors said we can't even change margins. + +**Welcome To The World of Free Plain Vanilla Electronic Texts** + +**Etexts Readable By Both Humans and By Computers, Since 1971** + +*These Etexts Prepared By Hundreds of Volunteers and Donations* + +Information on contacting Project Gutenberg to get Etexts, and +further information is included below. We need your donations. + + +Title: The Commonwealth of Oceana + +Author: James Harrington + +September, 2001 [Etext #2801] +[Yes, we are about one year ahead of schedule] + +***The Project Gutenberg Etext of Oceana, by James Harrington*** +******This file should be named ocean10.txt or ocean10.zip****** + +Corrected EDITIONS of our etexts get a new NUMBER, ocean11.txt +VERSIONS based on separate sources get new LETTER, ocean10a.txt + + +Project Gutenberg Etexts are usually created from multiple editions, +all of which are in the Public Domain in the United States, unless a +copyright notice is included. Therefore, we usually do NOT keep any +of these books in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +We are now trying to release all our books one month in advance +of the official release dates, leaving time for better editing. + +Please note: neither this list nor its contents are final till +midnight of the last day of the month of any such announcement. +The official release date of all Project Gutenberg Etexts is at +Midnight, Central Time, of the last day of the stated month. A +preliminary version may often be posted for suggestion, comment +and editing by those who wish to do so. To be sure you have an +up to date first edition [xxxxx10x.xxx] please check file sizes +in the first week of the next month. Since our ftp program has +a bug in it that scrambles the date [tried to fix and failed] a +look at the file size will have to do, but we will try to see a +new copy has at least one byte more or less. + + +Information about Project Gutenberg (one page) + +We produce about two million dollars for each hour we work. The +time it takes us, a rather conservative estimate, is fifty hours +to get any etext selected, entered, proofread, edited, copyright +searched and analyzed, the copyright letters written, etc. This +projected audience is one hundred million readers. If our value +per text is nominally estimated at one dollar then we produce $2 +million dollars per hour this year as we release thirty-six text +files per month, or 432 more Etexts in 1999 for a total of 2000+ +If these reach just 10% of the computerized population, then the +total should reach over 200 billion Etexts given away this year. + +The Goal of Project Gutenberg is to Give Away One Trillion Etext +Files by December 31, 2001. [10,000 x 100,000,000 = 1 Trillion] +This is ten thousand titles each to one hundred million readers, +which is only ~5% of the present number of computer users. + +At our revised rates of production, we will reach only one-third +of that goal by the end of 2001, or about 3,333 Etexts unless we +manage to get some real funding; currently our funding is mostly +from Michael Hart's salary at Carnegie-Mellon University, and an +assortment of sporadic gifts; this salary is only good for a few +more years, so we are looking for something to replace it, as we +don't want Project Gutenberg to be so dependent on one person. + +We need your donations more than ever! + + +All donations should be made to "Project Gutenberg/CMU": and are +tax deductible to the extent allowable by law. (CMU = Carnegie- +Mellon University). + +For these and other matters, please mail to: + +Project Gutenberg +P. O. Box 2782 +Champaign, IL 61825 + +When all other email fails. . .try our Executive Director: +Michael S. Hart <hart@pobox.com> +hart@pobox.com forwards to hart@prairienet.org and archive.org +if your mail bounces from archive.org, I will still see it, if +it bounces from prairienet.org, better resend later on. . . . + +We would prefer to send you this information by email. + +****** + +To access Project Gutenberg etexts, use any Web browser +to view http://promo.net/pg. This site lists Etexts by +author and by title, and includes information about how +to get involved with Project Gutenberg. You could also +download our past Newsletters, or subscribe here. This +is one of our major sites, please email hart@pobox.com, +for a more complete list of our various sites. + +To go directly to the etext collections, use FTP or any +Web browser to visit a Project Gutenberg mirror (mirror +sites are available on 7 continents; mirrors are listed +at http://promo.net/pg). + +Mac users, do NOT point and click, typing works better. + +Example FTP session: + +ftp metalab.unc.edu +login: anonymous +password: your@login +cd pub/docs/books/gutenberg +cd etext90 through etext99 or etext00 through etext01, etc. +dir [to see files] +get or mget [to get files. . .set bin for zip files] +GET GUTINDEX.?? [to get a year's listing of books, e.g., GUTINDEX.99] +GET GUTINDEX.ALL [to get a listing of ALL books] + +*** + +**Information prepared by the Project Gutenberg legal advisor** + +(Three Pages) + + +***START**THE SMALL PRINT!**FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN ETEXTS**START*** +Why is this "Small Print!" statement here? You know: lawyers. +They tell us you might sue us if there is something wrong with +your copy of this etext, even if you got it for free from +someone other than us, and even if what's wrong is not our +fault. So, among other things, this "Small Print!" statement +disclaims most of our liability to you. It also tells you how +you can distribute copies of this etext if you want to. + +*BEFORE!* YOU USE OR READ THIS ETEXT +By using or reading any part of this PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm +etext, you indicate that you understand, agree to and accept +this "Small Print!" statement. If you do not, you can receive +a refund of the money (if any) you paid for this etext by +sending a request within 30 days of receiving it to the person +you got it from. If you received this etext on a physical +medium (such as a disk), you must return it with your request. + +ABOUT PROJECT GUTENBERG-TM ETEXTS +This PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm etext, like most PROJECT GUTENBERG- +tm etexts, is a "public domain" work distributed by Professor +Michael S. Hart through the Project Gutenberg Association at +Carnegie-Mellon University (the "Project"). Among other +things, this means that no one owns a United States copyright +on or for this work, so the Project (and you!) can copy and +distribute it in the United States without permission and +without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, set forth +below, apply if you wish to copy and distribute this etext +under the Project's "PROJECT GUTENBERG" trademark. + +To create these etexts, the Project expends considerable +efforts to identify, transcribe and proofread public domain +works. Despite these efforts, the Project's etexts and any +medium they may be on may contain "Defects". Among other +things, Defects may take the form of incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other +intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged +disk or other etext medium, a computer virus, or computer +codes that damage or cannot be read by your equipment. + +LIMITED WARRANTY; DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES +But for the "Right of Replacement or Refund" described below, +[1] the Project (and any other party you may receive this +etext from as a PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm etext) disclaims all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including +legal fees, and [2] YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE OR +UNDER STRICT LIABILITY, OR FOR BREACH OF WARRANTY OR CONTRACT, +INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE +OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + +If you discover a Defect in this etext within 90 days of +receiving it, you can receive a refund of the money (if any) +you paid for it by sending an explanatory note within that +time to the person you received it from. If you received it +on a physical medium, you must return it with your note, and +such person may choose to alternatively give you a replacement +copy. If you received it electronically, such person may +choose to alternatively give you a second opportunity to +receive it electronically. + +THIS ETEXT IS OTHERWISE PROVIDED TO YOU "AS-IS". NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, ARE MADE TO YOU AS +TO THE ETEXT OR ANY MEDIUM IT MAY BE ON, INCLUDING BUT NOT +LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A +PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + +Some states do not allow disclaimers of implied warranties or +the exclusion or limitation of consequential damages, so the +above disclaimers and exclusions may not apply to you, and you +may have other legal rights. + +INDEMNITY +You will indemnify and hold the Project, its directors, +officers, members and agents harmless from all liability, cost +and expense, including legal fees, that arise directly or +indirectly from any of the following that you do or cause: +[1] distribution of this etext, [2] alteration, modification, +or addition to the etext, or [3] any Defect. + +DISTRIBUTION UNDER "PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm" +You may distribute copies of this etext electronically, or by +disk, book or any other medium if you either delete this +"Small Print!" and all other references to Project Gutenberg, +or: + +[1] Only give exact copies of it. Among other things, this + requires that you do not remove, alter or modify the + etext or this "small print!" statement. You may however, + if you wish, distribute this etext in machine readable + binary, compressed, mark-up, or proprietary form, + including any form resulting from conversion by word pro- + cessing or hypertext software, but only so long as + *EITHER*: + + [*] The etext, when displayed, is clearly readable, and + does *not* contain characters other than those + intended by the author of the work, although tilde + (~), asterisk (*) and underline (_) characters may + be used to convey punctuation intended by the + author, and additional characters may be used to + indicate hypertext links; OR + + [*] The etext may be readily converted by the reader at + no expense into plain ASCII, EBCDIC or equivalent + form by the program that displays the etext (as is + the case, for instance, with most word processors); + OR + + [*] You provide, or agree to also provide on request at + no additional cost, fee or expense, a copy of the + etext in its original plain ASCII form (or in EBCDIC + or other equivalent proprietary form). + +[2] Honor the etext refund and replacement provisions of this + "Small Print!" statement. + +[3] Pay a trademark license fee to the Project of 20% of the + net profits you derive calculated using the method you + already use to calculate your applicable taxes. If you + don't derive profits, no royalty is due. Royalties are + payable to "Project Gutenberg Association/Carnegie-Mellon + University" within the 60 days following each + date you prepare (or were legally required to prepare) + your annual (or equivalent periodic) tax return. + +WHAT IF YOU *WANT* TO SEND MONEY EVEN IF YOU DON'T HAVE TO? +The Project gratefully accepts contributions in money, time, +scanning machines, OCR software, public domain etexts, royalty +free copyright licenses, and every other sort of contribution +you can think of. Money should be paid to "Project Gutenberg +Association / Carnegie-Mellon University". + +We are planning on making some changes in our donation structure +in 2000, so you might want to email me, hart@pobox.com beforehand. + + + + +*END THE SMALL PRINT! FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN ETEXTS*Ver.04.29.93*END* + + + + + +Oceana + +by James Harrington + + + + +INTRODUCTION TO OCEANA + +JAMES HARRINGTON, eldest son of Sir Sapcotes Harrington of +Exton, in Rutlandshire, was born in the reign of James I, in +January, 1661, five years before the death of Shakespeare. He was +two or three years younger than John Milton. His great-grandfather +was Sir James Harrington, who married Lucy, daughter of Sir +William Sidney, lived with her to their golden wedding-day, and +had eighteen children, through whom he counted himself, before +his death, patriarch in a family that in his own time produced eight +dukes, three marquises, seventy earls, twenty-seven viscounts, and +thirty-six barons, sixteen of them all being Knights of the Garter. +James Harrington's ideal of a commonwealth was the design, +therefore, of a man in many ways connected with the chief nobility +of England. + +Sir Sapcotes Harrington married twice, and had by each of his +wives two sons and two daughters. James Harrington was eldest +son by the first marriage, which was to Jane, daughter of Sir +William Samuel of Upton, in Northamptonshire. James +Harrington's brother became a merchant; of his half-brothers, one +went to sea, the other became a captain in the army. + +As a child, James Harrington was studious, and so sedate that it +was said playfully of him he rather kept his parents and teachers in +awe than needed correction; but in after-life his quick wit made +him full of playfulness in conversation. In 1629 he entered Trinity +College, Oxford, as a gentleman commoner. There he had for tutor +William Chillingworth, a Fellow of the college, who after +conversion to the Church of Rome had reasoned his way back into +Protestant opinions. Chillingworth became a famous champion of +Protestantism in the question between the Churches, although +many Protestants attacked him as unsound because he would not +accept the Athanasian Creed and had some other reservations. + +Harrington prepared himself for foreign travel by study of modern +languages, but before he went abroad, and while he was still under +age, his father died and he succeeded to his patrimony. The +socage tenure of his estate gave him free choice of his own +guardian, and he chose his mother's mother, Lady Samuel. + +He then began the season of travel which usually followed studies +at the university, a part of his training to which he had looked +forward with especial interest. He went first to Holland, which +had been in Queen Elizabeth's time the battle-ground of civil and +religious liberty. Before he left England he used to say he knew of +monarchy, anarchy, aristocracy, democracy, oligarchy, only as +hard words to be looked for in a dictionary. But his interest in +problems of government began to be awakened while he was +among the Dutch. He served in the regiment of Lord Craven, and +afterward in that of Sir Robert Stone; was much at The Hague; +became familiar with the Court of the Prince of Orange, and with +King James's daughter, the Queen of Bohemia, who, with her +husband the Prince Elector, was then a fugitive to Holland. Lord +Harrington, who had once acted as governor to the princess, and +won her affection, was James Harrington's uncle, and she now +cordially welcomed the young student of life for his uncle's sake, +and for his own pleasantness of outward wit and inward gravity of +thought. Harrington was taken with him by the exiled and +plundered Prince Elector, when he paid a visit to the Court of +Denmark, and he was intrusted afterward with the chief care of the +prince's affairs in England. + +From Holland, James Harrington passed through Flanders into +France, and thence to Italy. When he came hack to England, some +courtiers who were with him in Rome told Charles I that +Harrington had been too squeamish at the Pope's consecration of +wax lights, in refusing to obtain a light, as others did, by kissing +his Holiness's toe. The King told Harrington that he might have +complied with a custom which only signified respect to a temporal +prince. But his Majesty was satisfied with the reply, that having +had the honor to kiss his Majesty's hand, he thought it beneath him +to kiss any other prince's foot. + +Of all places in Italy, Venice pleased Harrington best. He was +deeply interested ill the Venetian form of government, and his +observations bore fruit in many suggestions for the administration +of the Commonwealth of Oceana. + +After his return to England, being of age, James Harrington cared +actively for the interests of his younger brothers and sisters. It was +he who made his brother William a merchant. William Harrington +throve, and for his ingenuity in matters of construction he was +afterward made one of the Fellows of the newly formed Royal +Society. He took pains over the training of his sisters, making 110 +difference between sisters and half-sisters, and treating his +step-mother as a mother. He filled his home with loving-kindness, +and was most liberal in giving help to friends. When he was told +that he often threw away his bounty on ungrateful persons, he +playfully told his advisers they were mercenary and that he saw +they sold their gifts, since they expected so great a return as +gratitude. + +James Harrington's bent was for the study of life, and he made no +active suit for court employment. But he went to court, where +Charles I liked him, and admitted him as one of his privy chamber +extraordinary, in which character he went with the King in his first +expedition against the Scots. + +Because Charles I knew him and liked him, and because he had +shown himself no partisan of either side in the civil war, though he +was known to be inclined, in the way of abstract opinion, toward a +form of government that was not monarchy, the commissioners +appointed in 1646 to bring Charles from Newcastle named +Harrington as one of the King's attendants. The King was pleased, +and Harrington was appointed a groom of the bedchamber at +Holmby. He followed faithfully the fortunes of the fallen King, +never saying even to the King himself a word in contradiction of +his own principles of liberty, and finding nothing in his principles +or in his temper that should prevent him from paying honor to his +sovereign, and seeking to secure for him a happy issue out of his +afflictions. Antony a Wood says that " His Majesty loved +Harrington's company, and, finding him to be an ingenious man, +chose rather to converse with him than with others of his chamber: +they had often discourses concerning government; but when they +happened to talk of a commonwealth the King seemed not to +endure it." + +Harrington used all the influence he had with those in whose +power the King was, to prevent the urging of avoid-able questions +that would stand in the way of such a treaty as they professed to +seek during the King's imprisonment at Carisbrooke. Harrington's +friendly interventions on the King's behalf before the Parliament +commissioners at New-port caused him, indeed, to be suspected; +and when the King was removed from Carisbrooke to Hurst Castle, +Harrington was not allowed to remain in his service. But +afterward, when King Charles was being taken to Windsor, +Harrington got leave to bid him farewell at the door of his +carriage. As he was about to kneel, the King took him by the hand +and pulled him in. For a few days lie was left with the King, but an +oath was required of him that he would not assist in, or conceal +knowledge of any attempt to procure, the King's escape. He would +not take the oath; and was this time not only dismissed from the +King's service but himself imprisoned, until Ireton obtained his +release. Before the King's death, Harrington found his way to him +again, and he was among those who were with Charles I upon the +scaffold. + +After the King's execution, Harrington was for some time secluded +in his study. Monarchy was gone; some form of commonwealth +was to be established; and he set to work upon the writing of +"Oceana," calmly to show what form of government, since men +were free to choose, to him seemed best. + +He based his work on an opinion he had formed that the troubles +of the time were not due wholly to the intemperance of faction, the +misgovernment of a king, or the stubbornness of a people, but to +change in the balance of property; and he laid the foundations of +his commonwealth in the opinion that empire follows the balance +of property. Then he showed the commonwealth of Oceana in +action, with safeguards against future shiftings of that balance, and +with a popular government in which all offices were filled by men +chosen by ballot, who should hold office for a limited term. Thus +there was to be a constant flow of new blood through the political +system, and the representative was to be kept true as a reflection of +the public mind. + +The Commonwealth of Oceana was England. Harrington called +Scotland Marpesia; and Ireland, Panopea. London he called +Emporium; the Thames, Halcionia; Westminster, Hiera; +Westminster Hall, Pantheon. The Palace of St. James was Alma; +Hampton Court, Convallium; Windsor, Mount Celia. By Hemisna, +Harrington meant the river Trent. Past sovereigns of England he +renamed for Oceana: William the Conqueror became Turbo; King +John, Adoxus; Richard II, Dicotome; Henry VII, Panurgus; Henry +VIII, Coraunus; Elizabeth, Parthenia; James I, Morpheus. He +referred to Hobbes as Leviathan; and to Francis Bacon, as +Verulamius. Oliver Cromwell he renamed Olphaus Megaletor. + +Harrington's book was seized while printing, and carried to +Whitehall. Harrington went to Cromwell's daughter, Lady +Claypole, played with her three-year-old child while waiting for +her, and said to her, when she came and found him with her little +girl upon his lap, " Madam, you have come in the nick of time, for +I was just about to steal this pretty lady." "Why should you?" +"Why shouldn't I, unless you cause your father to restore a child of +mine that lie has stolen?" It was only, he said, a kind of political +romance; so far from any treason against her father that he hoped +she would let him know it was to be dedicated to him. So the +book was restored; and it was published in the time of Cromwell's +Commonwealth, in the year 1656. + +This treatise, which had its origin in the most direct pressure of the +problem of government upon the minds of men continues the +course of thought on which Machiavelli's " Prince " had formed +one famous station, and Hobbes's Leviathan," another. + +Oceana," when published, was widely read and actively attacked. +One opponent of its doctrines was Dr. Henry Ferne, afterward +Bishop of Chester. Another was Matthew Wren, eldest son to the +Bishop of Ely. He was one of those who met for scientific research +at the house of Dr. Wilkins, and had, said Harrington, " an +excellent faculty of magnifying a louse and diminishing a +commonwealth." + +In 1659, Harrington published an abridgment of his Oceana as +"The Art of Lawgiving," in three books. Other pieces followed, in +which he defended or developed his opinions. He again urged +them when Cromwell's Commonwealth was in its death-throes. +Then he fell back upon argument at nightly meetings of a Rota +Club which met in the New Palace Yard, Westminster. Milton's +old pupil, Cyriac Skinner, was one of its members; and its +elections were by ballot, with rotation in the tenure of all offices. +The club was put an end to at the Restoration, when Harrington +retired to his study and amused himself by putting his " System of +Politics" into the form of " Aphorisms." + +On December 28, 1661, James Harrington, then fifty years old, +was arrested and carried to the Tower as a traitor. His Aphorisms +were on his desk, and as they also were to be carried off, he asked +only that they might first be stitched together in their proper order. +Why he was arrested, he was not told. One of his sisters pleaded in +vain to the King. He was falsely accused of complicity in an +imaginary plot, of which nothing could be made by its +investigators. No heed was paid to the frank denials of a man of +the sincerest nature, who never had concealed his thoughts or +actions. "Why," he was asked, at his first examination by Lord +Lauderdale, who was one of his kinsmen, "why did he, as a private +man, meddle with politics? What had a private man to do with +government?" His answer was: "My lord, there is not any public +person, nor any magistrate, that has written on politics, worth a +button. All they that have been excellent in this way have been +private men, as private men, my lord, as myself. There is Plato, +there is Aristotle, there is Livy, there is Machiavel. My lord, I can +sum up Aristotle's ' Politics in a very few words: he says, there is +the Barbarous Monarchy-such a one where the people have 110 +votes in making the laws; he says, there is the Heroic +Monarchy-such a one where the people have their votes in making +the laws; and then, he says, there is Democracy, and affirms that a +man cannot be said to have liberty but in a democracy only." Lord +Lauderdale here showing impatience, Harrington added: "I say +Aristotle says so. I have not said so much. And under what prince +was it? Was it not under Alexander, the greatest prince then in the +world? I beseech you, my lord, did Alexander hang up Aristotle? +did he molest him? Livy, for a commonwealth, is one of the +fullest authors; did not he write under Augustus Caesar? Did +Caesar hang up Livy? did he molest him? Machiavel, what a +commonwealthsman was he! but he wrote under the Medici when +they were princes in Florence: did they hang up Machiavel, or did +they molest him? I have done no otherwise than as the greatest +politicians: the King will do no otherwise than as the greatest +princes." + +That was too much to hope, even in a dream, of the low-minded +Charles II. Harrington could not obtain even the show of justice in +a public trial. He was kept five months an untried prisoner in the +Tower, only sheltered from daily brutalities by bribe to the +lieutenant. When his habeas corpus had been moved for, it was at +first flatly refused;. and when it had been granted, Harrington was +smuggled away from the Tower between one and two o'clock in +the morning, and carried on board a ship that took him to closer +imprisonment on St. Nicholas Island, opposite Plymouth. There +his health suffered seriously, and his family obtained his removal +to imprisonment in Plymouth by giving a bond of œ5,000 as +sureties against his escape. In Plymouth, Harrington suffered from +scurvy, and at last he became insane. + +When he had been made a complete wreck in body and in -mind, +his gracious Majesty restored Harrington to his family. He never +recovered health, but still occupied himself much with his pen, +writing, among other things, a serious argument to prove that they +were themselves mad who thought him so. + +In those last days of his shattered life James Harrington married an +old friend of the family, a witty lady, daughter of Sir Marmaduke +Dorrell, of Buckinghamshire. Gout was added to his troubles ; +then lie was palsied ; and he died at Westminster, at the age of +sixty-six, on September 11, 1677. He was buried in St. Margaret's +Church, by the grave of Sir Walter Raleigh, on the south side of +the altar. + +H. M. + +OCEANA + +Part I + +THE PRELIMINARIES + +Showing the Principles of Government + +JANOTTI, the most excellent describer of the Commonwealth of +Venice, divides the whole series of government into two times or +periods: the one ending with the liberty of Rome, which was the +course or empire, as I may call it, of ancient prudence, first +discovered to mankind by God himself in the fabric of the +commonwealth of Israel, and afterward picked out of his footsteps +in nature, and unanimously followed by the Greeks and Romans; the +other beginning with the arms of Caesar, which, extinguishing +liberty, were the transition of ancient into modern prudence, +introduced by those inundations of Huns, Goths, Vandals, +Lombards, Saxons, which, breaking the Roman Empire, deformed the +whole face of the world with those ill-features of government, +which at this time are become far worse in these western parts, +except Venice, which, escaping the hands of the barbarians by +virtue of its impregnable situation, has had its eye fixed upon +ancient prudence, and is attained to a perfection even beyond the +copy. + +Relation being had to these two times, government (to define +it de jure, or according to ancient prudence) is an art whereby a +civil society of men is instituted and preserved upon the +foundation of common right or interest; or, to follow Aristotle +and Livy, it is the empire of laws, and not of men. + +And government (to define it de facto, or according to modern +prudence) is an art whereby some man, or some few men, subject a +city or a nation, and rule it according to his or their private +interest; which, because the laws in such cases are made +according to the interest of a man, or of some few families, may +be said to be the empire of men, and not of laws. + +The former kind is that which Machiavel (whose books are +neglected) is the only politician that has gone about to +retrieve; and that Leviathan (who would have his book imposed +upon the universities) goes about to destroy. For "it is," says +he, "another error of Aristotle's politics that in a well-ordered +commonwealth, not men should govern, but the laws. What man that +has his natural senses, though he can neither write nor read, +does not find himself governed by them he fears, and believes can +kill or hurt him when he obeys not? or, who believes that the law +can hurt him, which is but words and paper, without the hands and +swords of men?" I confess that the magistrate upon his bench is +that to the law which a gunner upon his platform is to his +cannon. Nevertheless, I should not dare to argue with a man of +any ingenuity after this manner. A whole army, though they can +neither write nor read, are not afraid of a platform, which they +know is but earth or stone; nor of a cannon, which, without a +hand to give fire to it, is but cold iron; therefore a whole army +is afraid of one man. But of this kind is the ratiocination of +Leviathan, as I shall show in divers places that come in my way, +throughout his whole politics, or worse; as where he says, "of +Aristotle and of Cicero, of the Greeks, and of the Romans, who +lived under popular States, that they derived those rights, not +from the principles of nature, but transcribed them into their +books out of the practice of their own commonwealths, as +grammarians describe the rules of language out of poets." Which +is as if a man should tell famous Harvey that he transcribed his +circulation of the blood, not out of the principles of nature, +but out of the anatomy of this or that body. + +To go on therefore with his preliminary discourse, I shall +divide it, according to the two definitions of government +relating to Janotti's two times, in two parts: the first, +treating of the principles of government in general, and +according to the ancients; the second, treating of the late +governments of Oceana in particular, and in that of modern +prudence. + +Government, according to the ancients, and their learned +disciple Machiavel, the only politician of later ages, is of +three kinds: the government of one man, or of the better sort, or +of the whole people; which, by their more learned names, are +called monarchy, aristocracy, and democracy. These they hold, +through their proneness to degenerate, to be all evil. For +whereas they that govern should govern according to reason, if +they govern according to passion they do that which they should +not do. Wherefore, as reason and passion are two things, so +government by reason is one thing, and the corruption of +government by passion is another thing, but not always another +government: as a body that is alive is one thing, and a body that +is dead is another thing, but not always another creature, though +the corruption of one comes at length to be the generation of +another. The corruption then of monarchy is called tyranny; that +of aristocracy, oligarchy and that of democracy, anarchy. But +legislators, having found these three governments at the best to +be naught, have invented another, consisting of a mixture of them +all, which only is good. This is the doctrine of the ancients. + +But Leviathan is positive that they are all deceived, and +that there is no other government in nature than one of the +three; as also that the flesh of them cannot stink, the names of +their corruptions being but the names of men's fancies, which +will be understood when we are shown which of them was Senatus +Populusque Romanus. + +To go my own way, and yet to follow the ancients, the +principles of government are twofold: internal, or the goods of +the mind; and external, or the goods of fortune. The goods of the +mind are natural or acquired virtues, as wisdom, prudence, and +courage, etc. The goods of fortune are riches. There be goods +also of the body, as health, beauty, strength; but these are not +to be brought into account upon this score, because if a man or +an army acquires victory or empire, it is more from their +discipline, arms, and courage than from their natural health, +beauty, or strength, in regard that a people conquered may have +more of natural strength, beauty, and health, and yet find little +remedy. The principles of government then are in the goods of the +mind, or in the goods of fortune. To the goods of the mind +answers authority; to the goods of fortune, power or empire. +Wherefore Leviathan, though he be right where he says that +"riches are power," is mistaken where he says that "prudence, or +the reputation of prudence, is power;" for the learning or +prudence of a man is no more power than the learning or prudence +of a book or author, which is properly authority. A learned +writer may have authority though he has no power; and a foolish +magistrate may have power, though he has otherwise no esteem or +authority. The difference of these two is observed by Livy in +Evander, of whom he says that he governed rather by the authority +of others than by his own power. + +To begin with riches, in regard that men are hung upon these, +not of choice as upon the other, but of necessity and by the +teeth; forasmuch as he who wants bread is his servant that will +feed him, if a man thus feeds a whole people, they are under his +empire. + +Empire is of two kinds, domestic and national, or foreign and +provincial. + +Domestic empire is founded upon dominion. Dominion is +property, real or personal; that is to say, in lands, or in money +and goods. + +Lands, or the parts and parcels of a territory, are held by +the proprietor or proprietors, lord or lords of it, in some +proportion; and such (except it be in a city that has little or +no land, and whose revenue is in trade) as is the proportion or +balance of dominion or property in land, such is the nature of +the empire. + +If one man be sole landlord of a territory, or overbalance +the people, for example, three parts in four, he is grand +seignior; for so the Turk is called from his property, and his +empire is absolute monarchy. + +If the few or a nobility, or a nobility with the clergy, be +landlords, or overbalance the people to the like proportion, it +makes the Gothic balance (to be shown at large in the second part +of this discourse), and the empire is mixed monarchy, as that of +Spain, Poland, and late of Oceana. + +And if the whole people be landlords, or hold the lands so +divided among them that no one man, or number of men, within the +compass of the few or aristocracy, overbalance them, the empire +(without the interposition of force) is a commonwealth. + +If force be interposed in any of these three cases, it must +either frame the government to the foundation, or the foundation +to the government; or holding the government not according to the +balance, it is not natural, but violent; and therefore if it be +at the devotion of a prince, it is tyranny; if at the devotion of +the few, oligarchy; or if in the power of the people, anarchy: +Each of which confusions, the balance standing otherwise, is but +of short continuance, because against the nature of the balance, +which, not destroyed, destroys that which opposes it. + +But there be certain other confusions, which, being rooted in +the balance, are of longer continuance, and of worse consequence; +as, first, where a nobility holds half the property, or about +that proportion, and the people the other half; in which case, +without altering the balance there is no remedy but the one must +eat out the other, as the people did the nobility in Athens, and +the nobility the people in Rome. Secondly, when a prince holds +about half the dominion, and the people the other half (which was +the case of the Roman emperors, planted partly upon their +military colonies and partly upon the Senate and the people), the +government becomes a very shambles, both of the princes and the +people. Somewhat of this nature are certain governments at this +day, which are said to subsist by confusion. In this case, to fix +the balance is to entail misery; but in the three former, not to +fix it is to lose the government. Wherefore it being unlawful in +Turkey that any should possess land but the Grand Seignior, the +balance is fixed by the law, and that empire firm. Nor, though +the kings often sell was the throne of Oceana known to shake, +until the statute of alienations broke the pillars, by giving way +to the nobility to sell their estates. While Lacedaemon held to +the division of land made by Lycurgus, it was immovable; but, +breaking that, could stand no longer. This kind of law fixing the +balance in lands is called agrarian, and was first introduced by +God himself, who divided the land of Canaan to his people by +lots, and is of such virtue that wherever it has held, that +government has not altered, except by consent; as in that +unparalleled example of the people of Israel, when being in +liberty they would needs choose a king. But without an agrarian +law, government, whether monarchical, aristocratical, or popular, +has no long lease. + +As for dominion, personal or in money, it may now and then +stir up a Melius or a Manlius, which, if the Commonwealth be not +provided with some kind of dictatorian power, may be dangerous, +though it has been seldom or never successful; because to +property producing empire, it is required that it should have +some certain root or foothold, which, except in land, it cannot +have, being otherwise as it were upon the wing. + +Nevertheless, in such cities as subsist mostly by trade, and +have little or no land, as Holland and Genoa, the balance of +treasure may be equal to that of land in the cases mentioned. + +But Leviathan, though he seems to skew at antiquity, +following his furious master Carneades, has caught hold of the +public sword, to which he reduces all manner and matter of +government; as, where he affirms this opinion (that any monarch +receives his power by covenant; that is to say, upon conditions)" +to proceed from the not understanding this easy truth, that +covenants being but words and breath, have no power to oblige, +contain, constrain, or protect any man, but what they have from +the public sword." But as he said of the law, that without this +sword it is but paper, so he might have thought of this sword, +that without a hand it is but cold iron. The hand which holds +this sword is the militia of a nation; and the militia of a +nation is either an army in the field, or ready for the field +upon occasion. But an army is a beast that has a great belly, and +must be fed: wherefore this will come to what pastures you have, +and what pastures you have will come to the balance of property, +without which the public sword is but a name or mere spitfrog. +Wherefore, to set that which Leviathan says of arms and of +contracts a little straighter, he that can graze this beast with +the great belly, as the Turk does his Timariots, may well deride +him that imagines he received his power by covenant, or is +obliged to any such toy. It being in this case only that +covenants are but words and breath. But if the property of the +nobility, stocked with their tenants and retainers, be the +pasture of that beast, the ox knows his master's crib; and it is +impossible for a king in such a constitution to reign otherwise +than by covenant; or if he break it, it is words that come to +blows. + +"But," says he, "when an assembly of men is made sovereign, +then no man imagines any such covenant to have part in the +institution." But what was that by Publicola of appeal to the +people, or that whereby the people had their tribunes? "Fie," +says he, "nobody is so dull as to say that the people of Rome +made a covenant with the Romans, to hold the sovereignty on such +or such conditions, which, not performed, the Romans might depose +the Roman people." In which there be several remarkable things; +for he holds the Commonwealth of Rome to have consisted of one +assembly, whereas it consisted of the Senate and the people; that +they were not upon covenant, whereas every law enacted by them +was a covenant between them; that the one assembly was made +sovereign, whereas the people, who only were sovereign, were such +from the beginning, as appears by the ancient style of their +covenants or laws -- "The Senate has resolved, the people have +decreed," that a council being made sovereign, cannot be made +such upon conditions, whereas the Decemvirs being a council that +was made sovereign, was made such upon conditions; that all +conditions or covenants making a sovereign being made, are void; +whence it must follow that, the Decemviri being made, were ever +after the lawful government of Rome, and that it was unlawful for +the Commonwealth of Rome to depose the Decemvirs; as also that +Cicero, if he wrote otherwise out of his commonwealth, did not +write out of nature. But to come to others that see more of this +balance. + +You have Aristotle full of it in divers places, especially +where he says, that "immoderate wealth, as where one man or the +few have greater possessions than the equality or the frame of +the commonwealth will bear, is an occasion of sedition, which +ends for the greater part in monarchy and that for this cause the +ostracism has been received in divers places, as in Argos and +Athens. But that it were better to prevent the growth in the +beginning, than, when it has got head, to seek the remedy of such +an evil." + +Machiavel has missed it very narrowly and more dangerously +for not fully perceiving that if a commonwealth be galled by the +gentry it is by their overbalance, he speaks of the gentry as +hostile to popular governments, and of popular governments as +hostile to the gentry; and makes us believe that the people in +such are so enraged against them, that where they meet a +gentleman they kill him: which can never be proved by any one +example, unless in civil war, seeing that even in Switzerland the +gentry are not only safe, but in honor. But the balance, as I +have laid it down, though unseen by Machiavel, is that which +interprets him, and that which he confirms by his judgment in +many others as well as in this place, where he concludes, "That +he who will go about to make a commonwealth where there be many +gentlemen, unless he first destroys them, undertakes an +impossibility. And that he who goes about to introduce monarchy +where the condition of the people is equal, shall never bring it +to pass, unless he cull out such of them as are the most +turbulent and ambitious, and make them gentlemen or noblemen, not +in name but in effect; that is, by enriching them with lands, +castles, and treasures, that may gain them power among the rest, +and bring in the rest to dependence upon themselves, to the end +that, they maintaining their ambition by the prince, the prince +may maintain his power by them." + +Wherefore, as in this place I agree with Machiavel, that a +nobility or gentry, overbalancing a popular government, is the +utter bane and destruction of it; so I shall show in another, +that a nobility or gentry, in a popular government, not +overbalancing it, is the very life and soul of it. + +By what has been said, it should seem that we may lay aside +further disputes of the public sword, or of the right of the +militia; which, be the government what it will, or let it change +how it can, is inseparable from the overbalance in dominion: nor, +if otherwise stated by the law or custom (as in the Commonwealth +of Rome, where the people having the sword, the nobility came to +have the overbalance), avails it to any other end than +destruction. For as a building swaying from the foundation must +fall, so it fares with the law swaying from reason, and the +militia from the balance of dominion. And thus much for the +balance of national or domestic empire, which is in dominion. + +The balance of foreign or provincial empire is of a contrary +nature. A man may as well say that it is unlawful for him who has +made a fair and honest purchase to have tenants, as for a +government that has made a just progress and enlargement of +itself to have provinces. But how a province may be justly +acquired appertains to another place. In this I am to show no +more than how or upon what kind of balance it is to be held; in +order whereto I shall first show upon what kind of balance it is +not to be held. It has been said, that national or independent +empire, of what kind soever, is to be exercised by them that have +the proper balance of dominion in the nation; wherefore +provincial or dependent empire is not to be exercised by them +that have the balance of dominion in the province, because that +would bring the government from provincial and dependent, to +national and independent. Absolute monarchy, as that of the +Turks, neither plants its people at home nor abroad, otherwise +than as tenants for life or at will; wherefore its national and +provincial government is all one. But in governments that admit +the citizen or subject to dominion in lands, the richest are they +that share most of the power at home; whereas the richest among +the provincials, though native subjects, or citizens that have +been transplanted, are least admitted to the government abroad; +for men, like flowers or roots being transplanted, take after the +soil wherein they grow. Wherefore the Commonwealth of Rome, by +planting colonies of its citizens within the bounds of Italy, +took the best way of propagating itself, and naturalizing the +country; whereas if it had planted such colonies without the +bounds of Italy it would have alienated the citizens, and given a +root to liberty abroad, that might have sprung up foreign or +savage, and hostile to her: wherefore it never made any such +dispersion of itself and its strength, till it was under the yoke +of the Emperors, who, disburdening themselves of the people, as +having less apprehension of what they could do abroad than at +home, took a contrary course. + +The Mamelukes (which, till any man show me the contrary, I +shall presume to have been a commonwealth consisting of an army, +whereof the common soldier was the people, the commissioned +officer the Senate, and the general the prince) were foreigners, +and by nation Circassians, that governed Egypt; wherefore these +never durst plant themselves upon dominion, which growing +naturally up into the national interest, must have dissolved the +foreign yoke in that province. + +The like in some sort may be said of Venice, the government +whereof is usually mistaken; for Venice, though it does not take +in the people, never excluded them. This commonwealth, the orders +whereof are the most democratical or popular of all others, in +regard of the exquisite rotation of the Senate, at the first +institution took in the whole people; they that now live under +the government without participation of it, are such as have +since either voluntarily chosen so to do, or were subdued by +arms. Wherefore the subject of Venice is governed by provinces, +and the balance of dominion not standing, as has been said, with +provincial government; as the Mamelukes durst not cast their +government upon this balance in their provinces, lest the +national interest should have rooted out the foreign, so neither +dare the Venetians take in their subjects upon this balance, lest +the foreign interest should root out the national (which is that +of the 3,000 now governing), and by diffusing the commonwealth +throughout her territories, lose the advantage of her situation, +by which in great part it subsists. And such also is the +government of the Spaniard in the Indies, to which he deputes +natives of his own country, not admitting the creoles to the +government of those provinces, though descended from Spaniards. + +But if a prince or a commonwealth may hold a territory that +is foreign in this, it may be asked why he may not hold one that +is native in the like manner? To which I answer, because he can +hold a foreign by a native territory, but not a native by a +foreign; and as hitherto I have shown what is not the provincial +balance, so by this answer it may appear what it is, namely, the +overbalance of a native territory to a foreign; for as one +country balances itself by the distribution of property according +to the proportion of the same, so one country overbalances +another by advantage of divers kinds. For example, the +Commonwealth of Rome overbalanced her provinces by the vigor of a +more excellent government opposed to a crazier. Or by a more +exquisite militia opposed to one inferior in courage or +discipline. The like was that of the Mamelukes, being a hardy +people, to the Egyptians, that were a soft one. And the balance +of situation is in this kind of wonderful effect; seeing the King +of Denmark, being none of the most potent princes, is able at the +Sound to take toll of the greatest; and as this King, by the +advantage of the land, can make the sea tributary, so Venice, by +the advantage of the sea, in whose arms she is impregnable, can +make the land to feed her gulf. For the colonies in the Indies, +they are yet babes that cannot live without sucking the breasts +of their mother cities, but such as I mistake if when they come +of age they do not wean themselves; which causes me to wonder at +princes that delight to be exhausted in that way. And so much for +the principles of power, whether national or provincial, domestic +or foreign; being such as are external, and founded in the goods +of fortune. + +I come to the principles of authority, which are internal, +and founded upon the goods of the mind. These the legislator that +can unite in his government with those of fortune, comes nearest +to the work of God, whose government consists of heaven and +earth; which was said by Plato, though in different words, as, +when princes should be philosophers, or philosophers princes, the +world would be happy. And says Solomon: "There is an evil which I +have seen under the sun, which proceeds from the ruler (enimvero +neque nobilem, neque ingenuum, nec libertinum quidem armis +praeponere, regia utilitas est). Folly is set in great dignity, +and the rich (either in virtue and wisdom, in the goods of the +mind, or those of fortune upon that balance which gives them a +sense of the national interest) sit in low places. I have seen +servants upon horses, and princes walking as servants upon the +earth." Sad complaints, that the principles of power and of +authority, the goods of the mind and of fortune, do not meet and +twine in the wreath or crown of empire! Wherefore, if we have +anything of piety or of prudence, let us raise ourselves out of +the mire of private interest to the contemplation of virtue, and +put a hand to the removal of "this evil from under the sun;" this +evil against which no government that is not secured can be good; +this evil from which the government that is secure must be +perfect. Solomon tells us that the cause of it is from the ruler, +from those principles of power, which, balanced upon earthly +trash, exclude the heavenly treasures of virtue, and that +influence of it upon government which is authority. We have +wandered the earth to find out the balance of power; but to find +out that of authority we must ascend, as I said, nearer heaven, +or to the image of God, which is the soul of man. + +The soul of man (whose life or motion is perpetual +contemplation or thought) is the mistress of two potent rivals, +the one reason, the other passion, that are in continual suit; +and, according as she gives up her will to these or either of +them, is the felicity or misery which man partakes in this mortal +life. + +For, as whatever was passion in the contemplation of a man, +being brought forth by his will into action, is vice and the +bondage of sin; so whatever was reason in the contemplation of a +man, being brought forth by his will into action, is virtue and +the freedom of soul. + +Again, as those actions of a man that were sin acquire to +himself repentance or shame, and affect others with scorn or +pity, so those actions of a man that are virtue acquire to +himself honor, and upon others authority. + +Now government is no other than the soul of a nation or city: +wherefore that which was reason in the debate of a commonwealth +being brought forth by the result, must be virtue; and forasmuch +as the soul of a city or nation is the sovereign power, her +virtue must be law. But the government whose law is virtue, and +whose virtue is law, is the same whose empire is authority, and +whose authority is empire. + +Again, if the liberty of a man consists in the empire of his +reason, the absence whereof would betray him to the bondage of +his passions, then the liberty of a commonwealth consists in the +empire of her laws, the absence whereof would betray her to the +lust of tyrants. And these I conceive to be the principles upon +which Aristotle and Livy (injuriously accused by Leviathan for +not writing out of nature) have grounded their assertion, "that a +commonwealth is an empire of laws and not of men." But they must +not carry it so. "For," says he, "the liberty whereof there is so +frequent and honorable mention in the histories and philosophy of +the ancient Greeks and Romans, and the writings and discourses of +those that from them have received all their learning in the +politics, is not the liberty of particular men, but the liberty +of the commonwealth." He might as well have said that the estates +of particular men in a commonwealth are not the riches of +particular men, but the riches of the commonwealth; for equality +of estates causes equality of power, and equality of power is the +liberty, not only of the commonwealth, but of every man. + +But sure a man would never be thus irreverent with the +greatest authors, and positive against all antiquity without some +certain demonstration of truth -- and what is it? Why, "there is +written on the turrets of the city of Lucca in great characters +at this day the word LIBERTAS; yet no man can thence infer that a +particular man has more liberty or immunity from the service of +the commonwealth there than in Constantinople. Whether a +commonwealth be monarchical or popular the freedom is the same." +The mountain has brought forth, and we have a little +equivocation! For to say that a Lucchese has no more liberty or +immunIty from the laws of Lucca than a Turk has from those of +Constantinople; and to say that a Lucchese has no more liberty or +immunity by the laws of Lucca, than a Turk has by those of +Constantinople, are pretty different speeches. The first may be +said of all governments alike; the second scarce of any two; much +less of these, seeing it is known that, whereas the greatest +Bashaw is a tenant, as well of his head as of his estate, at the +will of his lord, the meanest Lucchese that has land is a +freeholder of both, and not to be controlled but by the law, and +that framed by every private man to no other end (or they may +thank themselves) than to protect the liberty of every private +man, which by that means comes to be the liberty of the +commonwealth. + +But seeing they that make the laws in commonwealths are but +men, the main question seems to be, how a commonwealth comes to +be an empire of laws, and not of men? or how the debate or result +of a commonwealth is so sure to be according to reason; seeing +they who debate, and they who resolve, be but men? "And as often +as reason is against a man, so often will a man be against +reason." + +This is thought to be a shrewd saying, but will do no harm; +for be it so that reason is nothing but interest, there be divers +interests, and so divers reasons. + +As first, there is private reason, which is the interest of a +private man. + +Secondly, there is reason of state, which is the interest (or +error, as was said by Solomon) of the ruler or rulers, that is to +say, of the prince, of the nobility, or of the people. + +Thirdly there is that reason, which is the interest of +mankind, or of the whole. "Now if we see even in those natural +agents that want sense, that as in themselves they have a law +which directs them in the means whereby they tend to their own +perfection, so likewise that another law there is, which touches +them as they are sociable parts united into one body, a law which +binds them each to serve to others' good, and all to prefer the +good of the whole, before whatsoever their own particular; as +when stones, or heavy things, forsake their ordinary wont or +centre, and fly upward, as if they heard themselves commanded to +let go the good they privately wish, and to relieve the present +distress of nature in common." There is a common right, law of +nature, or interest of the whole, which is more excellent, and so +acknowledged to be by the agents themselves, than the right or +interest of the parts only. "Wherefore, though it may be truly +said that the creatures are naturally carried forth to their +proper utility or profit, that ought not to be taken in too +general a sense; seeing divers of them abstain from their own +profit, either in regard of those of the same kind, or at least +of their young." + +Mankind then must either be less just than the creature, or +acknowledge also his common interest to be common right. And if +reason be nothing else but interest, and the interest of mankind +be the right interest, then the reason of mankind must be right +reason. Now compute well; for if the interest of popular +government come the nearest to the interest of mankind, then the +reason of popular government must come the nearest to right +reason. + +But it may be said that the difficulty remains yet; for be +the interest of popular government right reason, a man does not +look upon reason as it is right or wrong in itself, but as it +makes for him or against him. Wherefore, unless you can show such +orders of a government as, like those of God in nature, shall be +able to constrain this or that creature to shake off that +inclination which is more peculiar to it, and take up that which +regards the common good or interest, all this is to no more end +than to persuade every man in a popular government not to carve +himself of that which he desires most, but to be mannerly at the +public table, and give the best from himself to decency and the +common interest. But that such orders may be established as may, +nay must, give the upper hand in all cases to common right or +interest, notwithstanding the nearness of that which sticks to +every man in private, and this in a way of equal certainty and +facility, is known even to girls, being no other than those that +are of common practice with them in divers cases. For example, +two of them have a cake yet undivided, which was given between +them: that each of them therefore might have that which is due, +"Divide," says one to the other, "and I will choose; or let me +divide, and you shall choose." If this be but once agreed upon, +it is enough; for the divident, dividing unequally, loses, in +regard that the other takes the better half. Wherefore she +divides equally, and so both have right. "Oh, the depth of the +wisdom of God." And yet "by the mouths of babes and sucklings has +He set forth His strength;" that which great philosophers are +disputing upon in vain is brought to light by two harmless girls, +even the whole mystery of a commonwealth, which lies only in +dividing and choosing. Nor has God (if his works in nature be +understood) left so much to mankind to dispute upon as who shall +divide and who choose, but distributed them forever into two +orders, whereof the one has the natural right of dividing, and +the other of choosing. + +For example: A commonwealth is but a civil society of men: +let us take any number of men (as twenty) and immediately make a +commonwealth. Twenty men (if they be not all idiots, perhaps if +they be) can never come so together but there will be such a +difference in them that about a third will be wiser, or at least +less foolish than all the rest; these upon acquaintance, though +it be but small, will be discovered, and, as stags that have the +largest heads, lead the herd; for while the six, discoursing and +arguing one with another, show the eminence of their parts, the +fourteen discover things that they never thought on; or are +cleared in divers truths which had formerly perplexed them. +Wherefore, in matter of common concernment, difficulty, or +danger, they hang upon their lips, as children upon their +fathers; and the influence thus acquired by the six, the eminence +of whose parts are found to be a stay and comfort to the +fourteen, is the authority of the fathers. Wherefore this can be +no other than a natural aristocracy diffused by God throughout +the whole body of mankind to this end and purpose; and therefore +such as the people have not only a natural but a positive +obligation to make use of as their guides; as where the people of +Israel are commanded to "take wise men, and understanding, and +known among their tribes, to be made rulers over them." The six +then approved of, as in the present case, are the senate, not by +hereditary right, or in regard of the greatness of their estates +only, which would tend to such power as might force or draw the +people, but by election for their excellent parts, which tends to +the advancement of the influence of their virtue or authority +that leads the people. Wherefore the office of the senate is not +to be commanders, but counsellors, of the people; and that which +is proper to counsellors is first to debate, and afterward to +give advice in the business whereupon they have debated, whence +the decrees of the senate are never laws, nor so called; and +these being maturely framed, it is their duty to propose in the +case to the people. Wherefore the senate is no more than the +debate of the commonwealth. But to debate is to discern or put a +difference between things that, being alike, are not the same; or +it is separating and weighing this reason against that, and that +reason against this, which is dividing. + +The senate then having divided, who shall choose? Ask the +girls: for if she that divided must have chosen also, it had been +little worse for the other in case she had not divided at all, +but kept the whole cake to herself, in regard that being to +choose, too, she divided accordingly. Wherefore if the senate +have any further power than to divide, the commonwealth can never +be equal. But in a commonwealth consisting of a single council, +there is no other to choose than that which divided; whence it +is, that such a council fails not to scramble -- that is, to be +factious, there being no other dividing of the cake in that case +but among themselves. + +Nor is there any remedy but to have another council to +choose. The wisdom of the few may be the light of mankind; but +the interest of the few is not the profit of mankind nor of a +commonwealth. Wherefore, seeing we have granted interest to be +reason, they must not choose lest it put out their light. But as +the council dividing consists of the wisdom of the commonwealth, +so the assembly or council choosing should consist of the +interest of the commonwealth: as the wisdom of the commonwealth +is in the aristocracy, so the interest of the commonwealth is in +the whole body of the people. And whereas this, in case the +commonwealth consist of a whole nation, is too unwieldy a body to +be assembled, this council is to consist of such a representative +as may be equal, and so constituted, as can never contract any +other interest than that of the whole people; the manner whereof, +being such as is best shown by exemplification, I remit to the +model. But in the present case, the six dividing, and the +fourteen choosing, must of necessity take in the whole interest +of the twenty. + +Dividing and choosing, in the language of a commonwealth, is +debating and resolving; and whatsoever, upon debate of the +senate, is proposed to the people, and resolved by them, is +enacted by the authority of the fathers, and by the power of the +people, which concurring, make a law. + +But the law being made, says Leviathan, "is but words and +paper without the hands and swords of men;" wherefore as these +two orders of a commonwealth, namely, the senate and the people, +are legislative, so of necessity there must be a third to be +executive of the laws made, and this is the magistracy. In which +order, with the rest being wrought up by art, the commonwealth +consists of "the senate proposing, the people resolving, and the +magistracy executing," whereby partaking of the aristocracy as in +the senate, of the democracy as in the people, and of monarchy as +in the magistracy, it is complete. Now there being no other +commonwealth but this in art or nature, it is no wonder if +Machiavel has shown us that the ancients held this only to be +good; but it seems strange to me that they should hold that there +could be any other, for if there be such a thing as pure +monarchy, yet that there should be such a one as pure aristocracy +or pure democracy is not in my understanding. But the magistracy, +both in number and function, is different in different +commonwealths. Nevertheless there is one condition of it that +must be the same in every one, or it dissolves the commonwealth +where it is wanting. And this is no less than that, as the hand +of the magistrate is the executive power of the law, so the head +of the magistrate is answerable to the people, that his execution +be according to the law; by which Leviathan may see that the hand +or sword that executes the law is in it and not above it. + +Now whether I have rightly transcribed these principles of a +commonwealth out of nature, I shall appeal to God and to the +world -- to God in the fabric of the Commonwealth of Israel, and +to the world in the universal series of ancient prudence. But in +regard the same commonwealths will be opened at large in the +Council of legislators, I shall touch them for the present but +slightly, beginning with that of Israel. + +The Commonwealth of Israel consisted of the Senate, the +people, and the magistracy. + +The people by their first division, which was genealogical, +were contained under their thirteen tribes, houses, or families; +whereof the first-born in each was prince of his tribe, and had +the leading of it: the tribe of Levi only, being set apart to +serve at the altar, had no other prince but the high-priest. In +their second division they were divided locally by their +agrarian, or the distribution of the land of Canaan to them by +lot, the tithe of all remaining to Levi; whence, according to +their local division, the tribes are reckoned but twelve. + +The assemblies of the people thus divided were methodically +gathered by trumpets to the congregation: which was, it should +seem, of two sorts. For if it were called with one trumpet only, +the princes of the tribes and the elders only assembled; but if +it were called with two, the whole people gathered themselves to +the congregation, for so it is rendered by the English; but in +the Greek it is called Ecclesia, or the Church of God, and by the +Talmudist the great "Synagogue." The word Ecclesia was also +anciently and properly used for the civil congregations, or +assemblies of the people in Athens, Lacedaemon, and Ephesus, +where it is so called in Scripture, though it be otherwise +rendered by the translators, not much as I conceive to their +commendation, seeing by that means they have lost us a good +lesson, the apostles borrowing that name for their spiritual +congregations, to the end that we might see they intended the +government of the church to be democratical or popular, as is +also plain in the rest of their constitutions. + +The church or congregation of the people of Israel assembled +in a military manner, and had the result of the commonwealth, or +the power of confirming all their laws, though proposed even by +God himself; as where they make him king, and where they reject +or depose him as civil magistrate, and elect Saul. It is manifest +that he gives no such example to a legislator in a popular +government as to deny or evade the power of the people, which +were a contradiction; but though he deservedly blames the +ingratitude of the people in that action, he commands Samuel, +being next under himself supreme magistrate, "to hearken to their +voice" (for where the suffrage of the people goes for nothing, it +is no commonwealth), and comforts him, saying, "They have not +rejected thee, but they have rejected me that I should not reign +over them." But to reject him that he should not reign over them, +was as civil magistrate to depose him. The power therefore which +the people had to depose even God himself as he was civil +magistrate, leaves little doubt but that they had power to have +rejected any of those laws confirmed by them throughout the +Scripture, which, to omit the several parcels, are generally +contained under two heads: those that were made by covenant with +the people in the land of Moab, and those which were made by +covenant with the people in Horeb; which two, I think, amount to +the whole body of the Israelitish laws. + +But if all and every one of the laws of Israel being proposed +by God, were no otherwise enacted than by covenant with the +people, then that only which was resolved by the people of Israel +was their law; and so the result of that commonwealth was in the +people. Nor had the people the result only in matter of law, but +the power in some cases of judicature; as also the right of +levying war, cognizance in matter of religion, and the election +of their magistrates, as the judge or dictator, the king, the +prince: which functions were exercised by the Synagoga magna, or +Congregation of Israel, not always in one manner, for sometimes +they were performed by the suffrage of the people, viva voce, +sometimes by the lot only, and at others by the ballot, or by a +mixture of the lot with the suffrage, as in the case of Eldad and +Medad, which I shall open with the Senate. + +The Senate of Israel, called in the old Testament the Seventy +Elders, and in the New the Sanhedrim (which word is usually +translated "the Council"), was appointed by God, and consisted of +seventy elders besides Moses, which were at first elected by the +people, but in what manner is rather intimated than shown. +Nevertheless, because I cannot otherwise understand the passage +concerning Eldad and Medad, of whom it is said "that they were of +them that were written, but went not up to the tabernacle," then +with the Talmudists I conceive that Eldad and Medad had the +suffrage of the tribes, and so were written as competitors for +magistracy; but coming afterward to the lot, failed of it, and +therefore went not up to the tabernacle, or place of confirmation +by God, or to the session-house of the Senate, with the Seventy +upon whom the lot fell to be senators; for the session-house of +the Sanhedrim was first in the court of the tabernacle, and +afterward in that of the Temple, where it came to be called the +stone chamber or pavement. If this were the ballot of Israel, +that of Venice is the same transposed; for in Venice the +competitor is chosen as it were by the lot, in regard that the +electors are so made, and the magistrate is chosen by the +"suffrage of the great Council or assembly of the people." But +the Sanhedrim of Israel being thus constituted, Moses, for his +time, and after him his successor sat in the midst of it as +prince or archon, and at his left hand the orator or father of +the Senate; the rest, or the bench, coming round with either horn +like a crescent, had a scribe attending upon the tip of it. + +This Senate, in regard the legislator of Israel was +infallible, and the laws given by God such as were not fit to be +altered by men, is much different in the exercise of their power +from all other senates, except that of the Areopagus in Athens, +which also was little more than a supreme judicatory, for it will +hardly, as I conceive, be found that the Sanhedrim proposed to +the people till the return of the children of Israel out of +captivity under Esdras, at which time there was a new law made -- +namely, for a kind of excommunication, or rather banishment, +which had never been before in Israel. Nevertheless it is not to +be thought that the Sanhedrim had not always that right, which +from the time of Esdras is more frequently exercised, of +proposing to the people, but that they forebore it in regard of +the fulness and infallibility of the law already made, whereby it +was needless. Wherefore the function of this Council, which is +very rare in a senate, was executive, and consisted in the +administration of the law made; and whereas the Council itself is +often understood in Scripture by the priest and the Levite, there +is no more in that save only that the priests and the Levites, +who otherwise had no power at all, being in the younger years of +this commonwealth, those that were best studied in the laws were +the most frequently elected into the Sanhedrim. For the courts, +consisting of three-and-twenty elders sitting in the gates of +every city, and the triumvirates of judges constituted almost in +every village, which were parts of the executive magistracy +subordinate to the Sanhedrim, I shall take them at better +leisure, and in the larger discourse; but these being that part +of this commonwealth which was instituted by Moses upon the +advice of Jethro the priest of Midian (as I conceive a heathen), +are to me a sufficient warrant even from God himself, who +confirmed them, to make further use of human prudence, wherever I +find it bearing a testimony to itself, whether in heathen +commonwealths or others; and the rather, because so it is, that +we who have the holy Scriptures, and in them the original of a +commonwealth, made by the same hand that made the world, are +either altogether blind or negligent of it; while the heathens +have all written theirs, as if they had had no other copy; as, to +be more brief in the present account of that which you shall have +more at large hereafter: + +Athens consisted of the Senate of the Bean proposing, of the +Church or Assembly of the people resolving, and too often +debating, which was the ruin of it; as also of the Senate of the +Areopagus, the nine archons, with divers other magistrates, +executing. + +Lacedaemon consisted of the Senate proposing, of the Church +or congregation of the people resolving only, and never debating, +which was the long life of it; and of the two kings, the court of +the ephors, with divers other magistrates, executing. + +Carthage consisted of the Senate proposing and sometimes +resolving too, of the people resolving and sometimes debating +too, for which fault she was reprehended by Aristotle; and she +had her suffetes, and her hundred men, with other magistrates, +executing. + +Rome consisted of the Senate proposing, the concio or people +resolving, and too often debating, which caused her storms; as +also of the consuls, censors, aediles, tribunes, praetors, +quaestors, and other magistrates, executing. + +Venice consists of the Senate, or pregati, proposing, and +sometimes resolving too, of the great Council or Assembly of the +people, in whom the result is constitutively; as also of the +doge, the signory, the censors, the dieci, the quazancies, and +other magistrates, executing. + +The proceeding of the Commonwealths of Switzerland and +Holland is of a like nature, though after a more obscure manner; +for the sovereignties, whether cantons, provinces, or cities, +which are the people, send their deputies, commissioned and +instructed by themselves (wherein they reserve the result in +their own power), to the provincial or general convention, or +Senate, where the deputies debate, but have no other power of +result than what was conferred upon them by the people, or is +further conferred by the same upon further occasion. And for the +executive part they have magistrates or judges in every canton, +province, or city, besides those which are more public, and +relate to the league, as for adjusting controversies between one +canton, province, or city and another, or the like between such +persons as are not of the same canton, province, or city. + +But that we may observe a little further how the heathen +politicians have written, not only out of nature, but as it were +out of Scripture: as in the Commonwealth of Israel, God is said +to have been king, so the commonwealth where the law is king, is +said by Aristotle to be "the kingdom of God." And where by the +lusts or passions of men a power is set above that of the law +deriving from reason, which is the dictate of God, God in that +sense is rejected or deposed that he should not reign over them, +as he was in Israel. And yet Leviathan will have it that "by +reading of these Greek and Latin [he might as well in this sense +have said Hebrew] authors, young men, and all others that are +unprovided of the antidote of solid reason, receiving a strong +and delightful impression of the great exploits of war achieved +by the conductors of their armies, receive withal a pleasing idea +of all they have done besides, and imagine their great prosperity +not to have proceeded from the emulation of particular men, but +from the virtue of their popular form of government, not +considering the frequent seditions and civil wars produced by the +imperfection of their polity." Where, first, the blame he lays to +the heathen authors, is in his sense laid to the Scripture; and +whereas he holds them to be young men, or men of no antidote that +are of like opinions, it should seem that Machiavel, the sole +retriever of this ancient prudence, is to his solid reason a +beardless boy that has newly read Livy. And how solid his reason +is, may appear where he grants the great prosperity of ancient +commonwealths, which is to give up the controversy. For such an +effect must have some adequate cause, which to evade he +insinuates that it was nothing else but the emulation of +particular men, as if so great an emulation could have been +generated without as great virtue, so great virtue without the +best education, and best education without the best law, or the +best laws any otherwise than by the excellency of their polity. + +But if some of these commonwealths, as being less perfect in +their polity than others, have been more seditious, it is not +more an argument of the infirmity of this or that commonwealth in +particular, than of the excellency of that kind of polity in +general, which if they, that have not altogether reached, have +nevertheless had greater prosperity, what would befall them that +should reach? + +In answer to which question let me invite Leviathan, who of +all other governments gives the advantage to monarchy for +perfection, to a better disquisition of it by these three +assertions. + +The first, that the perfection of government lies upon such a +libration in the frame of it, that no man or men in or under it +can have the interest, or, having the interest, can have the +power to disturb it with sedition. + +The second, that monarchy, reaching the perfection of the +kind, reaches not to the perfection of government, but must have +some dangerous flaw in it. + +The third, that popular government, reaching the perfection +of the kind, reaches the perfection of government, and has no +flaw in it. + +The first assertion requires no proof. + +For the proof of the second, monarchy, as has been shown, is +of two kinds: the one by arms, the other by a nobility and there +is no other kind in art or nature; for if there have 'been +anciently some governments called kingdoms, as one of the Goths +in Spain, and another of the Vandals in Africa, where the King +ruled without a nobility and by a council of the people only it +is expressly said by the authors that mention them that the, +kings were but the captains, and that the people not only gave +them laws, but deposed them as often as they pleased. Nor is it +possible in reason that it should be otherwise in like cases; +wherefore these were either no monarchies, or had greater flaws +in them than any other. + +But for a monarchy by arms, as that of the Turk (which, of +all models that ever were, comes up to the perfection of the +kind), it is not in the wit or power of man to cure it of this +dangerous flaw, that the Janizaries have frequent interest and +perpetual power to raise sedition, and to tear the magistrate, +even the prince himself, in pieces. Therefore the monarchy of +Turkey is no perfect government. + +And for a monarchy by nobility, as of late in Oceana (which +of all other models, before the declination of it, came up to the +perfection in that kind), it was not in the power or wit of man +to cure it of that dangerous flaw; that the nobility had frequent +interest and perpetual power by their retainers and tenants to +raise sedition; and (whereas the Janizaries occasion this kind of +calamity no sooner than they make an end of it) to levy a lasting +war, to the vast effusion of blood, and that even upon occasions +wherein the people, but for their dependence upon their lords, +had no concernment, as in the feud of the Red and White. The like +has been frequent in Spain, France, Germany, and other monarchies +of this kind; wherefore monarchy by a nobility is no perfect +government. + +For the proof of the third assertion: Leviathan yields it to +me, that there is no other commonwealth but monarchical or +popular; wherefore if no monarchy be a perfect government, then +either there is no perfect government, or it must be popular, for +which kind of constitution I have something more to say than +Leviathan has said or ever will be able to say for monarchy. As, + +First, that it is the government that was never conquered by +any monarch, from the beginning of the world to this day, for if +the commonwealths of Greece came under the yoke of the Kings of +Macedon, they were first broken by themselves. + +Secondly, that it is the government that has frequently led +mighty monarchs in triumph. + +Thirdly, that it is the government, which, if it has been +seditious, it has not been so from any imperfection in the kind, +but in the particular constitution; which, wherever the like has +happened, must have been unequal. + +Fourthly, that it is the government, which, if it has been +anything near equal, was never seditious; or let him show me what +sedition has happened in Lacedaemon or Venice. + +Fifthly, that it is the government, which, attaining to +perfect equality, has such a libration in the frame of it, that +no man living can show which way any man or men, in or under it, +can contract any such interest or power as should be able to +disturb the commonwealth with sedition, wherefore an equal +commonwealth is that only which is without flaw and contains in +it the full perfection of government. But to return. + +By what has been shown in reason and experience, it may +appear, that though commonwealths in general be governments of +the senate proposing, the people resolving, and the magistracy +executing, yet some are not so good at these orders as others, +through some impediment or defect in the frame, balance, or +capacity of them, according to which they are of divers kinds. + +The first division of them is into such as are single, as +Israel, Athens, Lacedaemon, etc.; and such as are by leagues, as +those of the Achaeans, AEtolians, Lycians, Switz, and Hollanders. + +The second (being Machiavel's) is into such as are for +preservation, as Lacedaemon and Venice, and such as are for +increase, as Athens and Rome; in which I can see no more than +that the former takes in no more citizens than are necessary for +defence, and the latter so many as are capable of increase. + +The third division (unseen hitherto) is into equal and +Unequal, and this is the main point, especially as to domestic +peace and tranquillity; for to make a commonwealth unequal, is to +divide it into parties, which sets them at perpetual variance, +the one party endeavoring to preserve their eminence and +inequality and the other to attain to equality; whence the people +of Rome derived their perpetual strife with the nobility and +Senate. But in an equal commonwealth there can be no more strife +than there can be overbalance in equal weights; wherefore the +Commonwealth of Venice, being that which of all others is the +most equal in the constitution, is that wherein there never +happened any strife between the Senate and the people. + +An equal commonwealth is such a one as is equal both in the +balance or foundation, and in the superstructure; that is to say, +in her agrarian law and in her rotation. + +An equal agrarian is a perpetual law, establishing and +preserving the balance of dominion by such a distribution, that +no one man or number of men, within the compass of the few or +aristocracy, can come to overpower the whole people by their +possessions in lands. + +As the agrarian answers to the foundation, so does rotation +to the superstructures. + +Equal rotation is equal vicissitude in government, or +succession to magistracy conferred for such convenient terms, +enjoying equal vacations, as take in the whole body by parts, +succeeding others, through the free election or suffrage of the +people. + +The contrary, whereunto is prolongation of magistracy, which, +trashing the wheel of rotation, destroys the life or natural +motion of a commonwealth. + +The election or suffrage of the people is most free, where it +is made or given in such a manner that it can neither oblige nor +disoblige another, nor through fear of an enemy, or bashfulness +toward a friend, impair a man's liberty. + +Wherefore, says Cicero, the tablet or ballot of the people of +Rome (who gave their votes by throwing tablets or little pieces +of wood secretly into urns marked for the negative or +affirmative) was a welcome constitution to the people, as that +which, not impairing the assurance of their brows, increased the +freedom of their judgment. I have not stood upon a more +particular description of this ballot, because that of Venice +exemplified in the model is of all others the most perfect. + +An equal commonwealth (by that which has been said) is a +government established upon an equal agrarian, arising into the +superstructures or three orders, the Senate debating and +proposing, the people resolving, and the magistracy executing, by +an equal rotation through the suffrage of the people given by the +ballot. For though rotation may be without the ballot, and the +ballot without rotation, yet the ballot not only as to the +ensuing model includes both, but is by far the most equal way; +for which cause under the name of the ballot I shall hereafter +understand both that and rotation too. + +Now having reasoned the principles of an equal commonwealth, +I should come to give an instance of such a one in experience, if +I could find it; but if this work be of any value, it lies in +that it is the first example of a commonwealth that is perfectly +equal. For Venice, though it comes the nearest, yet is a +commonwealth for preservation; and such a one, considering the +paucity of citizens taken in, and the number not taken in, is +externally unequal; and though every commonwealth that holds +provinces must in that regard be such, yet not to that degree. +Nevertheless, Venice internally, and for her capacity, is by far +the most equal, though it has not, in my judgment, arrived at the +full perfection of equality; both because her laws supplying the +defect of an agrarian are not so clear nor effectual at the +foundation, nor her superstructures, by the virtue of her ballot +or rotation, exactly librated; in regard that through the paucity +of her citizens her greater magistracies are continually wheeled +through a few hands, as is confessed by Janotti, where he says, +that if a gentleman comes once to be Savio di terra ferma, it +seldom happens that he fails from thenceforward to be adorned +with some one of the greater magistracies, as Savi di mare, Savi +di terra ferma, Savi Grandi, counsellors, those of the +decemvirate or dictatorian council, the aurogatori, or censors, +which require no vacation or interval. Wherefore if this in +Venice, or that in Lacedaemon, where the kings were hereditary, +and the Senators (though elected by the people) for life, cause +no inequality (which is hard to be conceived) in a commonwealth +for preservation, or such a one as consists of a few citizens; +yet is it manifest that it would cause a very great one in a +commonwealth for increase, or consisting of the many, which, by +engrossing the magistracies in a few hands, would be obstructed +in their rotation. + +But there be who say (and think it a strong objection) that, +let a commonwealth be as equal as you can imagine, two or three +men when all is done will govern it; and there is that in it +which, notwithstanding the pretended sufficiency of a popular +State, amounts to a plain confession of the imbecility of that +policy, and of the prerogative of monarchy; forasmuch as popular +governments in difficult cases have had recourse to dictatorian +power, as in Rome. + +To which I answer, that as truth is a spark to which +objections are like bellows, so in this respect our commonwealth +shines; for the eminence acquired by suffrage of the people in a +commonwealth, especially if it be popular and equal, can be +ascended by no other steps than the universal acknowledgment of +virtue: and where men excel in virtue, the commonwealth is stupid +and unjust, if accordingly they do not excel in authority. +Wherefore this is both the advantage of virtue, which has her due +encouragement, and of the commonwealth, which has her due +services. These are the philosophers which Plato would have to be +princes, the princes which Solomon would have to be mounted, and +their steeds are those of authority, not empire; or, if they be +buckled to the chariot of empire, as that of the dictatorian +power, like the chariot of the sun, it is glorious for terms and +vacations or intervals. And as a commonwealth is a government of +laws and not of men, so is this the principality of virtue, and +not of man; if that fail or set in one, it rises in another who +is created his immediate successor. And this takes away that +vanity from under the sun, which is an error proceeding more or +less from all other rulers under heaven but an equal +commonwealth. + +These things considered, it will be convenient in this place +to speak a word to such as go about to insinuate to the nobility +or gentry a fear of the people, or to the people a fear of the +nobility or gentry; as if their interests were destructive to +each other. When indeed an army may as well consist of soldiers +without officers, or of officers without soldiers, as a +commonwealth, especially such a one as is capable of greatness, +of a people without a gentry, or of a gentry without a people. +Wherefore this, though not always so intended, as may appear by +Machiavel, who else would be guilty, is a pernicious error. There +is something first in the making of a commonwealth, then in the +governing of it, and last of all in the leading of its armies, +which, though there be great divines, great lawyers, great men in +all professions, seems to be peculiar only to the genius of a +gentleman. + +For so it is in the universal series of story, that if any +man has founded a commonwealth, he was first a gentleman. Moses +had his education by the daughter of Pharaoh; Theseus and Solon, +of noble birth, were held by the Athenians worthy to be kings; +Lycurgus was of the royal blood; Romulus and Numa princes; Brutus +and Publicola patricians; the Gracchi, that lost their lives for +the people of Rome and the restitution of that commonwealth, were +the sons of a father adored with two triumphs, and of Cornelia +the daughter of Scipio, who being demanded in marriage by King +Ptolemy, disdained to become the Queen of Egypt. And the most +renowned Olphaus Megaletor, sole legislator, as you will see +anon, of the Commonwealth of Oceana, was derived from a noble +family; nor will it be any occasion of scruple in this case, that +Leviathan affirms the politics to be no ancienter than his book +"De Cive." Such also as have got any fame in the civil government +of a commonwealth, or by the leading of its armies, have been +gentlemen; for so in all other respects were those plebeian +magistrates elected by the people of Rome, being of known +descents and of equal virtues, except only that they were +excluded from the name by the usurpation of the patricians. +Holland, through this defect at home, has borrowed princes for +generals, and gentlemen of divers nations for commanders: and the +Switzers, if they have any defect in this kind, rather lend their +people to the colors of other princes, than make that noble use +of them at home which should assert the liberty of mankind. For +where there is not a nobility to hearten the people, they are +slothful, regardless of the world, and of the public interest of +liberty, as even those of Rome had been without their gentry: +wherefore let the people embrace the gentry in peace, as the +light of their eyes; and in war, as the trophy of their arms; and +if Cornelia disdained to be Queen of Egypt, if a Roman consul +looked down from his tribunal upon the greatest king, let the +nobility love and cherish the people that afford them a throne so +much higher in a commonwealth, in the acknowledgment of their +virtue, than the crowns of monarchs. + +But if the equality of a commonwealth consist in the equality +first of the agrarian, and next of the rotation, then the +inequality of a commonwealth must consist in the absence or +inequality of the agrarian, or of the rotation, or of both. + +Israel and Lacedaemon, which commonwealths (as the people of +this, in Josephus, claims kindred of that) have great +resemblance, were each of them equal in their agrarian, and +unequal in their rotation, especially Israel, where the +Sanhedrim, or Senate, first elected by the people, as appears by +the words of Moses, took upon them ever after, without any +precept of God, to substitute their successors by ordination; +which having been there of civil use, as excommunication, +community of goods, and other customs of the Essenes, who were +many of them converted, came afterward to be introduced into the +Christian Church. And the election of the judge, suffes, or +dictator, was irregular, both for the occasion, the term, and the +vacation of that magistracy. As you find in the book of Judges, +where it is often repeated, that in those days there was no king +in Israel -- that is, no judge; and in the first of Samuel, where +Eli judged Israel forty years, and Samuel, all his life. In +Lacedaemon the election of the Senate being by suffrage of the +people, though for life, was not altogether so unequal, yet the +hereditary right of kings, were it not for the agrarian, had +ruined her. + +Athens and Rome were unequal as to their agrarian, that of +Athens being infirm, and this of Rome none at all; for if it were +more anciently carried it was never observed. Whence, by the time +of Tiberius Gracchus, the nobility had almost eaten the people +quite out of their lands, which they held in the occupation of +tenants and servants, whereupon the remedy being too late, and +too vehemently applied, that commonwealth was ruined. + +These also were unequal in their rotation, but in a contrary +manner. Athens, in regard that the Senate (chosen at once by lot, +not by suffrage, and changed every year, not in part, but in the +whole) consisted not of the natural aristocracy, nor sitting long +enough to understand or to be perfect in their office, had no +sufficient authority to restrain the people from that perpetual +turbulence in the end, which was their ruin, notwithstanding the +efforts of Nicias, who did all a man could do to help it. But as +Athens, by the headiness of the people, so Rome fell by the +ambition of the nobility, through the want of an equal rotation; +which, if the people had got into the Senate, and timely into the +magistracies (whereof the former was always usurped by the +patricians, and the latter for the most part) they had both +carried and held their agrarian, and that had rendered that +commonwealth immovable. + +But let a commonwealth be equal or unequal, it must consist, +as has been shown by reason and all experience, of the three +general orders; that is to say, of the Senate debating and +proposing, of the people resolving, and of the magistracy +executing. Wherefore I can never wonder enough at Leviathan, who, +without any reason or example, will have it that a commonwealth +consists of a single person, or of a single assembly; nor can I +sufficiently pity those "thousand gentlemen, whose minds, which +otherwise would have wavered, he has framed (as is affirmed by +himself) in to a conscientious obedience (for so he is pleased to +call it) of such a government." + +But to finish this part of the discourse, which I intend for +as complete an epitome of ancient prudence, and in that of the +whole art of politics, as I am able to frame in so short a time: + +The two first orders, that is to say, the Senate and the +people, are legislative, whereunto answers that part of this +science which by politicians is entitled "of laws;" and the third +order is executive, to which answers that part of the same +science which is styled "of the frame and course of courts or +judicatories." A word to each of these will be necessary. + +And first for laws: they are either ecclesiastical or civil, +such as concern religion or government. + +Laws, ecclesiastical, or such as concern religion, according +to the universal course of ancient prudence, are in the power of +the magistrate; but, according to the common practice of modern +prudence, since the papacy, torn out of his hands. + +But, as a government pretending to liberty, and yet +suppressing liberty of conscience (which, because religion not +according to a man's conscience can to him be none at all, is the +main) must be a contradiction, so a man that, pleading for the +liberty of private conscience, refuses liberty to the national +conscience, must be absurd. + +A commonwealth is nothing else but the national conscience. +And if the conviction of a man's private conscience produces his +private religion, the conviction of the national conscience must +produce a national religion. Whether this be well reasoned, as +also whether these two may stand together, will best be shown by +the examples of the ancient commonwealths taken in their order. + +In that of Israel the government of the national religion +appertained not to the priests and Levites, otherwise than as +they happened to be of the Sanhedrim, or Senate, to which they +had no right at all but by election. It is in this capacity +therefore that the people are commanded, under pain of death, "to +hearken to them, and to do according to the sentence of the law +which they should teach;" but in Israel the law ecclesiastical +and civil was the same, therefore the Sanhedrim, having the power +of one, had the power of both. But as the national religion +appertained to the jurisdiction of the Sanhedrim, so the liberty +of conscience appertained, from the same date, and by the same +right, to the prophets and their disciples; as where it is said, +"I will raise up a prophet; and whoever will not hearken to my +words which he shall speak in my name, I will require it of him." +The words relate to prophetic right, which was above all the +orders of this commonwealth; whence Elijah not only refused to +obey the King, but destroyed his messengers with fire. And +whereas it was not lawful by the national religion to sacrifice +in any other place than the Temple, a prophet was his own temple, +and might sacrifice where he would, as Elijah did in Mount +Carmel. By this right John the Baptist and our Saviour, to whom +it more particularly related, had their disciples, and taught the +people, whence is derived our present right of gathered +congregations; wherefore the Christian religion grew up according +to the orders of the Commonwealth of Israel, and not against +them. Nor was liberty of conscience infringed by this government, +till the civil liberty of the same was lost, as under Herod, +Pilate, and Tiberius, a three-piled tyranny. + +To proceed, Athens preserved her religion, by the testimony +of Paul, with great superstition: if Alcibiades, that atheistical +fellow had not showed them a pair of heels, they had shaven off +his head for shaving their Mercuries, and making their gods look +ridiculously upon them without beards. Nevertheless, if Paul +reasoned with them, they loved news, for which he was the more +welcome; and if he converted Dionysius the Areopagite, that is, +one of the senators, there followed neither any hurt to him, nor +loss of honor to Dionysius. And for Rome, if Cicero, in his most +excellent book "De Natura Deorum," overthrew the national +religion of that commonwealth, he was never the further from +being consul. But there is a meanness and poorness in modern +prudence, not only to the damage of civil government, but of +religion itself; for to make a man in matter of religion, which +admits not of sensible demonstration (jurare in verba magistri), +engage to believe no otherwise than is believed by my lord +bishop, or Goodman Presbyter is a pedantism that has made the +sword to be a rod in the hands of schoolmasters; by which means, +whereas the Christian religion is the furthest of any from +countenancing war, there never was a war of religion but since +Christianity, for which we are beholden to the Pope; for the Pope +not giving liberty of conscience to princes and commonwealths, +they cannot give that to their subjects which they have not +themselves, whence both princes and subjects, either through his +instigation or their own disputes, have introduced that execrable +custom, never known in the world before, of fighting for +religion, and denying the magistrate to have any jurisdiction +concerning it, whereas the magistrate's losing the power of +religion loses the liberty of conscience, which in that case has +nothing to protect it. But if the people be otherwise taught, it +concerns them to look about them, and to distinguish between the +shrieking of the lapwing and the voice of the turtle. + +To come to civil laws. If they stand one way and the balance +another, it is the case of a government which of necessity must +be new modelled; wherefore your lawyers, advising you upon the +like occasions to fit your government to their laws, are no more +to be regarded than your tailor if he should desire you to fit +your body to his doublet. There is also danger in the plausible +pretence of reforming the law, except the government be first +good, in which case it is a good tree, and (trouble not +yourselves overmuch) brings not forth evil fruit; otherwise, if +the tree be evil, you can never reform the fruit, or if a root +that is naught bring forth fruit of this kind that seems to be +good, take the more heed, for it is the ranker poison. It was +nowise probable, if Augustus had not made excellent laws, that +the bowels of Rome could have come to be so miserably eaten out +by the tyranny of Tiberius and his successors. The best rule as +to your laws in general is that they be few. Rome, by the +testimony of Cicero, Was best governed under those of the twelve +tables; and by that of Tacitus, Plurimoe leges, corruptissima +respublica. You will be told that where the laws be few they +leave much to arbitrary power.; but where they be many, they +leave more, the laws in this case, according to Justinian and the +best lawyers, being as litigious as the suitors. Solon made few, +Lycurgus fewer, laws; and commonwealths have the fewest at this +day of all other governments. + +Now to conclude this part with a word de judiciis, or of the +constitution or course of courts; it is a discourse not otherwise +capable of being well managed but by particular examples, both +the constitution and course of courts being divers in different +governments, but best beyond compare in Venice, where they regard +not so much the arbitrary power of their courts as the +constitution of them, whereby that arbitrary power being +altogether unable to retard or do hurt to business, produces and +must produce the quickest despatch, and the most righteous +dictates of justice that are perhaps in human nature. The manner +I shall not stand in this place to describe, because it is +exemplified at large in the judicature of the people of Oceana. +And thus much of ancient prudence, and the first branch of this +preliminary discourse. + +THE SECOND PART OF THE PRELIMINARIES + +In the second part I shall endeavor to show the rise, progress, +and declination of modern prudence. + +The date of this kind of policy is to be computed, as was +shown, from those inundations of Goths, Vandals, Huns, and +Lombards that overwhelmed the Roman Empire. But as there is no +appearance in the bulk or constitution of modern prudence, that +it should ever have been able to come up and grapple with the +ancient, so something of necessity must have interposed whereby +this came to be enervated, and that to receive strength and +encouragement. And this was the execrable reign of the Roman +emperors taking rise from (that felix scelus) the arms of Caesar, +in which storm the ship of the Roman Commonwealth was forced to +disburden itself of that precious freight, which never since +could emerge or raise its head but in the Gulf of Venice. + +It is said in Scripture, "Thy evil is of thyself, O Israel!" +to which answers that of the moralists, "None is hurt but by +himself," as also the whole matter of the politics; at present +this example of the Romans, who, through a negligence committed +in their agrarian laws, let in the sink of luxury, and forfeited +the inestimable treasure of liberty for themselves and their +posterity. + +Their agrarian laws were such whereby their lands ought to +have been divided among the people, either without mention of a +colony, in which case they were not obliged to change their +abode; or with mention and upon condition of a colony, in which +case they were to change their abode, and leaving the city, to +plant themselves upon the lands so assigned. The lands assigned, +or that ought to have been assigned, in either of these ways, +were of three kinds: such as were taken from the enemy and +distributed to the people; or such as were taken from the enemy, +and, under color of being reserved to the public use, were +through stealth possessed by the nobility; or such as were bought +with the public money to be distributed. Of the laws offered in +these cases, those which divided the lands taken from the enemy, +or purchased with the public money, never occasioned any dispute; +but such as drove at dispossessing the nobility of their +usurpations, and dividing the common purchase of the sword among +the people, were never touched but they caused earthquakes, nor +could they ever be obtained by the people; or being obtained, be +observed by the nobility, who not only preserved their prey, but +growing vastly rich upon it, bought the people by degrees quite +out of those shares that had been conferred upon them. This the +Gracchi coming too late to perceive found the balance of the +commonwealth to be lost; but putting the people (when they had +least force) by forcible means upon the recovery of it, did ill, +seeing it neither could nor did tend to any more than to show +them by worse effects that what the wisdom of their leaders had +discovered was true. For quite contrary to what has happened in +Oceana, where, the balance falling to the people, they have +overthrown the nobility, that nobility of Rome, under the conduct +of Sylla, overthrew the people and the commonwealth; seeing Sylla +first introduced that new balance which was the foundation of the +succeeding monarchy, in the plantation of military colonies, +instituted by his distribution of the conquered lands, not now of +enemies, but of citizens, to forty-seven legions of his soldiers; +so that how he came to be perpetual dictator, or other +magistrates to succeed him in like power, is no miracle. + +These military colonies (in which manner succeeding emperors +continued, as Augustus by the distribution of the veterans, +whereby he had overcome Brutus and Cassius to plant their +soldiery) consisted of such as I conceive were they that are +called milites beneficiarii; in regard that the tenure of their +lands was by way of benefices, that is, for life, and upon +condition of duty or service in the war upon their own charge. +These benefices Alexander Severus granted to the heirs of the +incumbents, but upon the same conditions. And such was the +dominion by which the Roman emperors gave their balance. But to +the beneficiaries, as was no less than necessary for the safety +of the prince, a matter of 8,000 by the example of Augustus were +added, which departed not from his sides, but were his perpetual +guard, called Pretorian bands; though these, according to the +incurable flaw already observed in this kind of government, +became the most frequent butchers of their lords that are to be +found in story. Thus far the Roman monarchy is much the same with +that at this day in Turkey, consisting of a camp and a +horse-quarter; a camp in regard of the Spahis and Janizaries, the +perpetual guard of the prince, except they also chance to be +liquorish after his blood; and a horse-quarter in regard of the +distribution of his whole land to tenants for life, upon +condition of continual service, or as often as they shall be +commanded at their own charge by timars, being a word which they +say signifies benefices, that it shall save me a labor of opening +the government. + +But the fame of Mahomet and his prudence is especially +founded in this, that whereas the Roman monarchy, except that of +Israel, was the most imperfect, the Turkish is the most perfect +that ever was. Which happened in that the Roman (as the +Israelitish of the Sanhedrim and the congregation) had a mixture +of the Senate and the people; and the Turkish is pure. And that +this was pure, and the other mixed, happened not through the +wisdom of the legislators, but the different genius of the +nations; the people of the Eastern parts, except the Israelites, +which is to be attributed to their agrarian, having been such as +scarce ever knew any other condition than that of slavery; and +these of the Wester having ever had such a relish of liberty, as +through what despair soever could never be brought to stand still +while the yoke was putting on their necks, but by being fed with +some hopes of reserving to themselves some part of their freedom. + +Wherefore Julius Caesar (saith Suetonius) contented himself +in naming half the magistrates, to leave the rest to the suffrage +of the people. And Maecenas, though he would not have Augustus to +give the people their liberty, would not have him take it quite +away. Whence this empire, being neither hawk nor buzzard, made a +flight accordingly; and the prince being perpetually tossed +(having the avarice of the soldiery on this hand to satisfy upon +the people, and the Senate and the people on the other to be +defended from the soldiery), seldom died any other death than by +one horn of this dilemma, as is noted more at large by Machiavel. + +But the Pretorian bands, those bestial executioners of their +captain's tyranny upon others, and of their own upon him, having +continued from the time of Augustus, were by Constantine the +Great (incensed against them for taking part with his adversary +Maxentius) removed from their strong garrison which they held in +Rome, and distributed into divers provinces. The benefices of the +soldiers that were hitherto held for life and upon duty, were by +this prince made hereditary, so that the whole foundation +whereupon this empire was first built being now removed, shows +plainly that the emperors must long before this have found out +some other way of support; and this was by stipendiating the +Goths, a people that, deriving their roots from the northern +parts of Germany, or out of Sweden, had, through their victories +obtained against Domitian, long since spread their branches to so +near a neighborhood with the Roman territories that they began to +overshadow them. For the emperors making use of them in their +armies, as the French do at this day of the Switz, gave them that +under the notion of a stipend, which they received as tribute, +coming, if there were any default in the payment, so often to +distrain for it, that in the time of Honorius they sacked Rome, +and possessed themselves of Italy. And such was the transition of +ancient into modern prudence, or that breach, which being +followed in every part of the Roman Empire with inundations of +Vandals, Huns, Lombards, Franks, Saxons, overwhelmed ancient +languages, learning, prudence, manners, cities, changing the +names of rivers, countries, seas, mountains, and men; Camillus, +Caesar, and Pompey, being come to Edmund, Richard, and Geoffrey. + +To open the groundwork or balance of these new politicians: +"Feudum," says Calvin the lawyer, "is a Gothic word of divers +significations; for it is taken either for war, or for a +possession of conquered lands, distributed by the victor to such +of his captains and soldiers as had merited in his wars, upon +condition to acknowledge him to be their perpetual lord, and +themselves to be his subjects." + +Of these there were three kinds or orders: the first of +nobility distinguished by the titles of dukes, marquises, earls, +and these being gratified with the cities, castles, and villages +of the conquered Italians, their feuds participated of royal +dignity, and were called regalia, by which they had right to coin +money, create magistrates, take toll, customs, confiscations, and +the like. + +Feuds of the second order were such as, with the consent of +the King, were bestowed by these feudatory princes upon men of +inferior quality, called their barons, on condition that next to +the King they should defend the dignities and fortunes of their +lords in arms. + +The lowest order of feuds were such, as being conferred by +those of the second order upon private men, whether noble not +noble, obliged them in the like duty to their superiors; the were +called vavasors. And this is the Gothic balance, by which all the +kingdoms this day in Christendom were at first erected; for which +cause, if I had time, I should open in this place the Empire of +Germany, and the Kingdoms of France, Spain, and Poland; but so +much as has been said being sufficient for the discovery of the +principles of modern prudence in general, I shall divide the +remainder of my discourse, which is more particular, into three +parts: + +The first, showing the constitution of the late monarchy of +Oceana; + +The second, the dissolution of the same; and + +The third, the generation of the present commonwealth. + +The constitution of the late monarchy of Oceana is to be +considered in relation to the different nations by whom it has +been successively subdued and governed. The first of these were +the Romans, the second the Teutons, the third the Scandians, and +the fourth the Neustrians. + +The government of the Romans, who held it as a province, I +shall omit, because I am to speak of their provincial government +in another place, only it is to be remembered here, that if we +have given over running up and down naked, and with dappled +hides, learned to write and read, and to be instructed with good +arts, for all these we are beholden to the Romans, either +immediately or mediately by the Teutons; for that the Teutons had +the arts from no other hand is plain enough by their language, +which has yet no word to signify either writing or reading, but +what is derived from the Latin. Furthermore, by the help of these +arts so learned, we have been capable of that religion which we +have long since received; wherefore it seems to me that we ought +not to detract from the memory of the Romans, by whose means we +are, as it were, of beasts become men, and by whose means we +might yet of obscure and ignorant men (if we thought not too well +of ourselves) become a wise and a great people. + +The Romans having governed Oceana provincially, the Teutons +were the first that introduced the form of the late monarchy. To +these succeeded the Scandians, of whom (because their reign was +short, as also because they made little alteration in the +government as to the form) I shall take no notice. But the +Teutons going to work upon the Gothic balance, divided the whole +nation into three sorts of feuds, that of ealdorman, that of +king's thane, and that of middle thane. + +When the kingdom was first divided into precincts will be as +hard to show as when it began first to be governed. It being +impossible that there should be any government without some +division. The division that was in use with the Teutons was by +counties, and every county had either its ealdorman or high +reeve. The title of ealdorman came in time to eorl, or erl, and +that of high reeve to high sheriff. + +Earl of the shire or county denoted the king's thane, or +tenant by grand sergeantry or knight's service, in chief or in +capite; his possessions were sometimes the whole territory from +whence he had his denomination, that is, the whole county; +sometimes more than one county, and sometimes less, the remaining +part being in the crown. He had also sometimes a third, or some +other customary part of the profits of certain cities, boroughs, +or other places within his earldom. For an example of the +possessions of earls in ancient times, Ethelred had to him and +his heirs the whole Kingdom of Mercia, containing three or four +counties; and there were others that had little less. + +King's thane was also an honorary title, to which he was +qualified that had five hides of land held immediately of the +King by service of personal attendance; insomuch that if a churl +or countryman had thriven to this proportion, having a church, a +kitchen, a bell-house (that is, a hall with a bell in it to call +his family to dinner), a borough-gate with a seat (that is, a +porch) of his own, and any distinct office in the King's court, +then was he the King's thane. But the proportion of a hide-land, +otherwise called caruca, or a plough-land, is difficult to be +understood, because it was not certain; nevertheless it is +generally conceived to be so much as may be managed with one +plough, and would yield the maintenance of the same, with the +appurtenances in all kinds. + +The middle thane was feudal, but not honorary; he was also +called a vavasor, and his lands a vavasory, which held of some +mesne lord, and not immediately of the King. + +Possessions and their tenures, being of this nature, show the +balance of the Teuton monarchy, wherein the riches of earls were +so vast that to arise from the balance of their dominion to their +power, they were not only called reguli, or little kings, but +were such indeed; their jurisdiction being of two sorts, either +that which was exercised by them in the court of their countries, +or in the high court of the kingdom. + +In the territory denominating an earl, if it were all his +own, the courts held, and the profits of that jurisdiction were +to his own use and benefit. But if he had but some part of his +county, then his jurisdiction and courts, saving perhaps in those +possessions that were his own, were held by him to the King's use +and benefit; that is, he commonly supplied the office which the +sheriffs regularly executed in counties that had no earls, and +whence they came to be called viscounts. The court of the county +that had an earl was held by the earl and the bishop of the +diocese, after the manner of the sheriffs' turns to this day; by +which means both the ecclesiastical and temporal laws were given +in charge together to the country. The causes of vavasors or +vavasories appertained to the cognizance of this court, where +wills were proved, judgment and execution given, cases criminal +and civil determined. + +The King's thanes had the like jurisdiction in their thane +lands as lords in their manors, where they also kept courts. + +Besides these in particular, both the earls and King's +thanes, together with the bishops, abbots, and vavasors, or +middle thanes, had in the high court or parliament in the kingdom +a more public jurisdiction, consisting first of deliberative +power for advising upon and assenting to new laws; secondly, +giving counsel in matters of state and thirdly, of judicature +upon suits and complaints. I shall not omit to enlighten the +obscurity of these times, in which there is little to be found of +a methodical constitution of this high court, by the addition of +an argument, which I conceive to bear a strong testimony to +itself, though taken out of a late writing that conceals the +author. "It is well known," says he, "that in every quarter of +the realm a great many boroughs do yet send burgesses to the +parliament which nevertheless be so anciently and so long since +decayed and gone to naught, that they cannot be showed to have +been of any reputation since the Conquest, much less to have +obtained any such privilege by the grant of any succeeding king: +wherefore these must have had this right by more ancient usage, +and before the Conquest, they being unable now to show whence +they derived it." + +This argument, though there be more, I shall pitch upon as +sufficient to prove: First, that the lower sort of the people had +right to session in Parliament during the time of the Teutons. +Secondly, that they were qualified to the same by election in +their boroughs, and if knights of the shire, as no doubt they +are, be as ancient in the counties. Thirdly if it be a good +argument to say that the commons during the reign of the Teutons +were elected into Parliament because they are so now, and no man +can show when this custom began, I see not which way it should be +an ill one to say that the commons during the reign of the +Teutons constituted also a distinct house because they do so now, +unless any man can show that they did ever sit in the same house +with the lords. Wherefore to conclude this part, I conceive for +these, and other reasons to be mentioned hereafter, that the +Parliament of the Teutons consisted of the King, the lords +spiritual and temporal, and the commons of the nation, +notwithstanding the style of divers acts of Parliament, which +runs, as that of Magna Charta, in the King's name only, seeing +the same was nevertheless enacted by the King, peers, and commons +of the land, as is testified in those words by a subsequent act. + +The monarchy of the Teutons had stood in this posture about +220 years; when Turbo, Duke of Neustria, making his claim to the +crown of one of their kings that died childless, followed it with +successful arms, and, being possessed of the kingdom, used it as +conquered, distributing the earldoms, thane-lands, bishoprics, +and prelacies of the whole realm among his Neustrians. From this +time the earl came to be called comes, consul, and dux, though +consul and dux grew afterward out of use; the King's thanes came +to be called barons, and their lands baronies; the middle thane +holding still of a mesne lord, retained the name of vavasor. + +The earl or comes continued to have the third part of the +pleas of the county paid to him by the sheriff or vice -- comes, +now a distinct officer in every county depending upon the King; +saving that such earls as had their counties to their own use +were now counts-palatine, and had under the King regal +jurisdiction; insomuch that they constituted their own sheriffs, +granted pardons, and issued writs in their own names; nor did the +King's writ of ordinary justice run in their dominions till a +late statute, whereby much of this privilege was taken away. + +For barons they came from henceforth to be in different times +of three kinds: barons by their estates and tenures, barons by +writ, and barons created by letters-patent. From Turbo the first +to Adoxus the seventh king from the Conquest, barons had their +denomination from their possessions and tenures. And these were +either spiritual or temporal; for not only the thanelands, but +the possessions of bishops, as also of some twenty six abbots, +and two priors, were now erected into baronies, whence the lords +spiritual that had suffrage in the Teuton Parliament as spiritual +lords came to have it in the Neustrian Parliament as barons, and +were made subject, which they had not formerly been, to knights' +service in chief. Barony coming henceforth to signify all +honorary possessions as well of earls as barons, and baronage to +denote all kinds of lords as well spiritual as temporal having +right to sit in Parliament, the baronies in this sense were +sometimes more, and sometimes fewer, but commonly about 200 or +250, containing in them a matter of 60,000 feuda militum, or +knights' fees, whereof some 28,000 were in the clergy. + +It is ill-luck that no man can tell what the land of a +knight's fee, reckoned in some writs at œ40 a year, and in others +at œ10, was certainly worth, for by such a help we might have +exactly demonstrated the balance of this government. But, says +Coke, it contained twelve plough-lands, and that was thought to +be the most certain account. But this again is extremely +uncertain; for one plough out of some land that was fruitful +might work more than ten out of some other that was barren. +Nevertheless, seeing it appears by Bracton, that of earldoms and +baronies it was wont to be said that the whole kingdom was +composed, as also that these, consisting of 60,000 knights' fees, +furnished 60,000 men for the King's service, being the whole +militia of this monarchy, it cannot be imagined that the +vavasories or freeholds in the people amounted to any +considerable proportion. Wherefore the balance and foundation of +this government were in the 60,000 knights' fees, and these being +possessed by the 250 lords, it was a government of the few, or of +the nobility, wherein the people might also assemble, but could +have no more than a mere name. And the clergy, holding a third of +the whole nation, as is plain by the Parliament-roll, it is an +absurdity (seeing the clergy of France came first through their +riches to be a state of that kingdom) to acknowledge the people +to have been a state of this realm, and not to allow it to the +clergy, who were so much more weighty in the balance, which is +that of all other whence a state or order in a government is +denominated. Wherefore this monarchy consisted of the King, and +of the three ordines regni, or estates, the lords spiritual and +temporal, and the commons; it consisted of these, I say, as to +the balance, though, during the reign of some of these kings, not +as to the administration. + +For the ambition of Turbo, and some of those that more +immediately succeeded him, to be absolute princes, strove against +the nature of their foundation, and, inasmuch as he had divided +almost the whole realm among his Neustrians, with some +encouragement for a while. But the Neustrians, while they were +but foreign plants, having no security against the natives, but +in growing up by their princes' sides, were no sooner well rooted +in their vast dominions than they came up according to the +infallible consequence of the balance domestic, and, contracting +the national interest of the baronage, grew as fierce in the +vindication of the ancient rights and liberties of the same, as +if they had been always natives: whence, the kings being as +obstinate on the one side for their absolute power, as these on +the other for their immunities, grew certain wars, which took +their denomination from the barons. + +This fire about the middle of the reign of Adoxus began to +break out. And whereas the predecessors of this King had divers +times been forced to summon councils resembling those of the +Teutons, to which the lords only that were barons by dominion and +tenure had hitherto repaired, Adoxus, seeing the effects of such +dominion, began first not to call such as were barons by writ +(for that was according to the practice of ancient times), but to +call such by writs as were otherwise no barons; by which means, +striving to avoid the consequence of the balance, in coming +unwillingly to set the government straight, he was the first that +set it awry. For the barons in his reign, and his successors, +having vindicated their ancient authority, restored the +Parliament with all the rights and privileges of the same, saving +that from thenceforth the kings had found out a way whereby to +help themselves against the mighty by creatures of their own, and +such as had no other support but by their favor.. By which means +this government, being indeed the masterpiece of modern prudence, +has been cried up to the skies, as the only invention whereby at +once to maintain the sovereignty of a prince and the liberty of +the people. Whereas, indeed, it has been no other than a +wrestling-match, wherein the nobility, as they have been +stronger, have thrown the King, or the King, if he has been +stronger, has thrown the nobility; or the King, where he has had +a nobility, and could bring them to his party has thrown the +people, as in France and Spain; or the people, where they have +had no nobility, or could get them to be of their party, have +thrown the King, as in Holland, and of later times in Oceana. + +But they came not to this strength, but by such approaches +and degrees as remain to be further opened. For whereas the +barons by writ, as the sixty-four abbots and thirty-six priors +that were so called, were but pro temp ore, Dicotome, being the +twelfth king from the Conquest, began to make barons by +letters-patent, with the addition of honorary pensions for the +maintenance of their dignities to them and their heirs; so that +they were hands in the King's purse and had no shoulders for his +throne. Of these, when the house of peers came once to be full, +as will be seen hereafter, there was nothing more empty. But for +the present, the throne having other supports, they did not hurt +that so much as they did the King; for the old barons, taking +Dicotome's prodigality to such creatures so ill that they deposed +him, got the trick of it, and never gave over setting up and +pulling down their kings according to their various interests, +and that faction of the White and Red, into which they have been +thenceforth divided, till Panurgus, the eighteenth king from the +Conquest, was more by their favor than his right advanced to the +crown. This King, through his natural subtlety, reflecting at +once upon the greatness of their power, and the inconstancy of +their favor, began to find another flaw in this kind of +government, which is also noted by Machiavel namely, that a +throne supported by a nobility is not so hard to be ascended as +kept warm. Wherefore his secret jealousy, lest the dissension of +the nobility, as it brought him in might throw him out, made him +travel in ways undiscovered by them, to ends as little foreseen +by himself, while to establish his own safety, he, by mixing +water with their wine, first began to open those sluices that +have since overwhelmed not the King only, but the throne. For +whereas a nobility strikes not at the throne, without which they +cannot subsist, but at some king that they do not like, popular +power strikes through the King at the throne, as that which is +incompatible with it. Now that Panurgus, in abating the power of +the nobility, was the cause whence it came to fall into the hands +of the people, appears by those several statutes that were made +in his reign, as that for population, those against retainers, +and that for alienations. + +By the statute of population, all houses of husbandry that +were used with twenty acres of ground and upward, were to be +maintained and kept up forever with a competent proportion of +land laid to them, and in no wise, as appears by a subsequent +statute, to be severed. By which means the houses being kept up, +did of necessity enforce dwellers; and the proportion of land to +be tilled being kept up, did of necessity enforce the dweller not +to be a beggar or cottager, but a man of some substance, that +might keep hinds and servants and set the plough a-going. This +did mightily concern, says the historian of that prince, the +might and manhood of the kingdom, and in effect amortize a great +part of the lands to the hold and possession of the yeomanry or +middle people, who living not in a servile or indigent fashion, +were much unlinked from dependence upon their lords, and living +in a free and plentiful manner, became a more excellent infantry, +but such a one upon which the lords had so little power, that +from henceforth they may be computed to have been disarmed. + +And as they had lost their infantry after this manner, so +their cavalry and commanders were cut off by the statute of +retainers; for whereas it was the custom of the nobility to have +younger brothers of good houses, mettled fellows, and such as +were knowing in the feats of arms about them, they who were +longer followed with so dangerous a train, escaped not such +punishments as made them take up. + +Henceforth the country lives and great tables of the +nobility, which no longer nourished veins that would bleed for +them, were fruitless and loathsome till they changed the air, and +of princes became courtiers; where their revenues, never to have +been exhausted by beef and mutton, were found narrow, whence +followed racking of rents, and at length sale of lands, the +riddance through the statute of alienations being rendered far +more quick and facile than formerly it had been through the new +invention of entails. + +To this it happened that Coraunus, the successor of that +King, dissolving the abbeys, brought, with the declining state of +the nobility, so vast a prey to the industry of the people, that +the balance of the commonwealth was too apparently in the popular +party to be unseen by the wise Council of Queen Parthenia, who, +converting her reign through the perpetual love tricks that +passed between her and her people into a kind of romance, wholly +neglected the nobility. And by these degrees came the House of +Commons to raise that head, which since has been so high and +formidable to their princes that they have looked pale upon those +assemblies. Nor was there anything now wanting to the destruction +of the throne, but that the people, not apt to see their own +strength, should be put to feel it; when a prince, as stiff in +disputes as the nerve of monarchy was grown slack, received that +unhappy encouragement from his clergy which became his utter +ruin, while trusting more to their logic than the rough +philosophy of his Parliament, it came to an irreparable breach; +for the house of peers, which alone had stood in this gap, now +sinking down between the King and the commons, showed that +Crassus was dead and the isthmus broken. But a monarchy, divested +of its nobility, has no refuge under heaven but an army. +Wherefore the dissolution of this government caused the war, not +the war the dissolution of this government. + +Of the King's success with his arms it is not necessary to +give any further account than that they proved as ineffectual as +his nobility; but without a nobility or an army (as has been +shown) there can be no monarchy. Wherefore what is there in +nature that can arise out of these ashes but a popular +government, or a new monarchy to be erected by the victorious +army? + +To erect a monarchy, be it never so new, unless like +Leviathan you can hang it, as the country-fellow speaks, by +geometry (for what else is it to say, that every other man must +give up his will to the will of this one man without any other +foundation?), it must stand upon old principles -- that is, upon +a nobility or an army planted on a due balance of dominion. Aut +viam inveniam aut faciam, was an adage of Caesar, and there is no +standing for a monarchy unless it finds this balance, or makes +it. If it finds it, the work is done to its hand; for, where +there is inequality of estates, there must be inequality of +power; and where there is inequality of power, there can be no +commonwealth. To make it, the sword must extirpate out of +dominion all other roots of power, and plant an army upon that +ground. An army may be planted nationally or provincially. To +plant it nationally, it must be in one of the four ways +mentioned, that is, either monarchically in part, as the Roman +beneficiarii; or monarchically, in the whole, as the Turkish +Timariots; aristocratically that is, by earls and barons, as the +Neustrians were planted by Turbo; or democratically, that is, by +equal lots, as the Israelitish army in the land of Canaan by +Joshua. In every one of these ways there must not only be +confiscations, but confiscations to such a proportion as may +answer to the work intended. + +Confiscation of a people that never fought against you, but +whose arms you have borne, and in which you have been victorious, +and this upon premeditation and in cold blood, I should have +thought to be against any example in human nature, but for those +alleged by Machiavel of Agathocles, and Oliveretto di Fermo, the +former whereof being captain-general of the Syracusans, upon a +day assembled the Senate and the people, as if he had something +to communicate with them, when at a sign given he cut the +senators in pieces to a man, and all the richest of the people, +by which means he came to be king. The proceedings of Oliveretto, +in making himself Prince of Fermo, were somewhat different in +circumstances, but of the same nature. Nevertheless Catiline, who +had a spirit equal to any of these in his intended mischief, +could never bring the like to pass in Rome. The head of a small +commonwealth, such a one as was that of Syracuse or Fermo, is +easily brought to the block; but that a populous nation, such as +Rome, had not such a one, was the grief of Nero. If Sylvia or +Caesar attained to be princes, it was by civil war, and such +civil war as yielded rich spoils, there being a vast nobility to +be confiscated; which also was the case in Oceana, when it +yielded earth by earldoms, and baronies to the Neustrian for the +plantation of his new potentates. Where a conqueror finds the +riches of a land in the hands of the few, the forfeitures are +easy, and amount to vast advantage; but where the people have +equal shares, the confiscation of many comes to little, and is +not only dangerous but fruitless. + +The Romans, in one of their defeats of the Volsci, found +among the captives certain Tusculans, who, upon examination, +confessed that the arms they bore were by command of their State; +whereupon information being given to the Senate by the general +Camillus, he was forthwith commanded to march against Tusculum +which doing accordingly, he found the Tusculan fields full of +husbandmen, that stirred not otherwise from the plough than to +furnish his army with all kinds of accommodations and victuals. +Drawing near to the city, he saw the gates wide open, the +magistrates coming out in their gowns to salute and bid him +welcome; entering, the shops were all at work, and open, the +streets sounded with the noise of schoolboys at their books; +there was no face of war. Whereupon Camillus, causing the Senate +to assemble, told them, that though the art was understood, yet +had they at length found out the true arms whereby the Romans +were most undoubtedly to be conquered, for which cause he would +not anticipate the Senate, to which he desired them forthwith to +send, which they did accordingly; and their dictator with the +rest of their ambassadors being found by the Roman senators as +they went into the house standing sadly at the door were sent for +in as friends, and not as enemies; where the dictator having +said, "If we have offended, the fault was not so great as is our +penitence and your virtue," the Senate gave them peace forthwith, +and soon after made the Tusculans citizens of Rome. + +But putting the case, of which the world is not able to show +an example, that the forfeiture of a populous nation, not +conquered, but friends, and in cool blood, might be taken, your +army must be planted in one of the ways mentioned. To plant it in +the way of absolute monarchy, that is, upon feuds for life, such +as the Timars, a country as large and fruitful as that of Greece, +would afford you but 16,000 Timariots, for that is the most the +Turk (being the best husband that ever was of this kind) makes of +it at this day: and if Oceana, which is less in fruitfulness by +one-half, and in extent by three parts, should have no greater a +force, whoever breaks her in one battle, may be sure she shall +never rise; for such (as was noted by Machiavel) is the nature of +the Turkish monarchy, if you break it in two battles, you have +destroyed its whole militia, and the rest being all slaves, you +hold it without any further resistance. Wherefore the erection of +an absolute monarchy in Oceana, or in any other country that is +no larger, without making it a certain prey to the first invader +is altogether impossible. + +To plant by halves, as the Roman emperors did their +beneficiaries, or military colonies, it must be either for life; +and this an army of Oceaners in their own country, especially +having estates of inheritance, will never bear because such an +army so planted is as well confiscated as the people; nor had the +Mamelukes been contented with such usage in Egypt, but that they +were foreigners, and daring not to mix with the natives, it was +of absolute necessity to their being. + +Or planting them upon inheritance, whether aristocratically +as the Neustrians, or democratically as the Israelites, they grow +up by certain consequences into the national interest, and this, +if they be planted popularly, comes to a commonwealth; if by way +of nobility, to a mixed monarchy, which of all other will be +found to be the only kind of monarchy whereof this nation, or any +other that is of no greater extent, has been or can be capable; +for if the Israelites, though their democratical balance, being +fixed by their agrarian, stood firm, be yet found to have elected +kings, it was because, their territory lying open, they were +perpetually invaded, and being perpetually invaded, turned +themselves to anything which, through the want of experience, +they thought might be a remedy; whence their mistake in election +of their kings, under whom they gained nothing, but, on the +contrary, lost all they had acquired by their commonwealth, both +estates and liberties, is not only apparent, but without +parallel. And if there have been, as was shown, a kingdom of the +Goths in Spain, and of the Vandals in Asia, consisting of a +single person and a Parliament (taking a parliament to be a +council of the people only, without a nobility), it is expressly +said of those councils that they deposed their kings as often as +they pleased; nor can there be any other consequence of such a +government, seeing where there is a council of the people they do +never receive laws, but give them; and a council giving laws to a +single person, he has no means in the world whereby to be any +more than a subordinate magistrate but force: in which case he is +not a single person and a parliament, but a single person and an +army, which army again must be planted as has been shown, or can +be of no long continuance. + +It is true, that the provincial balance bring in nature quite +contrary to the national, you are no way to plant a provincial +army upon dominion. But then you must have a native territory in +strength, situation, or government, able to overbalance the +foreign, or you can never hold it. That an army should in any +other case be long supported by a mere tax, is a mere fancy as +void of all reason and experience as if a man should think to +maintain such a one by robbing of orchards; for a mere tax is but +pulling of plum-trees, the roots whereof are in other men's +grounds, who, suffering perpetual violence, come to hate the +author of it; and it is a maxim, that no prince that is hated by +his people can be safe. Arms planted upon dominion extirpate +enemies and make friends; but maintained by a mere tax, have +enemies that have roots, and friends that have none. + +To conclude, Oceana, or any other nation of no greater +extent, must have a competent nobility, or is altogether +incapable of monarchy; for where there is equality of estates, +there must be equality of power, and where there is equality of +power, there can be no monarchy. + +To come then to the generation of the commonwealth. It has +been shown how, through the ways and means used by Panurgus to +abase the nobility, and so to mend that flaw which we have +asserted to be incurable in this kind of constitution, he +suffered the balance to fall into the power of the people, and so +broke the government; but the balance being in the people, the +commonwealth (though they do not see it) is already in the nature +of them. There wants nothing else but time, which is slow and +dangerous, or art, which would be more quick and secure, for the +bringing those native arms, wherewithal they are found already, +to resist, they know not how, everything that opposes them, to +such maturity as may fix them upon their own strength and bottom. + +But whereas this art is prudence, and that part of prudence +which regards the present work is nothing else but the skill of +raising such superstructures of government as are natural to the +known foundations, they never mind the foundation, but through +certain animosities, wherewith by striving one against another +they are infected, or through freaks, by which, not regarding the +course of things, nor how they conduce to their purpose, they are +given to building in the air, come to be divided and subdivided +into endless parties and factions, both civil and ecclesiastical, +which, briefly to open, I shall first speak of the people in +general, and then of their divisions. + +A people, says Machiavel, that is corrupt, is not capable of +a commonwealth. But in showing what a corrupt people is, he has +either involved himself, or me; nor can I otherwise come out of +the labyrinth, than by saying, the balance altering a people, as +to the foregoing government, must of necessity be corrupt; but +corruption in this sense signifies no more than that the +corruption of one government, as in natural bodies, is the +generation of another. Wherefore if the balance alters from +monarchy, the corruption of the people in this case is that which +makes them capable of a commonwealth. But whereas I am not +ignorant that the corruption which he means is in manners, this +also is from the balance. For the balance leading from +monarchical into popular abates the luxury of the nobility, and, +enriching the people, brings the government from a more private +to a more public interest which coming nearer, as has been shown, +to justice and right reason, the people upon a like alteration is +so far from such a corruption of manners as should render them +incapable of a commonwealth, that of necessity they must thereby +contract such a reformation of manners as will bear no other kind +of government. On the other side, where the balance changes from +popular to oligarchical or monarchical, the public interest, with +the reason and justice included in the sane, becomes more +private; luxury is introduced in the room of temperance, and +servitude in that of freedom, which causes such a corruption of +manners both in the nobility and people, as, by the example of +Rome in the time of the Triumvirs, is more at large discovered by +the author to have been altogether incapable of a commonwealth. + +But the balance of Oceana changing quite contrary to that of +Rome, the manners of the people were not thereby corrupted, but, +on the contrary, adapted to a commonwealth. For differences of +opinion in a people not rightly informed of their balance, or a +division into parties (while there is not any common ligament of +power sufficient to reconcile or hold them) is no sufficient +proof of corruption. Nevertheless, seeing this must needs be +matter of scandal and danger, it will not be amiss, in showing +what were the parties, to show what were their errors. + +The parties into which this nation was divided, were temporal +or spiritual; and the temporal parties were especially two, the +one royalists, the other republicans, each of which asserted +their different causes, either out of prudence or ignorance, out +of interest or conscience. + +For prudence, either that of the ancients is inferior to the +modern, which we have hitherto been setting face to face, that +anyone may judge, or that of the royalist must be inferior to +that of the commonwealths man. And for interest, taking the +commonwealths man to have really intended the public, for +otherwise he is a hypocrite and the worst of men, that of the +royalist must of necessity have been more private. Wherefore, the +whole dispute will come upon matter of conscience, and this, +whether it be urged by the right of kings, the obligation of +former laws, or of the oath of allegiance, is absolved by the +balance. + +For if the right of kings were as immediately derived from +the breath of God as the life of man, yet this excludes not death +and dissolution. But, that the dissolution of the late monarchy +was as natural as the death of man, has been already shown. +Wherefore it remains with the royalists to discover by what +reason or experience it is possible for a monarchy to stand upon +a popular balance; or, the balance being popular, as well the +oath of allegiance, as all other monarchical laws, imply an +impossibility, and are therefore void. + +To the commonwealths man I have no more to say, but that if +he excludes any party, he is not truly such, nor shall ever found +a commonwealth upon the natural principle of the same, which is +justice. And the royalist for having not opposed a commonwealth +in Oceana, where the laws were so ambiguous that they might be +eternally disputed and never reconciled, can neither be justly +for that cause excluded from his full and equal share in the +government; nor prudently for this reason, that a commonwealth +consisting of a party will be in perpetual labor for her own +destruction: whence it was that the Romans, having conquered the +Albans, incorporated them with equal right into the commonwealth. +And if the royalists be "flesh of your flesh," and nearer of +blood than were the Albans to the Romans, you being also both +Christians, the argument is the stronger. Nevertheless there is +no reason that a commonwealth should any more favor a party +remaining in fixed opposition against it, than Brutus did his own +sons. But if it fixes them upon that opposition, it is its own +fault, not theirs; and this is done by excluding them. Men that +have equal possessions and the same security for their estates +and their liberties that you have, have the same cause with you +to defend both; but if you will liberty, though for monarchy; and +be trampling, they fight for you for tyranny, though under the +name of a commonwealth: the nature of orders in a government +rightly instituted being void of all jealousy, because, let the +parties which it embraces be what they will, its orders are such +as they neither would resist if they could, nor could if they +would, as has been partly already shown, and will appear more at +large by the following model. + +The parties that are spiritual are of more kinds than I need +mention; some for a national religion, and others for liberty of +conscience, with such animosity on both sides, as if these two +could not consist together, and of which I have already +sufficiently spoken, to show that indeed the one cannot well +subsist without the other But they of all the rest are the most +dangerous, who, holding that the saints must govern, go about to +reduce the commonwealth to a party, as well for the reasons +already shown, as that their pretences are against Scripture, +where the saints are commanded to submit to the higher powers, +and to be subject to the ordinance of man. And that men, +pretending under the notion of saints or religion to civil power, +have hitherto never failed to dishonor that profession, the world +is full of examples, whereof I shall confine myself at present +only to a couple, the one of old, the other of new Rome. + +In old Rome, the patricians or nobility pretending to be the +godly party, were questioned by the people for engrossing all the +magistracies of that commonwealth, and had nothing to say why +they did so, but that magistracy required a kind of holiness +which was not in the people; at which the people were filled with +such indignation as had come to cutting of throats, if the +nobility had not immediately laid by the insolency of that plea; +which nevertheless when they had done, the people for a long time +after continued to elect no other but patrician magistrates. + +The example of new Rome in the rise and practice of the +hierarchy (too well known to require any further illustration) is +far more immodest. + +This has been the course of nature; and when it has pleased +or shall please God to introduce anything that is above the +course of nature, he will, as he has always done, confirm it by +miracle; for so in his prophecy of the reign of Christ upon earth +he expressly promises, seeing that "the souls of them that were +beheaded for Jesus, shall be seen to live and reign with him;" +which will be an object of sense, the rather, because the rest of +the dead are not to live again till the thousand years be +finished. And it is not lawful for men to persuade us that a +thing already is, though there be no such object of our sense, +which God has told us shall not be till it be an object of our +sense. + +The saintship of a people as to government, consists in the +election of magistrates fearing God, and hating covetousness, and +not in their confining themselves, or being confined, to men of +this or that party or profession. It consists in making the most +prudent and religious choice they can; yet not in trusting to +men, but, next God, to their own orders. "Give us good men, and +they will make us good laws," is the maxim of a demagogue, and is +(through the alteration which is commonly perceivable in men, +when they have power to work their own wills) exceeding fallible. +But "give us good orders, and they will make us good men," is the +maxim of a legislator, and the most infallible in the politics. + +But these divisions (however there be some good men that look +sadly on them) are trivial things; first as to the civil concern, +because the government, whereof this nation is capable, being +once seen, takes in all interests. And, secondly, as to the +spiritual; because as the pretence of religion has always been +turbulent in broken governments, so where the government has been +sound and steady, religion has never shown itself with any other +face than that of its natural sweetness and tranquillity, nor is +there any reason why it should, wherefore the errors of the +people are occasioned by their governors. If they be doubtful of +the way, or wander from it, it is because their guides misled +them; and the guides of the people are never so well qualified +for leading by any virtue of their own, as by that of the +government. + +The government of Oceana (as it stood at the time whereof we +discourse, consisting of one single Council of the people, +exclusively of the King and the Lords) was called a Parliament: +nevertheless the parliaments of the Teutons and of the Neustrians +consisted, as has been shown, of the King, lords, and commons; +wherefore this, under an old name, was a new thing a parliament +consisting of a single assembly elected by the people, and +invested with the whole power of the government, without any +covenants, conditions, or orders whatsoever. So new a thing, that +neither ancient nor modern prudence can show any avowed example +of the like. And there is scarce anything that seems to me so +strange as that (whereas there was nothing more familiar with +these councillors than to bring the Scripture to the house) there +should not be a man of them that so much as offered to bring the +house to the Scripture, wherein, as has been shown, is contained +that original, whereof all the rest of the commonwealths seem to +be copies. Certainly if Leviathan (who is surer of nothing than +that a popular commonwealth consists but of one council) +transcribed his doctrine out of this assembly, for him to except +against Aristotle and Cicero for writing out of their own +commonwealths was not so fair play; or if the Parliament +transcribed out of him, it had been an honor better due to Moses. +But where one of them should have an example but from the other, +I cannot imagine, there being nothing of this kind that I can +find in story, but the oligarchy of Athens, the Thirty Tyrants of +the same, and the Roman Decemvirs. + +For the oligarchy, Thucydides tells us, that it was a Senate +or council of 400, pretending to a balancing council of the +people consisting of 5,000, but not producing them; wherein you +have the definition of an oligarchy, which is a single council +both debating and resolving, dividing and choosing, and what that +must come to was shown by the example of the girls, and is +apparent by the experience of all times; wherefore the thirty set +up by the Lacedaemonians (when they had conquered Athens) are +called tyrants by all authors, Leviathan only excepted, who will +have them against all the world to have been an aristocracy, but +for what reason I cannot imagine; these also, as void of any +balance, having been void of that which is essential to every +commonwealth, whether aristocratical or popular, except he be +pleased with them, because that, according to the testimony of +Xenophon, they killed more men in eight months than the +Lacedaemonians had done in ten years; "oppressing the people (to +use Sir Walter Raleigh's words) with all base and intolerable +slavery." + +The usurped government of the Decemvirs in Rome was of the +same kind. Wherefore in the fear of God let Christian legislators +(setting the pattern given in the Mount on the one side, and +these execrable examples on the other) know the right hand from +the left; and so much the rather, because those things which do +not conduce to the good of the governed are fallacious, if they +appear to be good for the governors. God, in chastising a people, +is accustomed to burn his rod. The empire of these oligarchies +was not so violent as short, nor did they fall upon the people, +but in their own immediate ruin. A council without a balance is +not a commonwealth, but an oligarchy; and every oligarchy, except +it be put to the defence of its wickedness or power against some +outward danger, is factious. Wherefore the errors of the people +being from their governors (which maxim in the politics bearing a +sufficient testimony to itself, is also proved by Machiavel), if +the people of Oceana have been factious, the cause is apparent, +but what remedy? + +In answer to this question, I come now to the army, of which +the most victorious captain and incomparable patriot, Olphaus +Megaletor, was now general, who being a much greater master of +that art whereof I have made a rough draught in these +preliminaries, had such sad reflections upon the ways and +proceedings of the Parliament as cast him upon books and all +other means of diversion, among which he happened on this place +of Machiavel: "Thrice happy is that people which chances to have +a man able to give them such a government at once, as without +alteration may secure them of their liberties; seeing it was +certain that Lacedaemon, in observing the laws of Lycurgus, +continued about 800 years without any dangerous tumult or +corruption." My lord general (as it is said of Themistocles, that +he could not sleep for the glory obtained by Miltiades at the +battle of Marathon) took so new and deep an impression at these +words of the much greater glory of Lycurgus, that, being on this +side assaulted with the emulation of his illustrious object, and +on the other with the misery of the nation, which seemed (as it +were ruined by his victory) to cast itself at his feet, he was +almost wholly deprived of his natural rest, till the debate he +had within himself came to a firm resolution, that the greatest +advantages of a commonwealth are, first, that the legislator +should be one man; and, secondly, that the government should be +made all together, or at once. For the first, it is certain, says +Machiavel, that a commonwealth is seldom or never well turned or +constituted, except it has been the work of one man; for which +cause a wise legislator, and one whose mind is firmly set, not +upon private but the public interest, not upon his posterity but +upon his country, may justly endeavor to get the sovereign power +into his own hands, nor shall any man that is master of reason +blame such extraordinary means as in that case will be necessary, +the end proving no other than the constitution of a well-ordered +commonwealth. + +The reason of this is demonstrable; for the ordinary means +not failing, the commonwealth has no need of a legislator, but +the ordinary means failing, there is no recourse to be had but to +such as are extraordinary. And, whereas a book or a building has +not been known to attain to its perfection if it has not had a +sole author or architect, a commonwealth, as to the fabric of it, +is of the like nature. And thus it may be made at once; in which +there be great advantages; for a commonwealth made at once, takes +security at the same time it lends money; and trusts not itself +to the faith of men, but launches immediately forth into the +empire of laws, and, being set straight, brings the manners of +its citizens to its rule, whence followed that uprightness which +was in Lacedaemon. But manners that are rooted in men, bow the +tenderness of a commonwealth coming up by twigs to their, bent, +whence followed the obliquity that was in Rome, and those +perpetual repairs by the consuls' axes, and tribunes' hammers, +which could never finish that commonwealth but in destruction. + +My lord general being clear in these points, and of the +necessity of some other course than would be thought upon by the +Parliament, appointed a meeting of the army, where he spoke his +sense agreeable to these preliminaries with such success to the +soldiery, that the Parliament was soon after deposed; had he +himself, in the great hall of the Pantheon or palace of justice, +situated in Emporium, the capital city, was created by the +universal suffrage of the army, Lord Archon, or sole legislator +of Oceana, upon which theatre you have, to conclude this piece, a +person introduced, whose fame shall never draw its curtain. + +The Lord Archon being created, fifty select persons to assist +him, by laboring in the mines of ancient prudence, and bringing +its hidden treasures to new light, were added, with the style +also of legislators, and sat as a council, whereof he was the +sole director and president. + +PART II + +THE COUNCIL OF LEGISLATORS + +OF this piece, being the greater half of the whole work, I shall +be able at this time to give no further account, than very +briefly to show at what it aims. + +My Lord Archon, in opening the Council of legislators, made +it appear how unsafe a thing it is to follow fancy in the fabric +of a commonwealth; and how necessary that the archives of ancient +prudence should be ransacked before any councillor should presume +to offer any other matter in order to the work in hand, or toward +the consideration to be had by the Council upon a model of +government. Wherefore he caused an urn to be brought, and every +one of the councillors to draw a lot. By the lots as they were +drawn, + +The Commonwealth of Fell to + +Israel...... Phosphorus de Auge +Athens..... Navarchus de Paralo +Lacedaemon..... Laco de Scytale +Carthage.. Mago de Syrtibus +The Achaeans, AEtolians, and Lycians....Aratus de Isthmo +The Switz Alpester de Fulmine +Holland and the United Provinces Glaucus de Ulna +Rome...... Dolabella de Enyo +Venice..... Lynceus de Stella + +These contained in them all those excellencies whereof a +commonwealth is capable; so that to have added more had been to +no purpose. Upon time given to the councillors, by their own +studies and those of their friends, to prepare themselves, they +were opened in the order, and by the persons mentioned at the +Council of legislators, and afterward by order of the same were +repeated at the council of the prytans to the people; for in +drawing of the lots, there were about a dozen of them inscribed +with the letter P, whereby the councillors that drew them became +prytans. + +The prytans were a committee or council sitting in the great +hall of Pantheon, to whom it was lawful for any man to offer +anything in order to the fabric of the commonwealth; for which +cause, that they might not be oppressed by the throng, there was +a rail about the table where they sat, and on each side of the +same a pulpit; that on the right hand for any man that would +propose anything, and that on the left for any other that would +oppose him. And all parties (being indemnified by proclamation of +the Archon) were invited to dispute their own interests, or +propose whatever they thought fit (in order to the future +government) to the council of the prytans, who, having a guard of +about two or three hundred men, lest the heat of dispute might +break the peace, had the right of moderators, and were to report +from time to time such propositions or occurrences as they +thought fit, to the Council of legislators sitting more privately +in the palace called Alma. + +This was that which made the people (who were neither safely +to be admitted, nor conveniently to be excluded in the framing of +the commonwealth) verily believe, when it came forth, that it was +no other than that whereof they themselves had been the makers. + +Moreover, this Council sat divers months after the publishing +and during the promulgation of the model to the people; by which +means there is scarce anything was said or written for or against +the said model but you shall have it with the next impression of +this work, by way of oration addressed to and moderated by the +prytans. + +By this means the Council of legislators had their necessary +solitude and due aim in their greater work, as being acquainted +from time to time with the pulse of the people, and yet without +any manner of interruption or disturbance. + +Wherefore every commonwealth in its place having been opened +by due method -- that is, first, by the people; secondly, by the +Senate; and, thirdly, by the magistracy-the Council upon mature +debate took such results or orders out of each, and out of every +part of each of them, as upon opening the same they thought fit; +which being put from time to time in writing by the clerk or +secretary, there remained no more in the conclusion, than putting +the orders so taken together, to view and examine them with a +diligent eye, that it might be clearly discovered whether they +did interfere, or could anywise come to interfere or jostle one +with the other. For as such orders jostling or coming to jostle +one another are the certain dissolution of the commonwealth, so, +taken upon the proof of like experience, and neither jostling nor +showing which way they can possibly come to jostle one another, +they make a perfect and (for aught that in human prudence can be +foreseen) an immortal commonwealth. + +And such was the art whereby my Lord Archon (taking council +of the Commonwealth of Israel, as of Moses; and of the rest of +the commonwealths, as of Jethro) framed the model of the +Commonwealth of Oceana. + +PART III + +THE MODEL OF THE COMMONWEALTH OF OCEANA + +WHEREAS my Lord Archon, being from Moses and Lycurgus the first +legislator that hitherto is found in history to have introduced +or erected an entire commonwealth at once, happened, like them +also, to be more intent upon putting the same into execution or +action, than into writing; by which means the model came to be +promulgated or published with more brevity and less illustration +than are necessary for their understanding who have not been +acquainted with the whole proceedings of the Council of +legislators, and of the prytans, where it was asserted and +cleared from all objections and doubts: to the end that I may +supply what was wanting in the promulgated epitome to a more full +and perfect narrative of the whole, I shall rather take the +commonwealth practically; and as it has now given an account of +itself in some years' revolutions (as Dicearchus is said to have +done that of Lacedaemon, first transcribed by his hand some three +or four hundred years after the institution), yet not omitting to +add for proof to every order such debates and speeches of the +legislators in their Council, or at least such parts of them as +may best discover the reason of the government; nor such ways and +means as were used in the institution or rise of the building, +not to be so well conceived, without some knowledge given of the +engines wherewithal the mighty weight was moved. But through the +entire omission of the Council of legislators or workmen that +squared every stone to this structure in the quarries of ancient +prudence, the proof of the first part of this discourse will be +lame, except I insert, as well for illustration as to avoid +frequent repetition, three remarkable testimonies in this place. + +The first is taken out of the Commonwealth of Israel: "So +Moses hearkened to the voice of Jethro, his father-in-law, and +did all that he had said. And Moses chose able men out of all +Israel, and made them heads over the people;" tribunes, as it is +in the vulgar Latin; or phylarchs, that is, princes of the +tribes, sitting upon twelve thrones, and judging the twelve +tribes of Israel; and next to these he chose rulers of thousands, +rulers of hundreds, rulers of fifties, and rulers of tens, which +were the steps and rise of this commonwealth from its foundation +or root to its proper elevation or accomplishment in the +Sanhedrim, and the congregation, already opened in the +preliminaries. + +The second is taken out of Lacedaemon, as Lycurgus (for the +greater impression of his institutions upon the minds of his +citizens) pretended to have received the model of that +commonwealth from the oracle of Apollo at Delphos, the words +whereof are thus recorded by Plutarch in the life of that famous +legislator: "When thou shalt have divided the people into tribes +(which were six) and oboe (which were five in every tribe), thou +shalt constitute the Senate, consisting, with the two Kings, of +thirty councillors, who, according as occasion requires, shall +cause the congregation to be assembled between the bridge and the +river Gnacion, where the Senate shall propose to the people, and +dismiss them without suffering them to debate." The oboe were +lineages into which every tribe was divided, and in each tribe +there was another division containing all those of the same that +were of military age, which being called the mora, was subdivided +into troops and companies that were kept in perpetual discipline +under the command of a magistrate called the polemarch. + +The third is taken out of the Commonwealth of Rome, or those +parts of it which are comprised in the first and second books of +Livy, where the people, according to the institution by Romulus, +are first divided into thirty curias or parishes, whereof he +elected, by three out of each curia, the Senate, which, from his +reign to that or Servius Tullius, proposed to the parishes or +parochial congregations; and these being called the Comitia +curiata, had the election of the kings, the confirmation of their +laws, and the last appeal in matters of judicature, as appears in +the case of Horatius that killed his sister; till, in the reign +of Servius (for the other kings kept not to the institution of +Romulus), the people being grown somewhat, the power of the +Curiata was for the greater part translated to the Centuriata +comitia instituted by this King, which distributed the people, +according to the sense of valuation of their estates, into six +classes, every one containing about forty centuries, divided into +youth and elders; the youth for field-service, the elders for the +defence of their territory, all armed and under continual +discipline, in which they assembled both upon military and civil +occasions. But when the Senate proposed to the people, the horse +only, whereof there were twelve centuries, consisting of the +richest sort over and above those of the foot enumerated, were +called with the first classes of the foot to the suffrage; or if +these accorded not, then the second classes were called to them, +but seldom or never any of the rest. Wherefore the people, after +the expulsion of the kings, growing impatient of this inequality, +rested not till they had reduced the suffrage as it had been in +the Comitia curiato to the whole people again; but in another +way, that is to say, by the Comitia tributa, which thereupon were +instituted, being a council where the people in exigencies made +laws without the Senate, which laws were called plebiscita. This +Council is that in regard whereof Cicero and other great wits so +frequently inveigh against the people, and sometimes even Livy as +at the first institution of it. To say the truth, it was a kind +of anarchy, whereof the people could not be excusable, if there +had not, through the courses taken by the Senate, been otherwise +a necessity that they must have seen the commonwealth run into +oligarchy. + +The manner how the Comitia curiata, centuriata or tributa +were called, during the time of the commonwealth, to the +suffrage, was by lot: the curia, century, or tribe, whereon the +first lot fell, being styled principium, or the prerogative; and +the other curioe, centuries or tribes, whereon the second, third, +and fourth lots, etc., fell, the jure vocatoe. From henceforth +not the first classes, as in the times of Servius, but the +prerogative, whether curia, century, or tribe, came first to the +suffrage, whose vote was called omen proerogativum, and seldom +failed to be leading to the rest of the tribes. The jure vocatoe, +in the order of their lots, came next: the manner of giving +suffrage was, by casting wooden tablets, marked for the +affirmative or the negative, into certain urns standing upon a +scaffold, as they marched over it in files, which for the +resemblance it bore was called the bridge. The candidate, or +competitor, who had most suffrages in a curia, century, or tribe, +was said to have that curia, century, or tribe; and he who had +most of the curioe, centuries, or tribes, carried the magistracy. + +These three places being premised, as such upon which there +will be frequent reflection, I come to the narrative, divided +into two parts, the first containing the institution, the second +the constitution of the commonwealth, in each whereof I shall +distinguish the orders, as those which contain the whole model, +from the rest of the discourse, which tends only to the +explanation or proof of them. + +In the institution or building of a commonwealth, the first +work, as that of builders, can be no other than fitting and +distributing the materials. + +The materials of a commonwealth are the people, and the +people of Oceana were distributed by casting them into certain +divisions, regarding their quality, their age, their wealth, and +the places of their residence or habitation, which was done by +the ensuing orders. + +The first order "distributes the people into freemen or +citizens and servants, while such; for if they attain to liberty, +that is, to live of themselves, they are freemen or citizens." + +This order needs no proof, in regard of the nature of +servitude, which is inconsistent with freedom, or participation +of government in a commonwealth. + +The second order "distributes citizens into youth and elders +(such as are from eighteen years of age to thirty, being +accounted youth; and such as are of thirty and upward, elders), +and establishes that the youth shall be the marching armies, and +the elders the standing garrisons of this nation." + + A commonwealth, whose arms are in the hands of her +servants, had need be situated, as is elegantly said of Venice by +Contarini, out of the reach of their clutches; witness the danger +run by that of Carthage in the rebellion of Spendius and Matho. +But though a city, if one swallow makes a summer, may thus chance +to be safe, yet shall it never be great; for if Carthage or +Venice acquired any fame in their arms, it is known to have +happened through the mere virtue of their captains, and not of +their orders; wherefore Israel, Lacedaemon, and Rome entailed +their arms upon the prime of their citizens, divided, at least in +Lacedaemon and Rome, into youth and elders: the youth for the +field, and the elders for defence of the territory. + +The third order "distributes the citizens into horse and +foot, by the sense or valuation of their estates; they who have +above œ100 a year in lands, goods, or moneys, being obliged to be +of the horse, and they who have under that sum to be of the foot. +But if a man has prodigally wasted and spent his patrimony, he is +neither capable of magistracy, office, or suffrage in the +commonwealth." + +Citizens are not only to defend the commonwealth, but +according to their abilities, as the Romans under Servius Tullius +(regard had to their estates), were some enrolled in the horse +centuries, and others of the foot, with arms enjoined +accordingly, nor could it be otherwise in the rest of the +commonwealths, though out of historical remains, that are so much +darker, it be not so clearly probable. And the necessary +prerogative to be given by a commonwealth to estates, is in some +measure in the nature of industry, and the use of it to the +public. "The Roman people," says Julius Exuperantius, "were +divided into classes, and taxed according to the value of their +estates. All that were worth the sums appointed were employed in +the wars; for they most eagerly contend for the victory; who +fight for liberty in defence of their country and possessions. +But the poorer sort were polled only for their heads (which was +all they had) and kept in garrison at home in time of war; for +these might betray the armies for bread, by reason of their +poverty, which is the reason that Marius, to whom the care of the +government ought not to have been committed, was the first that +led them into the field;" and his success was accordingly. There +is a mean in things; as exorbitant riches overthrow the balance +of a commonwealth, so extreme poverty cannot hold it, nor is by +any means to be trusted with it. The clause in the order +concerning the prodigal is Athenian, and a very laudable one; for +he that could not live upon his patrimony, if he comes to touch +the public money, makes a commonwealth bankrupt. + +The fourth order "distributes the people according to the +places of their habitation, into parishes, hundreds, and tribes." + +For except the people be methodically distributed, they +cannot be methodically collected; but the being of a commonwealth +consists in the methodical collection of the people: wherefore +you have the Israelitish divisions into rulers of thousands, of +hundreds, of fifties, and of tens; and of the whole commonwealth +into tribes: the Laconic into oboe, moras, and tribes; the Roman +into tribes, centuries, and classes; and something there must of +necessity be in every government of the like nature, as that in +the late monarchy -- by counties. But this being the only +institution in Oceana, except that of the agrarian, which +required any charge or included any difficulty, engages me to a +more particular description of the manner how it was performed, +as follows: + +A thousand surveyors, commissioned and instructed by the Lord +Archon and the Council, being divided into two equal numbers, +each under the inspection of two surveyors-general, were +distributed into the northern and southern parts of the +territory, divided by the river Hemisua, the whole whereof +contains about 10,000 parishes, some ten of those being assigned +to each surveyor; for as to this matter there needed no great +exactness, it tending only by showing whither everyone was to, +begin, to the more orderly carrying repair and whereabout to on +of the work; the nature of their instructions otherwise regarding +rather the number of the inhabitants than of the parishes. The +surveyors, therefore, being every one furnished with a convenient +proportion of urns, balls, and balloting-boxes -- in the use +whereof they had been formerly exercised -- and now arriving each +at his respective parish, being with the people by teaching them +their first lesson, which was the ballot; and though they found +them in the beginning somewhat froward, as at toys, with which, +while they were in expectation of greater matters from a Council +of legislators, they conceived themselves to be abused, they came +within a little while to think them pretty sport, and at length +such as might very soberly be used in good earnest; whereupon the +surveyors began the institution included in -- + +The first order, requiring "That upon the first Monday next +ensuing the last of December the bigger bell in every parish +throughout the nation be rung at eight of the clock in the +morning, and continue ringing for the space of one hour; and that +all the elders of the parish respectively repair to the church +before the bell has done ringing, where, dividing themselves into +two equal numbers, or as near equal as may be, they shall take +their places according to their dignities, if they be of divers +qualities, and according to their seniority, if they be of the +same, the one half on the one side, and the other half on the +other, in the body of the church, which done, they shall make +oath to the overseers of the parish for the time being (instead +of these the surveyors were to officiate at the institution, or +first assembly) by holding up their hands, to make a fair +election according to the laws of the ballot, as they are +hereafter explained, of such persons, amounting to a fifth part +of their whole number, to be their deputies, and to exercise +their power in manner hereafter explained, as they shall think in +their consciences to be fittest for that trust, and will acquit +themselves of it to the best advantage of the commonwealth. And +oath being thus made, they shall proceed to election, if the +elders of the parish amount to 1,000 by the ballot of the tribe, +as it is in due place explained, and if the elders of the parish +amount to fifty or upward, but within the number of 1,000, by the +ballot of the hundred, as it is in due place explained. But, if +the elders amount not to fifty, then they shall proceed to the +ballot of the parish, as it is in this place and after this +manner explained. + +"The two overseers for the time being shall seat themselves +at the upper end of the middle alley, with a table before them, +their faces being toward the congregation, and the constable for +the time being shall set an urn before the table, into which he +shall put so many balls as there be elders present, whereof there +shall be one that is gilded, the rest being white; and when the +constable has shaken the urn, sufficiently to mix the balls, the +overseers shall call the elders to the urn, who from each side of +the church shall come up the middle alley in two files, every man +passing by the urn, and drawing out one ball; which, if it be +silver, he shall cast into a bowl standing at the foot of the +urn, and return by the outward alley on his side to his place. +But he who draws the golden ball is the proposer, and shall be +seated between the overseers, where he shall begin in what order +he pleases, and name such as, upon his oath already taken, he +conceives fittest to be chosen, one by one, to the elders; and +the party named shall withdraw while the congregation is +balloting his name by the double box or boxes appointed and +marked on the outward part, to show which side is affirmative and +which negative, being carried by a boy or boys appointed by the +overseers, to every one of the elders, who shall hold up a pellet +made of linen rags between his finger and his thumb, and put it +after such a manner into the box, as though no man can see into +which side he puts it, yet any man may see that he puts in but +one pellet or suffrage. And the suffrage of the congregation +being thus, given, shall be returned with the box or boxes to the +overseers, who opening the same, shall pour the affirmative balls +into a white bowl standing upon the table on the right hand, to +be numbered by the first overseer; and the negative into a green +bowl standing on the left hand, to be numbered by the second +overseer; and the suffrages being numbered, he who has the major +part in the affirmative is one of the deputies of the parish, and +when so many deputies are chosen as amount to a full fifth part +of the whole number of the elders, the ballot for that time shall +cease. The deputies being chosen are to be listed by the +overseers in order as they were chosen, except only that such as +are horse must be listed in the first place with the rest, +proportionable to the number of the congregation, after this +manner. + +Anno Domini + +THE LIST OF THE FIRST MOVER + +A.A. Equestrian Order, First Deputy +B.B. Second Deputy, +C.C. Third Deputy, +D.D. Fourth Deputy, +E.E. Fifty Deputy, + +Of the parish of in the hundred of and the tribe +of , which parish at the present election contains twenty +elders, whereof one is of the horse or equestrian order. + +"The first and second in the list are overseers by +consequence; the third is the constable, and the fourth and fifth +are churchwardens; the persons so chosen are deputies of the +parish for the space of one year from their election, and no +longer, nor may they be elected two years together. This list, +being the primum mobile, or first mover of the commonwealth, is +to be registered in a book diligently kept and preserved by the +overseers, who are responsible in their places, for these and +other duties to be hereafter mentioned, to the censors of the +tribe; and the congregation is to observe the present order, as +they will answer the contrary to the phylarch, or prerogative +troop of the tribe, which, in case of failure in the whole or any +part of it, have power to fine them or any of them at discretion, +but under an appeal to the Parliament." + +For proof of this order, first, in reason, it is with all +politicians past dispute that paternal power is in the right of +nature; and this is no other than the derivation of power from +fathers of families as the natural root of a commonwealth. And +for experience, if it be otherwise in that of Holland, I know no +other example of the like kind. in Israel, the sovereign power +came clearly from the natural root, the elders of the whole +people; and Rome was born, Comitiis curiatis, in her parochial +congregations, out of which Romulus first raised her Senate, then +all the rest of the orders of that commonwealth, which rose so +high: for the depth of a commonwealth is the just height of it- + +"She raises up her head unto the skies, + +Near as her root unto the centre lies." + +And if the Commonwealth of Rome was born of thirty parishes, +this of Oceana was born of 10,000. But whereas mention in the +birth of this is made of an equestrian order, it may startle such +as know that the division of the people of Rome, at the +institution of that commonwealth into orders, was the occasion of +its ruin. The distinction of the patrician as a hereditary order +from the very institution, engrossing all the magistracies, was +indeed the destruction of Rome; but to a knight or one of the +equestrian order, says Horace, + +"Si quadringentis sex septem millia desunt, + +Plebs eris." + +By which it should seem that this order was not otherwise +hereditary than a man's estate, nor did it give any claim to +magistracy; wherefore you shall never find that it disquieted the +commonwealth, nor does the name denote any more in Oceana than +the duty of such a man's estate to the public. + +But the surveyors, both in this place and in others, +forasmuch as they could not observe all the circumstances of this +order, especially that of the time of election, did for the first +as well as they could; and, the elections being made and +registered, took each of them copies of those lists which were +within their allotments, which done they produced -- + +The sixth order, directing "in case a parson or vicar of a +parish comes to be removed by death or by the censors, that the +congregation of the parish assemble and depute one or two elders +by the ballot, who upon the charge of the parish shall repair to +one of the universities of this nation with a certificate signed +by the overseers, and addressed to the vice-chancellor, which +certificate, giving notice of the death or removal of the parson +or vicar, of the value of the parsonage or vicarage, and of the +desire of the congregation to receive a probationer from that +university, the vice-chancellor, upon the receipt thereof, shall +call a convocation, and having made choice of a fit person, shall +return him in due time to the parish, where the person so +returned shall return the full fruits of the benefice or +vicarage, and do the duty of the parson or vicar, for the space +of one year, as probationer; and that being expired, the +congregation of the elders shall put their probationer to the +ballot, and if he attains not to two parts in three of the +suffrage affirmative, he shall take his leave of the parish, and +they shall send in like manner as before for another probationer; +but if their probationer obtains two parts in three of the +suffrage affirmative, he is then pastor of that parish. And the +pastor of the parish shall pray with the congregation, preach the +Word, and administer the sacraments to the same, according to the +directory to be hereafter appointed by the Parliament. +Nevertheless such as are of gathered congregations, or from time +to time shall join with any of them, are in no wise obliged to +this way of electing their teachers, or to give their votes in +this case, but wholly left to the liberty of their own +consciences, and to that way of worship which they shall choose, +being not popish, Jewish, or idolatrous. And to the end they may +be the better protected by the State in the exercise of the same, +they are desired to make choice, and such manner as they best +like, of certain magistrates in every one of their congregations, +which we could wish might be four in each of them, to be auditors +in cases of differences or distaste, if any through variety of +opinions, that may be grievous or injurious to them, shall fall +out. And such auditors or magistrates shall have power to examine +the matter, and inform themselves, to the end that if they think +it of sufficient weight, they may acquaint the phylarch with it, +or introduce it into the Council of Religion; where all such +causes as those magistrates introduce shall from time to time be +heard and determined according to such laws as are or shall +hereafter be provided by the Parliament for the just defence of +the liberty of conscience." + +This order consists of three parts, the first restoring the +power of ordination to the people, which, that it originally +belongs to them, is clear, though not in English yet in +Scripture, where the apostles ordained elders by the holding up +of hands in every congregation, that is, by the suffrage of the +people, which was also given in some of those cities by the +ballot. And though it may be shown that the apostles ordained +some by the laying on of hands, it will not be shown that they +did so in every congregation. + +Excommunication, as not clearly provable out of the +Scripture, being omitted, the second part of the order implies +and establishes a national religion; for there be degrees of +knowledge in divine things; true religion is not to be learned +without searching the Scripture; the Scriptures cannot be +searched by us unless we have them to search; and if we have +nothing else, or (which is all one) understand nothing else but a +translation, we may be (as in the place alleged we have been) +beguiled or misled by the translation, while we should be +searching the true sense of the Scripture, which cannot be +attained in a natural way (and a commonwealth is not to presume +upon that which is supernatural) but by the knowledge of the +original and of antiquity, acquired by our own studies, or those +of some others, for even faith comes by hearing. Wherefore a +commonwealth not making provision of men from time to time, +knowing in the original languages wherein the Scriptures were +written, and versed in those antiquities to which they so +frequently relate, that the true sense of them depends in great +part upon that knowledge, can never be secure that she shall not +lose the Scripture, and by consequence her religion; which to +preserve she must institute some method of this knowledge, and +some use of such as have acquired it, which amounts to a national +religion. + +The commonwealth having thus performed her duty toward God, +as a rational creature, by the best application of her reason to +Scripture, and for the preservation of religion in the purity of +the same, yet pretends not to infallibility, but comes in the +third part of the order, establishing liberty of conscience +according to the instructions given to her Council of Religion, +to raise up her hands to heaven for further light; in which +proceeding she follows that (as was shown in the preliminaries) +of Israel, who, though her national religion was always a part of +her civil law, gave to her prophets the upper hand of all her +orders. + +But the surveyors. having now done with the parishes, took +their leave; so a parish is the first division of land occasioned +by the first collection of the people of Oceana, whose function +proper to that place is comprised in the six preceding orders. + +The next step in the progress of the surveyors was to a +meeting of the nearest of them, as their work lay, by twenties; +where conferring their lists, and computing the deputies +contained therein, as the number of them in parishes, being +nearest neighbors, amounted to 100, or as even as might +conveniently be brought with that account, they cast them and +those parishes into the precinct which (be the deputies ever +since more or fewer) is still called the hundred; and to every +one of these precincts they appointed a certain place, being the +most convenient town within the same, for the annual rendezvous; +which done, each surveyor, returning to his hundred, and +summoning the deputies contained in his lists to the rendezvous, +they appeared and received -- + +The seventh order, requiring, "That upon the first Monday +next ensuing the last of January, the deputies of every parish +annually assemble in arms at the rendezvous of the hundred, and +there elect out of their number one justice of the peace, one +juryman, one captain, one ensign of their troop or century, each +of these out of the horse; and one juryman, one coroner, one high +constable, out of the foot. The election to be made by the ballot +in this manner. The jurymen for the time being are to be +overseers of the ballot (instead of these, the surveyors are to +officiate at the first assembly), and to look to the performance +of the same according to what was directed in the ballot of the +parishes, saving that the high constable setting forth the urn +shall have five several suits of gold balls, and one dozen of +every suit; whereof the first shall be marked with the letter A, +the second with the letter B, the third with C, the fourth with +D, and the fifth with E: and of each of these suits he shall cast +one ball into his hat, or into a little urn, and shaking the +balls together, present them to the first overseer, who shall +draw one, and the suit which is so drawn by the overseer shall be +of use for that day, and no other; for example, if the overseer +drew an A, the high constable shall put seven gold balls marked +with the letter A into the urn, with so many silver ones as shall +bring them even with the number of the deputies, who being sworn, +as before, at the ballot of the parish to make a fair election, +shall be called to the urn; and every man coming in manner as was +there shown, shall draw one ball, which, if it be silver, he +shall cast it into a bowl standing at the foot of the urn, and +return to his place: but the first that draws a gold ball +(showing it to the overseers, who if it has not the letter of the +present ballot, have power to apprehend and punish him) is the +first elector, the second the second elector, and so to the +seventh; which order they are to observe in their function. +"The electors as they are drawn shall be placed upon the bench by +the overseers, till the whole number be complete, and then be +conducted, with the list of the officers to be chosen, into a +place apart, where, being private, the first elector shall name a +person to the first office in the list; and if the person so +named, being balloted by the rest of the electors, attains not to +the better half of the suffrages in the affirmative, the first +elector shall continue nominating others, till one of them so +nominated by him attains to the plurality of the suffrages in the +affirmative, and be written first competitor to the first office. +This done, the second elector shall observe in his turn the like +order; and so the rest of the electors, naming competitors each +to his respective office in the list, till one competitor be +chosen to every office: and when one competitor is chosen to +every office, the first elector shall begin again to name a +second competitor to the first office, and the rest successively +shall name to the rest of the offices till two competitors be +chosen to every office; the like shall be repeated till three +competitors be chosen to every office. And when three competitors +are chosen to every office, the list shall be returned to the +overseers, or such as the overseers, in case they or either of +them happened to be electors, have substituted in his or their +place or places; and the overseers or substitutes having caused +the list to be read to the congregation, shall put the +competitors, in order as they are written, to the ballot of the +congregation; and the rest of the proceedings being carried on in +the manner directed in the fifth order, that competitor, of the +three written to each office, who has most of the suffrages above +half in the affirmative, is the officer. The list being after +this manner completed, shall be entered into a register, to be +kept at the rendezvous of the hundred, under inspection of the +magistrates of the same, after the manner following: + +Anno Domini + +THE LIST OF THE NEBULOSA + +A.A. Equestrian Order, Justice of the Peace, +B.B. Equestrian Order, First Juryman, +C.C. Equestrian Order, Captain of the Hundred, +D.D. Equestrian Order, Ensign, +E.E. Second Juryman, +F.F. High Constable, +G.G. Coroner, + +Of the hundred of in the tribe of , which hundred +consists at this election of 105 deputies. + +"The list being entered, the high constable shall take three +copies of the same, whereof he shall presently return one to the +lord high sheriff of the tribe, a second to the lord custos +rotulorum, and a third to the censors; or these, through the want +of such magistrates at the first muster, may be returned to the +orator, to be appointed for that tribe. To the observation of all +and every part of this order, the officers and deputies of the +hundred are all and every of them obliged, as they will answer it +to the phylarch, who has power, in case of failure in the whole +or any part, to fine all or any of them so failing at discretion, +or according to such laws as shall hereafter be provided in that +case, but under an appeal to the Parliament." There is little in +this order worthy of any further account, but that it answers to +the rulers of hundreds in Israel, to the mora or military part of +the tribe in Lacedaemon, and to the century in Rome. The jurymen, +being two in a hundred, and so forty in a tribe, give the +latitude allowed by the law for exceptions. And whereas the +golden balls at this ballot begin to be marked with letters, +whereof one is to be drawn immediately before it begins, this is +to the end that the letter being unknown, men may be frustrated +of tricks or foul play, whereas otherwise a man may bring a +golden ball with him, and make as if he had drawn it out of the +urn. The surveyors, when they had taken copies of these lists, +had accomplished their work in the hundreds. + +So a hundred is the second division of land occasioned by the +second collection of the people, whose civil and military +functions proper to this place are comprised in the foregoing +order. + +Having stated the hundreds, they met once again by twenties, +where there was nothing more easy than to cast every twenty +hundreds, as they lay most conveniently together, into one tribe; +so the whole territory of Oceana, consisting of about 10,000 +parishes, came to be cast into 1,000 hundreds, and into fifty +tribes. In every tribe at the place appointed for the annual +rendezvous of the same, were then, or soon after begun those +buildings which are now called pavilions; each of them standing +with one open side upon fair columns, like the porch of some +ancient temple, and looking into a field capable of the muster of +some 4,000 men; before each pavilion stand three pillars +sustaining urns for the ballot, that on the right hand equal in +height to the brow of a horseman, being called the horse urn, +that on the left hand, with bridges on either side to bring it +equal in height with the brow of a footman, being called the foot +urn, and the middle urn, with a bridge on the side toward the +foot urn, the other side, as left for the horse, being without +one; and here ended the whole work of the surveyors, who returned +to the Lord Archon with this -- + +ACCOUNT OF THE CHARGE + +Imprimis: Urns, balls, and balloting-boxes for 10,000 parishes, +the same being wooden-ware, œ20,000 +Item: Provision of the like kind for a thousand hundreds + + 3,000 +Item: Urns and balls of metal, with balloting-boxes for fifty +tribes, + + 2,000 +Item: For erecting of fifty pavilions, + + 60,000 +Item: Wages for four surveyors-general at œ1,000 a man + + 4,000 +Item: Wages for the rest of the surveyors, being 1,000 at œ250 a +man + + 250,000 + + Sum Total œ339,000 + +This is no great matter of charge for the building of a +commonwealth, in regard that it has cost (which was pleaded by +the surveyors) as much to rig a few ships. Nevertheless that +proves not them to be honest, nor their account to be just; but +they had their money for once, though their reckoning be plainly +guilty of a crime, to cost him his neck that commits it another +time, it being impossible for a commonwealth (without an exact +provision that it be not abused in this kind) to subsist; for if +no regard should be had of the charge (though that may go deep), +yet the debauchery and corruption whereto, by negligence in +accounts, it infallibly exposes its citizens, and thereby lessens +the public faith, which is the nerve and ligament of government, +ought to be prevented. But the surveyors being despatched, the +Lord Archon was very curious in giving names to his tribes, which +having caused to be written in scrolls cast into an urn, and +presented to the councillors, each of them drew one, and was +accordingly sent to the tribe in his lot, as orators of the same, +a magistracy no otherwise instituted, than for once and pro +tempore, to the end that the council upon so great an occasion +might both congratulate with the tribes, and assist at the first +muster in some things of necessity to be differently carried from +the established administration and future course of the +commonwealth. + +The orators being arrived, every one as soon as might be, at +the rendezvous of his tribe, gave notice to the hundreds, and +summoned the muster which appeared for the most part upon good +horses, and already indifferently well armed; as to instance in +one for all, the tribe of Nubia, where Hermes de Caduceo, lord +orator of the same, after a short salutation and a hearty +welcome, applied himself to his business, which began with -- + +The eighth order requiring "That the lord high sheriff as +commander-in-chief, and the lord custos rotulorum as +muster-master of the tribe (or the orator for the first muster), +upon reception of the lists of their hundreds, returned to them +by the high constables of the same, presently cause them to be +cast up, dividing the horse from the foot, and listing the horse +by their names in troops, each troop containing about 100 in +number, to be inscribed First, Second, or Third troop, etc., +according to the order agreed upon by the said magistrates; which +done, they shall list the foot in like manner, and inscribe the +companies in like order. These lists upon the eve of the muster +shall be delivered to certain trumpeters and drummers, whereof +there shall be fifteen of each sort (as well for the present as +otherwise to be hereafter mentioned) stipendiated by the tribe. +And the trumpeters and drummers shall be in the field before the +pavilion, upon the day of the muster, so soon as it is light, +where they shall stand every one with his list in his hand, at a +due distance, placed according to the order of the list, the +trumpeters with the lists of the horse on the right hand, and the +drummers with the lists of the foot on the left hand; where +having sounded awhile, each of them shall begin to call and +continue calling the names of the deputies, as they come into the +field, till both the horse and foot be gathered by that means +into their due order. The horse and foot being in order, the lord +lieutenant of the tribe shall cast so many gold balls marked with +the figures 1, 2, 3, 4, etc., as there be troops of horse in the +field, together with so many silver balls as there be companies, +marked in the same manner, into a little urn, to which he shall +call the captains; and the captains drawing the gold balls shall +command the horse, and those that draw the silver the foot, each +in the order of his lot. The like shall be done by the conductor +at the same time for the ensigns at another urn; and they that +draw the gold balls shall be cornets, the left ensigns." + +This order may puzzle the reader, but tends to a wonderful +speed of the muster, to which it would be a great matter to lose +a day in ranging and marshalling, whereas by virtue of this the +tribe is no sooner in the field than in battalia, nor sooner in +battalia than called to the urns or the ballot by virtue of -- + +The ninth order, "Whereby the censors (or the orator for the +first muster) upon reception of the lists of the hundreds from +the high constables, according as is directed by the seventh +order are to make their notes for the urns beforehand, with +regard had to the lists of the magistrates, to be elected by the +ensuing orders, that is to say, by the first list called the +prime magnitude, six; and by the second called the galaxy, nine. +Wherefore the censors are to put into the middle urn for the +election of the first list twenty-four gold balls, with +twenty-six blanks or silver balls, in all sixty; and into the +side urns sixty gold balls, divided into each according to the +different number of the horse and foot; that is to say, if the +horse and the foot be equal, equally, and if the horse and the +foot be unequal, unequally, by an arithmetical proportion. The +like shall be done the second day of the muster for the second +list, except that the censors shall put into the middle urn +thirty-six gold balls with twenty-four blanks, in all sixty; and +sixty gold balls into the side urns, divided respectively into +the number of the horse and the foot; and the gold balls in the +side urns at either ballot are by the addition of blanks to be +brought even with the number of the ballotants at either urn +respectively. The censors having prepared their notes, as has +been shown, and being come at the day appointed into the field, +shall present a little urn to the lord high sheriff, who is to +draw twice for the letters to be used that day, the one at the +side urns, and the other at the middle. And the censors having +fitted the urns accordingly, shall place themselves in certain +movable seats or pulpits (to be kept for that use in the +pavilion) the first censor before the horse urn, the second +before the foot urn, the lord lieutenant doing the office of +censor pro tempore at the middle urn; where all and every one of +them shall cause the laws of the ballot to be diligently +observed, taking a special care that no man be suffered to come +above once to the urn (whereof it more particularly concerns the +sub-censors, that is to say, the overseers of every parish, to be +careful, they being each in this regard responsible for their +respective parishes) or to draw above one ball, which if it be +gold, he is to present to the censor, who shall look upon the +letter; and if it be not that of the day, and of the respective +urn, apprehend the party, who for this or any other like disorder +is obnoxious to the phylarch." + +This order being observed by the censors, it is not possible +for the people, if they can but draw the balls, though they +understand nothing at all of the ballot, to be out. To +philosophize further upon this art, though there be nothing more +rational, were not worth the while, because in writing it will be +perplexed, and the first practice of it gives the demonstration; +whence it came to pass that the orator, after some needless pains +in the explanation of the two foregoing orders, betaking himself +to exemplify the same, found the work done to his hand, for the +tribe, as eager upon a business of this nature, had retained one +of the surveyors, out of whom (before the orator arrived) they +had got the whole mystery by a stolen muster, at which in order +to the ballot they had made certain magistrates pro tempore. +Wherefore he found not only the pavilion (for this time a tent) +erected with three posts, supplying the place of pillars to the +urns, but the urns being prepared with a just number of balls for +the first ballot, to become the field, and the occasion very +gallantly with their covers made in the manner of helmets, open +at either ear to give passage to the hands of the ballotants, and +slanting with noble plumes to direct the march of the people. + +Wherefore he proceeded to -- + +The tenth order, "Requiring of the deputies of the parishes, +that upon every Monday next ensuing the last of February, they +make their personal appearance, horse and foot in arms +accordingly, at the rendezvous of the tribe, where, being in +discipline, the horse upon the right, and the foot upon the left, +before the pavilion, and having made oath by holding up their +hands, upon the tender of it by the lord high sheriff, to make +election without favor, and of such only as they shall judge +fittest for the commonwealth, the conductor shill take three +balls, the one inscribed with these words (outward files), +another with these words (inward files), and the third with these +(middle files), which balls he shall cast into a little urn, and +present it to the lord high sheriff, who, drawing one, shall give +the words of command, as they are thereupon inscribed, and the +ballot shall begin accordingly. For example, if the ball be +inscribed 'Middle files,' the ballot shall begin by the middle; +that is, the two files that are middle to the horse shall draw +out first to the horse urn, and the two files that are middle to +the foot shall draw out first to the foot urn, and be followed by +all the rest of the files as they are next to them in order. The +like shall be done by the inward, or by the outward files in case +they be first called. And the files, as every man has drawn his +ball, if it be silver, shall behind at the urn to countermarch to +their places, but he that has drawn a gold ball at a side urn +shall proceed to the middle urn, where if the balls he draws be +silver he shall also countermarch, but if it be gold he shall +take his place upon a form set across the pavilion, with his face +toward the lord high sheriff, who shall be seated in the middle +of the pavilion, with certain clerks by him, one of which shall +write down the names of every elector, that is, of every one that +drew a gold ball at the middle urn, and in the order his ball was +drawn, till the electors amount to six in number. And the first +six electors, horse and foot promiscuously, are the first order +of electors; the second six (still accounting them as they are +drawn) the second order, the third six the third order, and the +fourth six the fourth order of electors; every elector having +place in his order, according to the order wherein he was drawn. +But so soon as the first order of electors is complete, the lord +high sheriff shall send them with a copy of the following list, +and a clerk that understands the ballot, immediately to a little +tent standing before the pavilion in his eye, to which no other +person but themselves, during the election, shall approach. The +list shall be written in this manner: + +Anno Domini + +THE LIST OF THE PRIME MAGNITUDE, OR FIRST DAY'S ELECTION OF +MAGISTRATES + +1. The Lord High Sheriff, Commander-in-Chief, +2. Lord Lieutenant, +3. Lord Custos Rotulorum, Muster-Master-General, +4. The Conductor, being Quarter-master General, +5. The First Censor, +6. The Second Censor, + +Of the tribe of Nubia, containing at the present muster 700 horse +and 1,500 foot, in all 22,000 deputies. + +"And the electors of the first band or order, being six, +shall each of them name to his respective magistracy in the left +such as are not already elected in the hundreds, till one +competitor be chosen to every magistracy in the list by the +ballot of the electors of the first order, which done, the list +with the competitors thereunto annexed shall be returned to the +lord high sheriff by the clerk attending that order, but the +electors shall keep their places; for they have already given +their suffrage, and may not enter into the ballot of the tribe. +If there arises any dispute in an order of electors, one of the +censors or sub-censors appointed by them in case they be +electors, shall enter into the tent of that order, and that order +shall stand to his judgment in the decision of the controversy. +The like shall be done exactly by each other order of electors, +being sent as they are drawn, each with another copy of the same +list, into a distinct tent, till there be returned to the lord +high sheriff four competitors to every magistracy in the list; +that is to say, one competitor elected to every office in every +one of the four orders, which competitors the lord high sheriff +shall cause to be pronounced or read by a crier to the +congregation, and the congregation having heard the whole lists +repeated, the names shall be put by the lord high sheriff to the +tribe, one by one, beginning with the first competitor in the +first order, thence proceeding to the first competitor in the +second order, and so to the first in the third and fourth orders. +And the suffrages being taken in boxes by boys (as has been +already shown) shall be poured into the bowls standing before the +censors, who shall be seated at each end of the table in the +pavilion, the one numbering the affirmatives and the other the +negatives, and he of the four competitors to the first magistracy +that has most above half the suffrages of the tribe in the +affirmative, is the first magistrate. The like is to be done +successively by the rest of the competitors in their order. But +because soon after the boxes are sent out for the first name, +there be others sent out for the second, and so for the third, +etc., by which means divers names are successively at one and the +same time in balloting; the boy that carries a box shall sing or +repeat continually the name of the competitor for whom that box +is carrying, with that also of the magistracy to which he is +proposed. A magistrate of the tribe happening to be an elector, +may substitute any one of his own order to execute his other +function. The magistrates of the prime magnitude being thus +elected, shall receive the present charge of the tribe." + +If it be objected against this order that the magistrates to +be elected by it will be men of more inferior rank than those of +the hundreds, in regard that those are chosen first, it may be +remembered that so were the burgesses in the former government, +nevertheless the knights of the shire were men of greater +quality; and the election at the hundred is made by a council of +electors, of whom less cannot be expected than the discretion of +naming persons fittest for those capacities, with an eye upon +these to be elected at the tribe. As for what may be objected in +point of difficulty, it is demonstrable by the foregoing orders, +that a man might bring 10,000 men, if there were occasion, with +as much ease, and as suddenly to perform the ballot, as he can +make 5,000 men, drawing them out by double files, to march a +quarter of a mile. But because at this ballot, to go up and down +the field, distributing the linen pellets to every man, with +which he is to ballot or give suffrage, would lose a great deal +of time, therefore a man's wife, his daughters, or others, make +him his provision of pellets before the ballot, and he comes into +the field with a matter of a score of them in his pocket. And now +I have as good as done with the sport. The next is -- + +The eleventh order, "Explaining the duties and functions of +the magistrates contained in the list of the prime magnitude, and +those of the hundreds, beginning with the lord high sheriff, who, +over and above his more ancient offices, and those added by the +former order, is the first magistrate of the phylarch, or +prerogative troop. The lord lieutenant, over and above his duty +mentioned, is commander-in-chief of the musters of the youth, and +second magistrate of the phylarch. The custos rotulorum is to +return the yearly muster-rolls of the tribe, as well that of the +youth as of the elders, to the rolls in emporium, and is the +third magistrate of the phylarch. The censors by themselves and +their sub-censors, that is, the overseers of the parishes, are to +see that the respective laws of the ballot be observed in all the +popular assemblies of the tribe. They have power also to put such +national ministers, as in preaching shall intermeddle with +matters of government, out of their livings, except the party +appeals to the phylarch, or to the Council of Religion, where in +that case the censors shall prosecute. All and every one of these +magistrates, together with the justices of peace, and the jurymen +of the hundreds, amounting in the whole number to threescore and +six, are the prerogative troop or phylarch of the tribe. + +"The function of the phylarch or prerogative troop is +fivefold: + +"First, they are the council of the tribe, and as such to +govern the musters of the same according to the foregoing orders, +having cognizance of what has passed in the congregation or +elections made in the parishes or the hundreds, with power to +punish any undue practices, or variation from their respective +rules and orders, under an appeal to the Parliament. A marriage +legitimately is to be pronounced by the parochial congregation, +the muster of the hundred, or the phylarch. And if a tribe have a +desire (which they are to express at the muster by their +captains, every troop by his own) to petition the Parliament the +phylarch, as the council, shall frame the petition in the +pavilion, and propose it by clauses to the ballot of the whole +tribe; and the clauses that shall be affirmed by the ballot of +the tribe, and signed by the hands of the six magistrates of the +prime magnitude, shall be received and esteemed by the Parliament +as the petition of the tribe, and no other. + +"Secondly, the phylarch has power to call to their assistance +what other troops of the tribe they please (he they elders or +youth, whose discipline will be hereafter directed), and with +these to receive the judges itinerant in their circuits, whom the +magistrates of the phylarch shall assist upon the bench, and the +juries elsewhere in their proper functions according to the more +ancient laws and customs of this nation. + +"Thirdly, the phylarch shall hold the court called the +quartersessions according to the ancient custom, and therein +shall also hear causes in order to the protection of liberty of +conscience, by such rules as are or shall hereafter be appointed +by the Parliament. + +"Fourthly, all commissions issued into the tribes by the +Parliament, or by the chancery, are to be directed to the +phylarch, or some of that troop, and executed by the same +respectively. + +"Fifthly, in the case of levies of money the Parliament shall +tax the phylarchs, the phylarchs shall tax the hundreds, the +hundreds the parishes, and the parishes shall levy it upon +themselves. The parishes having levied the tax-money accordingly, +shall return it to the officers of the hundreds, the hundred to +the phylarchs, and the phylarchs to the Exchequer. But if a man +has ten children living, he shall pay no taxes; if he has five +living, he shall pay but half taxes; if he has been married three +years, or be above twenty-five years of age, and has no child or +children lawfully begotten, he shall pay double taxes. And if +there happen to grow any dispute upon these or such other orders +as shall or may hereto be added hereafter, the phylarchs shall +judge the tribes, and the Parliament shall judge the phylarchs. +For the rest, if any man shall go about to introduce the right or +power of debate into any popular council or congregation of this +nation, the phylarch or any magistrate of the hundred, or of the +tribe, shall cause him presently to be sent in custody to the +Council of War. + +The part of the order relating to the rolls in Emporium being +of singular use, is not unworthy to be somewhat better opened. In +what manner the lists of the parishes, hundreds, and tribes are +made, has been shown in their respective orders, where, after the +parties are elected, they give an account of the whole number of +the elders or deputies in their respective assemblies or musters; +the like for this part exactly is done by the youth in their +discipline (to be hereafter shown) wherefore the lists of the +parishes, youth and elders, being summed up, give the whole +number of the people able to bear arms, and the lists of the +tribes, youth and elders, being summed up, give the whole number +of the people bearing arms. This account, being annually recorded +by the master of the rolls, is called the "Pillar of Nilus," +because the people, being the riches of the commonwealth, as they +are found to rise or fall by the degrees of this pillar, like +that river, give an account of the public harvest. + +Thus much for the description of the first day's work at the +muster, which happened (as has been shown) to be done as soon as +said; for as in practice it is of small difficulty, so requires +it not much time, seeing the great Council of Venice, consisting +of a like number, begins at twelve of the clock, and elects nine +magistrates in one afternoon. But the tribe being dismissed for +this night, repaired to their quarters, under the conduct of +their new magistrates. The next morning returning to the field +very early, the orator proceeded to -- + +The twelfth order, "Directing the muster of the tribe in the +second day's election, being that of the list called the galaxy; +in which the censors shall prepare the urns according to the +directions given in the ninth order for the second ballot; that +is to say, with thirty-six gold balls in the middle urn, making +four orders, and nine electors in every order, according to the +number of the magistrates in the list of the galaxy, which is as +follows: + +1. Knight +2. Knight + +To be chosen out of the horse. +3. Deputy +4. Deputy +5. Deputy + +To be chosen out of the horse. +6. Deputy +7. Deputy +8. Deputy +9. Deputy + +To be chosen out of the foot. + +"The rest of the ballot shall proceed exactly according to +that of the first day. But, forasmuch as the commonwealth demands +as well the fruits of a man's body as of his mind, he that has +not been married shall not be capable of these magistracies till +he be married. If a deputy already chosen to be an officer in the +parish, in the hundred, or in the tribe, be afterward chosen of +the galaxy, it shall be lawful for him to delegate his office in +the parish, in the hundred, or in the tribe, to any one of his +own order being not already chosen into office. The knights and +deputies being chosen, shall he brought to the head of the tribe +by the lord high sheriff, who shall administer to them this oath: +'Ye shall well and truly observe and keep the orders and customs +of this commonwealth which the people have chosen.' And if any of +them shall refuse the oath, he shall be rejected, and that +competitor which had the most voices next shall be called in his +place, who, if he takes the oath, shall be entered in the list; +but if he also refuses the oath, he who had most voices next +shall be called, and so till the number of nine out of those +competitors which had most voices be sworn knights and deputies +of the galaxy. (This clause, in regard to the late divisions, and +to the end that no violence be offered to any man's conscience, +to be of force but for the first three years only.) The knights +of the galaxy being elected and sworn, are to repair, by the +Monday next ensuing to the last of March, to the Pantheon or +palace of justice, situated in the metropolis of this +commonwealth (except the Parliament, by reason of a contagious +sickness, or some other occasion, has adjourned to another part +of the nation), where they are to take their places in the +Senate, and continue in full power and commission as senators for +the full term of three years next ensuing the date of their +election. The deputies of the galaxy are to repair by the same +day (except as before excepted) to the halo situated in Emporium, +where they are to be listed of the prerogative tribe, or equal +representative of the people; and to continue in full power and +commission as their deputies for the full term of three years +next ensuing their election. But, forasmuch as the term of every +magistracy or office in this commonwealth requires an equal +vacation, a knight or deputy of the galaxy, having fulfilled his +term of three years, shall not be re-elected into the same galaxy +or any other, till he has also fulfilled his three years' +vacation." + +Whoever shall rightly consider the foregoing orders, will be +as little able to find how it is possible that a worshipful +knight should declare himself in ale and beef worthy to serve his +country, as how my lord high sheriff's honor, in case he were +protected from the law, could play the knave. But though the +foregoing orders, so far as they regard the constitution of the +Senate and the people, requiring no more as to an ordinary +election than is therein explained, that is but one-third part of +their knights and deputies, are perfect; yet must we in this +place, and as to the institution, of necessity erect a scaffold. +For the commonwealth to the first creation of her councils in +full number, required thrice as many as are eligible by the +foregoing orders. Wherefore the orator whose aid in this place +was most necessary, rightly informing the people of the reason, +stayed them two days longer at the muster, and took this course. +One list, containing two knights and seven deputies, he caused to +be chosen upon the second day; which list being called the first +galaxy, qualified the parties elected of it with power for the +term of one year, and no longer: another list, containing two +knights and seven deputies more, he caused to be chosen the third +day, which list being called the second galaxy, qualified the +parties elected of it with power for the term of two years, and +no longer. And upon the fourth day he chose the third galaxy, +according as it is directed by the order, empowered for three +years; which lists successively falling (like the signs or +constellations of one hemisphere, which setting, cause those of +the other to rise) cast the great orbs of this commonwealth into +an annual, triennial, and perpetual revolution. + +The business of the muster being thus happily finished, +Hermes de Caduceo, lord orator of the tribe of Nubia, being now +put into her first rapture, caused one of the censor's pulpits to +be planted in front of the squadron, and ascending into the same, +spake after this manner: + +"MY LORDS, THE MAGISTRATES AND THE PEOPLE OF THE TRIBE OF NUBIA: + +"We have this day solemnized the happy nuptials of the two +greatest princes that are upon the earth or in nature, arms and +councils, in the mutual embraces whereof consists your whole +commonwealth; whose councils upon their perpetual wheelings, +marches, and countermarches, create her armies, and whose armies +with the golden volleys of the ballot at once create and salute +her councils. There be those (such is the world at present) that +think it ridiculous to see a nation exercising its civil +functions in military discipline; while they, committing their +buff to their servants, come themselves to hold trenchards. For +what avails it such as are unarmed, or (which is all one) whose +education acquaints them not with the proper use of their swords, +to be called citizens? What were 2,000 or 3,000 of you, though +never so well affected to your country, but naked, to one troop +of mercenary soldiers? If they should come upon the field and +say, 'Gentlemen, it is thought fit that such and such men should +be chosen by you,' where were your liberty? or, 'Gentlemen, +parliaments are exceeding good, but you are to have a little +patience; these times are not so fit for them,' where were your +commonwealth? What causes the monarchy of the Turks but servants +in arms? What was it that begot the glorious Commonwealth of Rome +but the sword in the hands of her citizens? Wherefore my glad +eyes salute the serenity and brightness of this day with a shower +that shall not cloud it. + +"Behold the army of Israel become a commonwealth, and the +Commonwealth of Israel remaining an army, with her rulers of tens +and of fifties, her rulers of hundreds and thousands, drawing +near (as this day throughout our happy fields) to the lot by her +tribes, increased above threefold, and led up by her phylarchs or +princes, to sit upon fifty thrones, judging the fifty tribes of +Oceana! Or, is it Athens, breaking from her iron sepulchre, where +she has been so long trampled by hosts of Janizaries? For +certainly that is the voice of Theseus, having gathered his +scattered Athenians into one city. This freeborn nation lives not +upon the dole or bounty of one man, but distributing her annual +magistracies and honors with her own hand, is herself King People +-- (At which the orator was awhile interrupted with shouts, but +at length proceeded.) is it grave Lacedaemon in her armed tribe, +divided by her oboe and her mora, which appears to chide me that +I teach the people to talk, or conceive such language as is +dressed like a woman, to be a fit usher of the joys of liberty +into the hearts of men? is it Rome in her victorious arms (for so +she held her concio or congregation) that congratulates with us, +for finding out that which she could not hit on, and binding up +her Comitia curiata, centuriata, and tributa, in one inviolable +league of union? Or is it the great council of incomparable +Venice, bowling forth by the selfsame ballot her immortal +commonwealth? For, neither by reason nor by experience is it +impossible that a commonwealth should be immortal; seeing the +people being the materials, never die; and the form, which is +motion, must, without opposition, be endless. The bowl which is +thrown from your hand, if there be no rub, no impediment, shall +never cease: for which cause the glorious luminaries that are the +bowls of God, were once thrown forever; and next these, those of +Venice. But certainly, my lords, whatever these great examples +may have shown us, we are the first that have shown to the world +a commonwealth established in her rise upon fifty such towers, +and so garrisoned as are the tribes of Oceana, containing 100,000 +elders upon the annual list, and yet but an outguard; besides her +marching armies to be equal in the discipline, and in the number +of her youth. + +"And forasmuch as sovereign power is a necessary but a +formidable creature, not unlike the powder which (as you are +soldiers) is at once your safety and your danger, being subject +to take fire against you as well as for you, how well and +securely is she, by your galaxies so collected as to be in full +force and vigor and yet so distributed that it is impossible you +should be blown up by your own magazine? Let them who will have +it, that power if it be confined cannot be sovereign, tell us, +whether our rivers do not enjoy a more secure and fruitful reign +within their proper banks, than if it were lawful for them, in +ravaging our harvests, to spill themselves? whether souls, not +confined to their peculiar bodies, do govern them any more than +those of witches in their trances? whether power, not confined to +the bounds of reason and virtue, has any other bounds than those +of vice and passion? or if vice and passion be boundless, and +reason and virtue have certain limits, on which of these thrones +holy men should anoint their sovereign? But to blow away this +dust, the sovereign power of a commonwealth is no more bounded, +that is to say straitened, than that of a monarch; but is +balanced. The eagle mounts not to her proper pitch, if she be +bounded, nor is free if she be not balanced. And lest a monarch +should think he can reach further with his sceptre, the Roman +eagle upon such a balance spread her wings from the ocean to +Euphrates. Receive the sovereign power; you have received it, +hold it fast, embrace it forever in your shining arms. The virtue +of the loadstone is not impaired or limited, but receives +strength and nourishment, by being bound in iron. And so giving +your lordships much joy, I take my leave of this tribe." + +The orator descending, had the period of his speech made with +a vast applause and exultation of the whole tribe, attending him +for that night to his quarter, as the phylarch with some +commanded troops did the next day to the frontiers of the tribe, +where leave was taken on both sides with more tears than grief. + +So a tribe is the third division of land occasioned by the +third collection of the people, whose functions proper to that +place are contained in the five foregoing orders. + +The institution of the commonwealth was such as needed those +props and scaffolds which may have troubled the reader; but I +shall here take them away, and come to the constitution which +stands by itself, and yields a clearer prospect. + +The motions, by what has been already shown, are spherical; +and spherical motions have their proper centre, for which cause +(ere I proceed further) it will be necessary, for the better +understanding of the whole, that I discover the centre whereupon +the motions of this commonwealth are formed. + +The centre, or basis of every government, is no other than +the fundamental laws of the same. + +Fundamental laws are such as state what it is that a man, and +what the means may call his own, that is to say, property; be +whereby a man may enjoy his own, that is to say, protection. The +first is also called dominion, and the second empire or sovereign +power, whereof this (as has been shown) is the natural product of +the former, for such as is the balance of dominion in a nation, +such is the nature of its empire. + +Wherefore the fundamental laws of Oceana, or the centre of +this commonwealth, are the agrarian and the ballot: the agrarian +by the balance of dominion preserving equality in the root; and +the ballot by an equal rotation conveying it into the branch, or +exercise of sovereign power, as, to begin with the former, +appears by -- + +The thirteenth order, "Constituting the agrarian laws of +Oceana, Marpesia, and Panopea, whereby it is ordained, first, for +all such lands as are lying and being within the proper +territories of Oceana, that every man who is at present +possessed, or shall hereafter be possessed, of an estate in land +exceeding the revenue of œ2,000 a year, and having more than one +son, shall leave his lands either equally divided among them, in +case the lands amount to above œ2,000 a year to each, or so near +equally, in case they come under, that the greater part or +portion of the same remaining to the eldest exceed not the value +of œ2,000 revenue. And no man, not in present possession of lands +above the value of œ2,000 by the year, shall receive, enjoy +(except by lawful inheritance) acquire, or, purchase to himself +lands within the said territories, amounting, with those already +in his possession, above the said revenue. And if a man has a +daughter or daughters, except she be an heiress or they be +heiresses, he shall not leave or give to any. One of them in +marriage, or otherwise, for her portion, above the value of +œ1,500 in lands, goods, and moneys. Nor shall any friend, +kinsman, or kinswoman add to her or their portion or portions +that are so provided for, to make any one of them greater. Nor +shall any man demand or have more in marriage with any woman. +Nevertheless an heiress shall enjoy her lawful inheritance, and a +widow, whatsoever the bounty or affection of her husband shall +bequeath to her, to be divided in the first generation, wherein +it is divisible according as has been shown. + +"Secondly, for lands lying and being within the territories +of Marpesia, the agrarian shall hold in all parts as it is +established in Oceana, except only in the standard or proportion +of estates in land, which shall be set for Marpesia, at œ500. +And, + +"Thirdly, for Panopea, the agrarian shall hold in all parts, +as in Oceana. And whosoever possessing above the proportion +allowed by these laws, shall be lawfully convicted of the same, +shall forfeit the overplus to the use of the State." + +Agrarian laws of all others have ever been the greatest +bugbears, and so in the institution were these, at which time it +was ridiculous to see how strange a fear appeared in everybody of +that which, being good for all, could hurt nobody. But instead of +the proof of this order, I shall out of those many debates that +happened ere it could be passed, insert two speeches that were +made at the Council of legislators, the first by the Right +Honorable Philautus de Garbo, a young man, being heir-apparent to +a very noble family, and one of the councillors, who expressed +himself as follows: + + "May it please your Highness, my Lord Archon of Oceana. + +"If I did not, to my capacity, know from how profound a +councillor I dissent, it would certainly be no hard task to make +it as light as the day. First, that an agrarian is altogether +unnecessary; secondly, that it is dangerous to a commonwealth; +thirdly, that it is insufficient to keep out monarchy; fourthly, +that it ruins families; fifthly, that it destroys industry; and +last of all, that though it were indeed of any good use, it will +be a matter of such difficulty to introduce in this nation, and +so to settle that it may be lasting, as is altogether invincible. + +"First, that an agrarian is unnecessary to a commonwealth, +what clearer testimony can there be than that the commonwealths +which are our contemporaries (Venice, to which your Highness +gives the upper hand of all antiquity, being one) have no such +thing? And there can be no reason why they have it not, seeing it +is in the sovereign power at any time to establish such an order, +but that they need it not; wherefore no wonder if Aristotle, who +pretends to be a good commonwealths man, has long since derided +Phaleas, to whom it was attributed by the Greeks, for his +invention. + +"Secondly, that an agrarian is dangerous to a commonwealth is +affirmed upon no slight authority seeing Machiavel is positive +that it was the dissension which happened about the agrarian that +caused the destruction of Rome; nor do I think that it did much +better in Lacedaemon, as I shall show anon. + +"Thirdly, that it is insufficient to keep out monarchy cannot +without impiety be denied, the holy Scriptures bearing witness +that the Commonwealth of Israel, notwithstanding her agrarian, +submitted her neck to the arbitrary yoke of her princes. + +"Fourthly, therefore, to come to my next assertion, that it +is destructive to families: this also is so apparent, that it +needs pity rather than proof. Why alas, do you bind a nobility +(which no generation shall deny to have been the first that +freely sacrificed their blood to the ancient liberties of this +people) on an unholy altar? Why are the people taught that their +liberty, which, except our noble ancestors had been born, must +have long since been buried, cannot now be born except we be +buried? A commonwealth should have the innocence of the dove. Let +us leave this purchase of her birth to the serpent, which eats +itself out of the womb of its mother. + +"Fifthly but it may be said, perhaps, that we are fallen from +our first love, become proud and idle. It is certain, my lords, +that the hand of God is not upon us for nothing. But take heed +how you admit of such assaults and sallies upon men's estates, as +may slacken the nerve of labor, and give others also reason to +believe that their sweat is vain; or else, whatsoever be +pretended, your agrarian (which is my fifth assertion) must +indeed destroy industry. For, that so it did in Lacedaemon is +most apparent, as also that it could do no otherwise, where every +man having his forty quarters of barley, with wine +proportionable, supplied him out of his own lot by his laborer or +helot; and being confined in that to the scantling above which he +might not live, there was not any such thing as a trade, or other +art, except that of war, in exercise. Wherefore a Spartan, if he +were not in arms, must sit and play with his Angers, whence +ensued perpetual war, and, the estate of the city being as little +capable of increase as that of the citizens, her inevitable ruin. +Now what better ends you can propose to yourselves in the like +ways, I do not so well see as I perceive that there may be worse; +for Lacedaemon yet was free from civil war: but if you employ +your citizens no better than she did, I cannot promise you that +you shall fare so well, because they are still desirous of war +that hope that it may be profitable to them; and the strongest +security you can give of peace, is to make it gainful. Otherwise +men will rather choose that whereby they may break your laws, +than that whereby your laws may break them. Which I speak not so +much in relation to the nobility or such as would be holding, as +to the people or them that would be getting; the passion in these +being so much the stronger, as a man's felicity is weaker in the +fruition of things, than in their prosecution and increase. + +"Truly, my lords, it is my fear, that by taking of more +hands, and the best from industry, you will farther endamage it, +than can be repaired by laying on a few, and the worst; while the +nobility must be forced to send their sons to the plough, and, as +if this were not enough, to marry their daughters also to +farmers. + +"Sixthly, but I do not see (to come to the last point) how it +is possible that this thing should be brought about, to your good +I mean, though it may to the destruction of many. For that the +agrarian of Israel, or that of Lacedaemon, might stand, is no +such miracle; the lands, without any consideration of the former +proprietor, being surveyed and cast into equal lots, which could +neither be bought, nor sold, nor multiplied: so that they knew +whereabout to have a man. But in this nation no such division can +be introduced, the lands being already in the hands of +proprietors, and such whose estates lie very rarely together, but +mixed one with another being also of tenures in nature so +different, that as there is no experience that an agrarian was +ever introduced in such a case, so there is no appearance how or +reason why it should: but that which is against reason and +experience is impossible." + +The case of my Lord Philautus was the most concerned in the +whole nation; for he had four younger brothers, his father being +yet living, to whom he was heir of œ10,000 a year. Wherefore +being a man both of good parts and esteem, his words wrought both +upon men's reason and passions, and had borne a stroke at the +head of the business, if my Lord Archon had not interposed the +buckler in this oration: + + "MY LORDS, THE LEGISLATORS OF OCEANA: + +"My Lord Philautus has made a thing which is easy to seem +hard; if the thanks were due to his eloquence, it would be worthy +of less praise than that he owes it to his merit, and the love he +has most deservedly purchased of all men: nor is it rationally to +be feared that he who is so much beforehand in his private, +should be in arrear in his public, capacity. Wherefore, my lord's +tenderness throughout his speech arising from no other principle +than his solicitude lest the agrarian should be hurtful to his +country, it is no less than my duty to give the best satisfaction +I am able to so good a patriot, taking every one of his doubts in +the order proposed. And, + +"First, whereas my lord, upon observation of the modern +commonwealths, is of opinion that an agrarian is not necessary: +it must be confessed that at the first sight of them there is +some appearance favoring his assertion, but upon accidents of no +precedent to us. For the commonwealths of Switzerland and +Holland, I mean of those leagues, being situated in countries not +alluring the inhabitants to wantonness, but obliging them to +universal industry, have an implicit agrarian in the nature of +them: and being not obnoxious to a growing nobility (which, as +long as their former monarchies had spread the wing over them, +could either not at all be hatched, or was soon broken) are of no +example to us, whose experience in this point has been to the +contrary. But what if even in these governments there be indeed +an explicit agrarian? For when the law commands an equal or near +equal distribution of a man's estate in land among his children, +as it is done in those countries, a nobility cannot grow; and so +there needs no agrarian, or rather there is one. And for the +growth of the nobility in Venice (if so it be, for Machiavel +observes in that republic, as a cause of it, a great mediocrity +of estates) it is not a point that she is to fear, but might +study, seeing she consists of nothing else but nobility, by +which, whatever their estates suck from the people, especially if +it comes equally, is digested into the better blood of that +commonwealth, which is all, or the greatest, benefit they can +have by accumulation. For how unequal soever you will have them +to be in their incomes, they have officers of the pomp, to bring +them equal in expenses, or at least in the ostentation or show of +them. And so unless the advantage of an estate consists more in +the measure than in the use of it, the authority of Venice does +but enforce our agrarian; nor shall a man evade or elude the +prudence of it, by the authority of any other commonwealth. + +"For if a commonwealth has been introduced at once, as those +of Israel and Lacedaemon, you are certain to find her underlaid +with this as the main foundation; nor, if she is obliged more to +fortune than prudence, has she raised her head without musing +upon this matter, as appears by that of Athens, which through her +defect in this point, says Aristotle, introduced her ostracism, +as most of the democracies of Greece. But, not to restrain a +fundamental of such latitude to any one kind of government, do we +not yet see that if there be a sole landlord of a vast territory, +he is the Turk? that if a few landlords overbalance a populous +country, they have store of servants? that if a people be in an +equal balance, they can have no lords? that no government can +otherwise be erected, than upon some one of these foundations? +that no one of these foundations (each being else apt to change +into some other) can give any security to the government, unless +it be fixed? that through the want of this fixation, potent +monarchy and commonwealths have fallen upon the heads of the +people, and accompanied their own sad ruins with vast effusions +of innocent blood? Let the fame, as was the merit of the ancient +nobility of this nation, be equal to or above what has been +already said, or can be spoken, yet have we seen not only their +glory but that of a throne, the most indulgent to and least +invasive for so many ages upon the liberty of a people that the +world has known, through the mere want of fixing her foot by a +proportionable agrarian upon her proper foundation, to have +fallen with such horror as has been a spectacle of astonishment +to the whole earth. And were it well argued from one calamity, +that we ought not to prevent another? Nor is Aristotle so good a +commonwealths man for deriding the invention of Phaleas as in +recollecting himself, where he says that democracies, when a less +part of their citizens overtop the rest in wealth, degenerate +into oligarchies and principalities; and, which comes nearer to +the present purpose, that the greater part of the nobility of +Tarentum coming accidentally to be ruined, the government of the +few came by consequence to be changed into that of the many. + +"These things considered, I cannot see how an agrarian, as to +the fixation or security of a government, can be less than +necessary. And if a cure be necessary, it excuses not the +patient, his disease being otherwise desperate, that it is +dangerous; which was the case of Rome, not so stated by +Machiavel, where he says, that the strife about the agrarian +caused the destruction of that commonwealth. As if when a senator +was not rich (as Crassus held) except he could pay an army, that +commonwealth could expect nothing but ruin whether in strife +about the agrarian, or without it. 'Of late,' says Livy, 'riches +have introduced avarice, and voluptuous pleasures abounding have +through lust and luxury begot a desire of lasting and destroying +all good orders.' if the greatest security of a commonwealth +consists in being provided with the proper antidote against this +poison, her greatest danger, must be from the absence of an +agrarian, which is the whole truth of the Roman example. For the +Laconic, I shall reserve the further explication of it, as my +lord also did, to another place; and first see whether an +agrarian proportioned to a popular government be sufficient to +keep out monarchy. My lord is for the negative, and fortified by +the people of Israel electing a king. To which I say that the +action of the people therein expressed is a full answer to the +objection of that example; for the monarchy neither grew upon +them, nor could; by reason of the agrarian, possibly have invaded +them, if they had not pulled it upon themselves by the election +of a king. Which being an accident, the like whereof is not to be +found in any other people so planted, nor in this till, as it is +manifest, they were given up by God to infatuation (for says he +to Samuel, 'They have not rejected thee, but they have rejected +me, that I should not reign over them,), has something in it +which is apparent, by what went before, to have been besides the +course of nature, and by what followed. + +"For the King having no other foundation than the calamities +of the people, so often beaten by their enemies, that despairing +of themselves they were contented with any change, if he had +peace as in the days of Solomon, left but a slippery throne to +his successor, as appeared by Rehoboam. And the agrarian, +notwithstanding the monarchy thus introduced, so faithfully +preserved the root of that commonwealth, that it shot forth +oftener and by intervals continued longer than any other +government, as may be computed from the institution of the same +by Joshua, 1,465 years before Christ, to the total dissolution of +it, which happened in the reign of the emperor Adrian, 135 years +after the incarnation. A people planted upon an equal agrarian, +and holding to it, if they part with their liberty, must do it +upon good-will, and make but a bad title of their bounty. As to +instance yet further in that which is proposed by the present +order to this nation, the standard whereof is at œ2,000 a year; +the whole territory of Oceana being divided by this proportion, +amounts to 5,000 lots. So the lands of Oceana being thus +distributed, and bound to this distribution, can never fall to +fewer than 5,000 proprietors. But 5,000 proprietors so seized +will not agree to break the agrarian, for that were to agree to +rob one another; nor to bring in a king, because they must +maintain him, and can have no benefit by him; nor to exclude the +people, because they can have as little by that, and must spoil +their militia. So the commonwealth continuing upon the balance +proposed, though it should come into 5,000 hands, can never +alter, and that it should ever come into 5,000 hands is as +improbable as anything in the world that is not altogether +impossible. + +"My lord's other considerations are more private, as that, +this order destroys families; which is as if one should lay the +ruin of some ancient castle to the herbs which usually grow out +of them, the destruction of those families being that indeed +which naturally produced this order. For we do not now argue for +that which we would have, but for that which we are already +possessed of, as would appear if a note were but taken of all +such as have at this day above œ2,000 a year in Oceana. If my +lord should grant (and I will put it with the most) that they who +are proprietors in land, exceeding this proportion, exceed not +300, with what brow can the interest of so few be balanced with +that of the whole nation? or rather, what interest have they to +put in such a balance? they would live as they had been +accustomed to do; who hinders them? they would enjoy their +estates; who touches them? they would dispose of what they have +according to the interest of their families; it is that which we +desire. A man has one son, let him be called; would he enjoy his +father's estate? it is his, his son's, and his son's son's after +him. A man has five sons, let them be called; would they enjoy +their father's estate? It is divided among them; for we have four +votes for one in the same family, and therefore this must be the +interest of the family, or the family knows not its own interest. +If a man shall dispute otherwise, he must draw his arguments from +custom and from greatness, which was the interest of the +monarchy, not of the family; and we are now a commonwealth. If +the monarchy could not bear with such divisions because they +tendered to a commonwealth, neither can a commonwealth connive at +such accumulations because they tend to a monarchy. If the +monarchy might make bold with so many for the good of one, we may +make bold with one for the good of so many, nay, for the good of +all. + +"My lords, it comes into my mind, that which upon occasion of +the variety of parties enumerated in our late civil wars, was +said by a friend of mine coming home from his travels, about the +latter end of these troubles; that he admired how it came to +pass, that younger brothers, especially being so many more in +number than their elder did not unite as one man against a +tyranny, the like whereof has not been exercised in any other +nation. And truly, when I consider that our countrymen are none +of the worst-natured, I must confess I marvel much how it comes +to pass that we should use our children as we do our puppies -- +take one, lay it in the lap, feed it with every good bit, and +drown five; nay, yet worse, forasmuch as the puppies are once +drowned, whereas the children are left perpetually drowning. +Really, my lords, it is a flinty custom! and all this for his +cruel ambition, that would raise himself a pillar a golden pillar +for his monument, though he has children, his own reviving flesh, +and a kind of immortality. And this is that interest of a family, +for which we are to think ill of a government that will not +endure it. But quiet ourselves; the land through which the river +Nilus wanders in one stream, is barren; but where it parts into +seven, it multiplies its fertile shores by distributing, yet +keeping and improving, such a propriety and nutrition, as is a +prudent agrarian to a well-ordered commonwealth. + +"Nor (to come to the fifth assertion) is a political body +rendered any fitter for industry by having one gouty and another +withered leg, than a natural. It tends not to the improvement of +merchandise that there be some who have no need of their trading, +and others that are not able to follow it. If confinement +discourages industry, an estate in money is not confined, and +lest industry should want whereupon to work, land is not +engrossed or entailed upon any man, but remains at its devotion. +I wonder whence the computation can arise, that this should +discourage industry. Two thousand pounds a year a man may enjoy +in Oceana, as much in Panopea, œ500 in Marpesia; there be other +plantations, and the commonwealth will have more. Who knows how +far the arms of our agrarian may extend themselves? and whether +he that might have left a pillar, may not leave a temple of many +pillars to his more pious memory? Where there is some measure in +riches, a man may be rich, but if you will have them to be +infinite, there will be no end of starving himself, and wanting +what he has: and what pains does such a one take to be poor +Furthermore, if a man shall think that there may be an industry +less greasy or more noble, and so cast his thoughts upon the +commonwealth, he will have leisure for her and she riches and +honors for him; his sweat shall smell like Alexander's. My Lord +Philautus is a young man who, enjoying his œ10,000 a year, may +keep a noble house in the old way, and have homely guests; and +having but two, by the means proposed, may take the upper hand of +his great ancestors; with reverence to whom, I may say, there has +not been one of them would have disputed his place with a Roman +consul. + +"My lord, do not break my heart; the nobility shall go to no +other ploughs than those which we call our consuls. But, says he, +it having been so with Lacedaemon, that neither the city nor the +citizens were capable of increase, a blow was given by that +agrarian, which ruined both. And what are we concerned with that +agrarian, or that blow while our citizens and our city (and that +by our agrarian) are both capable of increase? The Spartan, if he +made a conquest, had no citizens to hold it; the Oceaner will +have enow. The Spartan could have no trade; the Oceaner may have +all. The agrarian in Laconia, that it might bind on knapsacks, +forbidding all other arts but that of war, could not make an army +of above 30,000 citizens. The agrarian in Oceana, without +interruption of traffic, provides us in the fifth part of the +youth an annual source or fresh spring of 100,000, besides our +provincial auxiliaries, out of which to draw marching armies; and +as many elders, not feeble, but men most of them in the flower of +their age, and in arms for the defence of our territories. The +agrarian in Laconia banished money, this multiplies it; that +allowed a matter of twenty or thirty acres to a man, this 2,000 +or 3,000; there is no comparison between them. And yet I differ +so much from my lord, or his opinion that the agrarian was the +ruin of Lacedaemon, that I hold it no less than demonstrable to +have been her main support. For if, banishing all other +diversions, it could not make an army of above 30,000, then, +letting in all other diversions, it must have broken that army. +Wherefore Lysander, bringing in the golden spoils of Athens, +irrevocably ruined that commonwealth; and is a warning to us, +that in giving encouragement to industry, we also remember that +covetousness is the root of all evil. And our agrarian can never +be the cause of those seditions threatened by my lord, but is the +proper cure of them, as Lucan notes well in the state of Rome +before the civil wars, which happened through the want of such an +antidote. + +"Why then are we mistaken, as if we intended not equal +advantages in our commonwealth to either sex, because we would +not have women's fortunes consist in that metal which exposes +them to cutpurses? If a man cuts my purse I may have him by the +heels or by the neck for it; whereas a man may cut a woman's +purse, and have her for his pains in fetters. How brutish, and +much more than brutish, is that commonwealth which prefers the +earth before the fruits of the womb? If the people be her +treasure, the staff by which she is sustained and comforted, with +what justice can she suffer them, by whom she is most enriched, +to be for that cause the most impoverished? And yet we see the +gifts of God, and the bounties of heaven in fruitful families, +through this wretched custom of marrying for money, become their +insupportable grief and poverty. Nor falls this so heavy upon the +lower sort, being better able to shift for themselves, as upon +the nobility or gentry. For what avails it in this case, from +whence their veins have derived their blood; while they shall see +the tallow of a chandler sooner converted into that beauty which +is required in a bride? I appeal, whether my Lord Philautus or +myself be the advocate of nobility; against which, in the case +proposed by me, there would be nothing to hold the balance. And +why is a woman, if she may have but œ1,500, undone? If she be +unmarried, what nobleman allows his daughter in that case a +greater revenue than so much money may command? And if she marry, +no nobleman can give his daughter a greater portion than she has. +Who is hurt in this case? -- nay, who is not benefited? If the +agrarian gives us the sweat of our brows without diminution; if +it prepares our table; if it makes our cup to overflow, and above +all this, in providing for our children, anoints our heads with +that oil which takes away the greatest of worldly cares; what +man, that is not besotted with a covetousness as vain as endless, +can imagine such a constitution to be his poverty? Seeing where +no woman can be considerable for her portion, no portion will be +considerable with a woman; and so his children will not only find +better preferments without his brokage, but more freedom of their +own affections. +"We are wonderful severe in laws, that they shall not marry +without our consent, as if it were care and tenderness over them; +but is it not lest we should not have the other œ1,000 with this +son, or the other œ100 a year more in jointure for that daughter? +These, when we are crossed in them, are the sins for which we +water our couch with tears, but not of penitence. Seeing whereas +it is a mischief beyond any that we can do to our enemies, we +persist to make nothing of breaking the affection of our +children. But there is in this agrarian a homage to pure and +spotless love, the consequence whereof I will not give for all +your romances. An alderman makes not his daughter a countess till +he has given her œ20,000, nor a romance a considerable mistress +till she be a princess; these are characters of bastard love. But +if our agrarian excludes ambition and covetousness, we shall at +length have the care of our own breed, in which we have been +curious as to our dogs and horses. The marriage-bed will be truly +legitimate, and the race of the commonwealth not spurious. +"But (impar magnanimis ausis, imparque dolori) I am hurled from +all my hopes by my lord's last assertion of impossibility, that +the root from whence we imagine these fruits should be planted or +thrive in this soil. And why? Because of the mixture of estates +and variety of tenures. Nevertheless, there is yet extant in the +Exchequer an old survey of the whole nation; wherefore such a +thing is not impossible. Now if a new survey were taken at the +present rates, and the law made that no man should hold hereafter +above so much land as is valued therein at œ2,000 a year, it +would amount to a good and sufficient agrarian. It is true that +there would remain some difficulty in the different kind of +rents, and that it is a matter requiring not only more leisure +than we have, but an authority which may be better able to bow +men to a more general consent than is to be wrought out of them +by such as are in our capacity. Wherefore as to the manner, it is +necessary that we refer it to the Parliament; but as to the +matter, they cannot otherwise fix their government upon the right +balance. + +"I shall conclude with a few words to some parts of the +order, which my lord has omitted. As first to the consequences of +the agrarian to be settled in Marpesia, which irreparably breaks +the aristocracy of that nation; being of such a nature, as +standing, it is not possible that you should govern. For while +the people of that country are little better than the cattle of +the nobility, you must not wonder if, according as these can make +their markets with foreign princes, you find those to be driven +upon your grounds. And if you be so tender, now you have it in +your power, as not to hold a hand upon them that may prevent the +slaughter which must otherwise ensue in like cases, the blood +will lie at your door. But in holding such a hand upon them, you +may settle the agrarian; and in settling the agrarian, you give +that people not only liberty, but lands; which makes your +protection necessary to their security; and their contribution +due to your protection, as to their own safety. + +"For the agrarian of Panopea, it allowing such proportions of +so good land, men that conceive themselves straitened by this in +Oceana, will begin there to let themselves forth, where every +citizen will in time have his villa. And there is no question, +but the improvement of that country by this means must be far +greater than it has been in the best of former times. "I have no +more to say, but that in those ancient and heroic ages (when men +thought that to be necessary which was virtuous) the nobility of +Athens, having the people so much engaged in their debt that +there remained no other question among these than which of those +should be king, no sooner heard Solon speak than they quitted +their debts, and restored the commonwealth; which ever after held +a solemn and annual feast called the Sisacthia, or Recision, in +memory of that action. Nor is this example the phoenix; for at +the institution by Lycurgus, the nobility having estates (as ours +here) in the lands of Laconia, upon no other valuable +consideration than the commonwealth proposed by him, threw them +up to be parcelled by his agrarian. But now when no man is +desired to throw up a farthing of his money, or a shovelful of +his earth, and that all we can do is but to make a virtue of +necessity, we are disputing whether we should have peace or war. +For peace you cannot have without some government, nor any +government without the proper balance. Wherefore if you will not +fix this which you have, the rest is blood, for without blood you +can bring in no other." + +By these speeches made at the institution of the agrarian you +may perceive what were the grounds of it. The next is -- + +The fourteenth order, "Constituting the ballot of Venice, as +it is fitted by several alterations, and appointed to every +assembly, to be the constant and only way of giving suffrage in +this commonwealth, according to the following scheme." + +I shall endeavor by the following figure to demonstrate the +manner of the Venetian ballot (a thing as difficult in discourse +or writing, as facile in practice) according to the use of it in +Oceana. The whole figure represents the Senate, containing, as to +the house or form of sitting, a square and a half; the tribunal +at the upper end being ascended by four steps. On the uppermost +of these sit the magistrates that constitute the signory of the +commonwealth, that is to say, A the strategus; B the orator; C +the three commissioners of the great seal; D the three +commissioners of the Treasury, whereof one, E, exercises for the +present the office of a censor at the middle urn, F To the two +upper steps of the tribunal answer G, G-G, G, the two long +benches next the wall on each side of the house; the outwardmost +of which are equal in height to the uppermost step, and the +innermost equal in height to the next. Of these four benches +consists the first seal; as the second seat consists in like +manner of those four benches H, H-H, H, which being next the +floor, are equal in height to the two nethermost steps of the +throne. So the whole house is distributed into two seats, each +consisting of four benches. + +This distribution causes not only the greater conveniency; as +will be shown, to the senators in the exercise of their function +at the ballot, but a greater grace to the aspect of the Senate. +In the middle of the outward benches stand I, 12 the chairs of +the censors, those being their ordinary places, though upon +occasion of the ballot they descend, and sit where they are shown +by K, K at each of the outward urns L, L. Those M, M that sit +with their tables, and the bowls N, N before them, upon the +halfspace or second step of the tribunal from the floor, are the +clerks or secretaries of the house. Upon the short seats O, O on +the floor (which should have been represented by woolsacks) sit: +P, the two tribunes of the horse. Q, the two tribunes of the +foot; and R, R-R, R the judges, all which magistrates are +assistants, but have no suffrage. This posture of the Senate +considered, the ballot is performed as follows: + +First, whereas the gold balls are of several suits, and +accordingly marked with several letters of the alphabet, a +secretary presents a little urn (wherein there is one ball of +every suit or mark) to the strategus and the orator; and look +what letter the strategus draws, the same and no other is to be +used for that time in the middle urn F; the like for the letter +drawn by the orator is to be observed for the side urns L, L, +that is to say if the strategus drew a ball with an A, all the +gold balls in the middle urn for that day are marked with the +letter A; and if the orator drew a B, all the gold balls in the +side urn for that day are marked with the letter B, which done +immediately before the ballot, and so the letter unknown to the +ballotants, they can use no fraud or juggling; otherwise a man +might carry a gold ball in his hand, and seem to have drawn it +out of an urn. He that draws a gold ball at any urn, delivers it +to the censor or assessor of that urn, who views the character, +and allows accordingly of his lot. + +The strategus and the orator having drawn for the letters, +the urns are prepared accordingly by one of the commissioners and +the two censors. The preparation of the urns is After this +manner. If the Senate be to elect, for example, the list called +the tropic of magistrates, which is this: + +1. The Lord Strategus; + +2. The Lord Orator; + +3. The Third Commissioner of the Great Seal; + +4. The Third Commissioner of the Treasury; + +5. The First Censor; + +6. The Second Censor; + +this list or schedule consists of six magistracies, and to every +magistracy there are to be four competitors; that is, in all +four-and-twenty competitors proposed to the house. They that are +to propose the competitors are called electors, and no elector +can propose above one competitor: wherefore for the proposing of +four-and-twenty competitors you must have four-and-twenty +electors; and whereas the ballot consists of a lot and of a +suffrage, the lot is for no other use than for the designation of +electors; and he that draws a gold ball at the middle urn is an +elector. Now, as to have four-and-twenty competitors proposed, +you must have four-and-twenty electors made, so to have +four-and-twenty electors made by lot, you must have +four-and-twenty gold balls in the middle urn; and these (because +otherwise it would be no lot) mixed with a competent number of +blanks, or silver balls. Wherefore to the four-and-twenty gold +balls cast six-and-twenty silver ones, and those (reckoning the +blanks with the prizes) make fifty balls in the middle urn. This +done (because no man can come to the middle urn that has not +first drawn a gold ball at one of the side urns) and to be sure +that the prizes or gold balls in this urn be all drawn, there +must come to it fifty persons; therefore there must be in each of +the side urns five-and-twenty gold balls, which in both come to +fifty; and to the end that every senator may have his lot, the +gold balls in the side urns are to be made up with blanks equal +to the number of the ballotants at either urn; for example, the +house consisting of 300 senators, there must be in each of the +side urns 125 blanks and twenty-five prizes, which come in both +the side urns to 300 balls. This is the whole mystery of +preparing the urns, which the censors having skill to do +accordingly, the rest of the ballot, whether the parties +balloting understand it or not must of necessary consequence come +right; and they can neither be out, nor fall into any confusion +in the exercise of this art. + +But the ballot, as I said, is of two parts, lot and suffrage, +or the proposition and result. The lot determines who shall +propose the competitors; and the result of the Senate, which of +the competitors shall be the magistrates. The whole, to begin +with the lot, proceeds in this manner: + +The first secretary with an audible voice reads first the +list of the magistrates to be chosen for the day, then the oath +for fair election, at which the senators hold up their hands; +which done, another secretary presents a little urn to the +strategus, in which are four balls, each of them having one of +these four inscriptions: "First seat at the upper end," "First +seat at the lower end," "Second seat at the upper end," "Second +seat at the lower end." And look which of them the strategus +draws, the secretary pronouncing the inscription with a loud +voice, the seat so called comes accordingly to the urns: this in +the figure is the second seat at the upper end. The manner of +their coming to the side urns is in double files, that being two +holes in the cover of each side urn, by which means two may draw +at once. The senators therefore S, S-S, S are coming from the +upper end of their seats H, H-H, H to the side urns L, L. The +senators T T-T are drawing. The senator V has drawn a gold ball +at his side urn, and is going to the middle urn F, where the +senator W, having done the like at the other side urn, is already +drawing. But the senators X, X-X, X having drawn blanks at their +side urns, and thrown them into the bowls Y Y standing at the +feet of the urns, are marching by the lower end into their seats +again; the senator a having done the like at the middle urn, is +also throwing his blank into the bowl b and marching to his seat +again: for a man by a prize at a side urn gains no more than +right to come to the middle urn, where, if he draws a blank, his +fortune at the side urn comes to nothing at all; wherefore he +also returns to his place. But the senator C has had a prize at +the middle urn, where the commissioner, having viewed his ball, +and found the mark to be right, he marches up the steps to the +seat of the electors, which is the form d set across the +tribunal, where he places himself, according as he was drawn, +with the other electors e, e, e drawn before him. These are not +to look back, but sit with their faces toward the signory or +state, till their number amount to that of the magistrates to be +that day chosen, which for the present, as was shown, are six: +wherefore six electors being made, they are reckoned according as +they were drawn: first, second, third, fourth, fifth, sixth, in +their order, and the first six that are chosen are the first +order of electors. + +The first order of electors being made, are conducted by a +secretary, with a copy of the list to be chosen, out of the +Senate, and into a committee or council-chamber, being neither +suffered by the way, nor in their room (till the ballot be +ended), to have conference with any but themselves; wherefore the +secretary, having given them their oath that they shall make +election according to the law and their conscience, delivers them +the list, and seats himself at the lower end of the table with +his pen and paper, while another secretary keeps the door. + +By such time as the first order of electors are thus seated, +the second order of electors is drawn, who, with a second copy of +the same list, are conducted into another committee-chamber, by +other secretaries performing the same office with the former. + +The like exactly is done by the third and by the fourth +orders (or hands, as the Venetians call them) of electors, by +which means you have the four-and-twenty electors divided +according to the four copies of the same list, by six, into four +hands or orders; and every one of these orders names one +competitor to every magistracy in the list; that is to say, the +first elector names to the first magistracy, the second elector +to the second magistracy, and so forth. But though the electors, +as has been shown, are chosen by mere lot, yet the competitors by +them named are not chosen by any lot, but by the suffrage of the +whole order for example, the first elector in the first order +proposes a name to be strategus, which name is balloted by +himself and the other five electors, and if the name so balloted +attain not to above half the suffrages, it is laid aside, and the +first elector names another to the same magistracy and so in case +this also fails, another, till one he has named, whether it be +himself, or some other, has attained to above half the suffrages +in the affirmative; and the name so attaining to above half the +suffrages in the affirmative is written to the first magistracy +in the list by the secretary which being done, the second elector +of the first order, names to 'the second magistracy till one of +his nomination be chosen to the same. The like is done by the +rest of the electors of the first order, till one competitor be +chosen, and written to every magistracy in their list. Now the +second, third, and fourth orders of electors doing exactly after +the same manner, it comes to pass that one competitor to every +magistracy being chosen in each order, there be in all four +competitors chosen to every magistracy. + +If any controversy arises in an order of electors, one of the +censors (these being at this game the groom-porters) is +advertised by the secretary who brings him in, and the electors +disputing are bound to acquiesce in his sentence. For which cause +it is that the censors do not ballot at the urns; the signory +also abstains, lest it should deform the house: wherefore the +blanks in the side urns are by so many the fewer. And so much for +the lot, which is of the greater art but less consequence, +because it concerns proposition only: but all (except the +tribunes and the judges, which being but assistants have no +suffrage) are to ballot at the result, to which I now come. + +The four orders of electors having perfected their lists, the +face of the house is changed: for the urns are taken away, and +every senator and magistrate is seated in his proper place, +saving the electors, who, having given their suffrages already, +may not stir out of their chambers till the house have given +theirs, and the rest of the ballot be performed; which follows in +this manner: + +The four lists being presented by the secretaries of each +council of electors to the signory, are first read, according to +their order, to the house, with an audible voice; and then the +competitors are put to the ballot or suffrage of the whole Senate +in this manner: A, A named to be strategus in the first order, +whereupon eight ballotins, or pages, such as are expressed by the +figures f, f, take eight of the boxes represented, though rudely, +by the figures g, g, and go four on the one and four on the other +side of the house, that is, one to every bench, signifying "A, A +named to be the strategus in the first order.." and every +magistrate or senator (beginning by the strategus and the orator +first) holds up a little pellet of linen, as the box passes, +between his finger and his thumb, that men may see he has but +one, and then puts it into the same. The box consisting in the +inner part of two boxes, being painted on the outside white and +green, to distinguish the affirmative from the negative side, is +so made that when your hand is in it, no man can see to which of +the sides you put the suffrage, nor hear to which it falls, +because the pellet being linen, makes no noise. The strategus and +the orator having begun, all the rest do the like. + +The ballotins having thus gathered the suffrages, bring them +before the signory, in whose presence the outward boxes being +opened, they take out the inner boxes, whereof the affirmative is +white, and the negative green, and pour the white in the bowl N +on the right hand, which is white also, and the green into the +bowl N on the left, which is also green. These bowls or basins +(better represented at the lower end of the figure by h, i) being +upon this occasion set before the tables of the secretaries at +the upper end N, N, the white on the right hand, and the green on +the left, the secretaries on each side number the balls, by +which, if they find that the affirmatives amount not to above +one-half, they write not the name that was balloted, but if they +amount to above one-half, they write it, adding the number of +above half the suffrages to which it attained. The first name +being written, or laid aside, the next that is put is BB named to +be strategus in the second order; the third CC, named to be +strategus in the third order; the fourth DD, named to be +strategus in the fourth order and he of these four competitors +that has most above half in the affirmative, is the magistrate; +or if none of them attain to above half, the nomination for that +magistracy is to be repeated by such new electors as shall be +chosen at the next ballot. And so, as is exemplified in the first +magistracy, proceeds the ballot of the rest; first in the first, +then in the second, and so in the third and fourth orders. + +Now whereas it may happen that AA, for example, being named +strategus in the first order, may also be named to the same or +some one or more other magistracies in one or more of the other +orders; his name is first balloted where it is first written, +that is to the more worthy magistracy, whereof if he misses, he +is balloted as it comes in course for the next, and so for the +rest, if he misses of that, as often as he is named. + +And because to be named twice, or oftener, whether to the +same or some other magistracy, is the stronger recommendation, +the note must not fail to be given upon the name, at the +proposition in this manner: AA named to be strategus in the +first, and in the second order, or AA named to be strategus in +the first and the third, in the first and the fourth, etc. But if +he be named to the same magistracy in the first, second, third, +and fourth orders, he can have no competitor; wherefore attaining +to above half the suffrages, he is the magistrate. Or thus: AA +named to be strategus in the first, to be censor in the second, +to be orator in the third, and to be commissioner of the seal in +the fourth order, or the like in more or fewer orders, in which +cases if he misses of the first magistracy, he is balloted to the +second; if he misses of the second, to the third; and if he +misses of the third, to the fourth. + +The ballot not finished before sunset, though the election of +the magistrates already chosen be good, voids the election of +such competitors as being chosen are not yet furnished with +magistracies, as if they had never been named (for this is no +juggling-box, but an art that must see the sun), and the ballot +for the remaining magistracies is to be repeated the next day by +new orders of electors, and such competitors as by them shall be +elected. And so in the like manner, if of all the names proposed +to the same magistracy, no one of them attains to above half the +suffrages in the affirmative. + +The senatorian ballot of Oceana being thus described, those +of the parish, of the hundred, and of the tribe, being so little +different, that in this they are all contained, and by this may +be easily understood, are yet fully described, and made plain +enough before in the fifth, sixth, seventh, eighth, ninth, and +tenth orders. + +This, therefore, is the general order, whence those branches +of the ballot, some whereof you have already seen, are derived; +which, with those that follow, were all read and debated in this +place at the institution. When my Lord Epimonus de Garrula, being +one of the councillors, and having no further patience (though +the rulers were composed by the agent of this commonwealth, +residing for that purpose at Venice) than to hear the direction +for the parishes, stood up and made way for himself in this +manner: + +"MAY IT PLEASE YOUR HIGHNESS, MY LORD ARCHON: + +"Under correction of Mr. Peregrin, Spy, our very learned +agent and intelligencer, I have seen the world a little, Venice, +and (as gentlemen are permitted to do) the great Council +balloting. And truly I must needs say, that it is for a dumb show +the goodliest that I ever beheld with my eyes. You should have +some would take it ill, as if the noble Venetians thought +themselves too good to speak to strangers, but they observed them +not so narrowly. The truth is, they have nothing to say to their +acquaintance; or men that are in council sure would have tongues: +for a council, and not a word spoken in it, is a contradiction. +But there is such a pudder with their marching and +countermarching, as, though never a one of them draw a sword, you +would think they were training; which till I found that they did +it only to entertain strangers, I came from among them as wise as +I went thither But in the Parliament of Oceana you had no balls +nor dancing, but sober conversation; a man might know and be +known, show his parts, and improve them. And now if you take the +advice of this same fellow, you will spoil all with his whimsies. +Mr. Speaker -- cry you mercy, my Lord Archon, I mean -- set the +wisest man of your house in the great Council of Venice, and you +will not know him from a fool. Whereas nothing is more certain +than that flat and dull fellows in the judgment of all such as +used to keep company with them before, upon election into our +house, have immediately chitted like barley in the vat, where it +acquires a new spirit, and flowed forth into language, that I am +as confident as I am here, if there were not such as delight to +abuse us, is far better than Tully's; or, let anybody but +translate one of his orations, and speak it in the house, and see +if everybody do not laugh at him. + +"This is a great matter, Mr. Speaker; they do not cant it +with your book-learning, your orbs, your centres, your prime +magnitudes, and your nebulones, things I profess that would make +a sober man run stark mad to hear them; while we, who should be +considering the honor of our country and that it goes now or +never upon our hand, whether it shall be ridiculous to all the +world, are going to nine-holes or trow madam for our business, +like your dumb Venetian, whom this same Sir Politic your +resident, that never saw him do anything but make faces, would +insinuate to you, at this distance, to have the only knack of +state. Whereas if you should take the pains, as I have done, to +look a little nearer, you would find these same wonderful things +to be nothing else but mere natural fopperies, or capriccios as +they call them in Italian, even of the meanest, of that nation. +For, put the case you be travelling in Italy, ask your contadino, +that is, the next country-fellow you meet, some question, and +presently he ballots you an answer with a nod, which is +affirmative; or a shake with his head, which is the negative box; +or a shrug with his shoulder, which is the bossolo di non +sinceri. Good! You will admire Sandys for telling you, that +grotta di cane is a miracle: and I shall be laughed at, for +assuring you, that it is nothing else but such a damp (continued +by the neighborhood of certain sulphur mines) as through +accidental heat does sometimes happen in our coalpits. But +ingratitude must not discourage an honest man from doing good. +There is not, I say, such a tongue-tied generation under heaven +as your Italian, that you should not wonder if he makes signs. +But our people must have something in their diurnals; we must +ever and anon be telling them our minds; or if we be at it when +we raise taxes, like those gentlemen with the finger and the +thumb, they will swear that we are cutpurses. Come, I know what I +have heard them say, when some men had money that wrought hard +enough for it; and do you conceive they will be better pleased +when they shall be told that upon like occasions you are at +mumchance or stool-ball? + +"I do not speak for myself; for though I shall always +acknowledge that I got more by one year's sitting in the house +than by my three years' travels, it was not of that kind. But I +hate that this same Spy, for pretending to have played at +billiards with the most serene Commonwealth of Venice, should +make such fools of us here, when I know that he must have had his +intelligence from some corn-cutter upon the Rialto; for a noble +Venetian would be hanged if he should keep such a fellow company. +And yet if I do not think he has made you all dote, never trust +me, my Lord Archon is sometimes in such strange raptures. Well, +good my lord, let me be heard as well as your apple squire. +Venice has fresh blood in her cheeks, I must confess, yet she is +but an old lady. N or has he picked her cabinet; these he sends +you are none of her receipts, I can assure you; he bought them +for a Julio at St. Mark's of a mountebank. She has no other wash, +upon my knowledge, for that same envied complexion of hers but +her marshes, being a little better scented, saving your presence, +than a chamber-pot. My lords, I know what I say, but you will +never have done with it, that neither the great Turk, nor any of +those little Turks her neighbors, have been able to spoil her! +Why you may as well wonder that weasels do not suck eggs in +swans' nests. Do you think that it has lain in the devotion of +her beads; which you that have puked so much at popery, are now +at length resolved shall consecrate M. Parson, and be dropped by +every one of his congregation, while those same whimsical +intelligences your surveyors (you will break my heart) give the +turn to your primum mobile! And so I think they will; for you +will find that money is the primum mobile) and they will turn you +thus out of some œ300,000 or œ400,000: a pretty sum for urns and +balls, for boxes and pills, which these same quacksalvers are to +administer to the parishes; and for what disease I marvel! Or how +does it work? Out comes a constable, an overseer, and a +churchwarden! Mr. Speaker, I am amazed!" + +Never was there goose so stuck with lard as my Lord +Epimonus's speech with laughter, the Archon having much ado to +recover himself in such a manner as might enable him to return +these thanks: + +"In your whole lives, my lords, were you never entertained +with so much ingenuity, my Lord Epimonus having at once mended +all the faults of travellers. For, first, whereas they are +abominable liars, he has not told you (except some malicious body +has misinformed him concerning poor Spy) one syllable of +falsehood. And, secondly, whereas they never fail to give the +upper hand in all their discourses to foreign nations, still +jostling their own into the kennel, he bears an honor to his +country that will not dissolve in Cephalonia, nor be corrupted +with figs and melons, which I can assure you is an ordinary +obligation; and therefore hold it a matter of public concern that +we be to no occasion of quenching my lord's affections, nor is +there any such great matter between us, but, in my opinion, might +be easily reconciled, for though that which my lord gained by +sitting in the house, I steadfastly believe, as he can affirm, +was got fairly yet dare I not, nor do I think, that upon +consideration he will promise for other gamesters, especially +when they were at it so high, as he intimates not only to have +been in use, but to be like enough to come about again. Wherefore +say I, let them throw with boxes, for unless we will be below the +politics of an ordinary, there is no such bar to cogging. it is +known to his lordship that our game is most at a throw, and that +every cast of our dice is in our suffrages, nor will he deny that +partiality in a suffrage is downright cogging. + +If the Venetian boxes be the most sovereign of all remedies +against this same cogging, is it not a strange thing that they +should be thrown first into the fire by a fair gamester? Men are +naturally subject to all kinds of passions; some you have that +are not able to withstand the brow of an enemy, and others that +make nothing of this, are less proof against that of a friend. So +that if your suffrage be barefaced, I dare say you shall not have +one fair cast in twenty. But whatever a man's fortune be at the +box, he neither knows whom to thank, nor whom to challenge. +Wherefore (that my lord may have a charitable opinion of the +choice affection which I confess to have, above all other +beauties, for that of incomparable Venice) there is in this way +of suffrage no less than a demonstration that it is the most +pure, and the purity of the suffrage in a popular government is +the health, if not the life of it, seeing the soul is not +otherwise breathed into the sovereign power than by the suffrage +of the people. Wherefore no wonder if Postellus be of opinion +that this use of the ball is the very same with that of the bean +in Athens, or that others, by the text concerning Eldad and +Medad, derive it from the Commonwealth of Israel. There is +another thing, though not so material to us, that my lord will +excuse me if I be not willing to yield, which is, that Venice +subsists only by her situation. it is true that a man in time of +war may be more secure from his enemies by being in a citadel, +but not from his diseases; wherefore the first cause, if he lives +long, is his good constitution, without which his citadel were to +little purpose, and it is not otherwise with Venice." + +With this speech of the Archon I conclude the proof of the +agrarian and the ballot, being the fundamental laws of this +commonwealth, and come now from the centre to the circumferences +or orbs, whereof some have been already shown; as how the +parishes annually pour themselves into the hundreds, the hundreds +into the tribes, and the tribes into the galaxies; the annual +galaxy of every tribe consisting of two knights and seven +deputies, whereof the knights constitute the Senate; the +deputies, the prerogative tribe, commonly called the people; and +the Senate and people constitute the sovereign power or +Parliament of Oceana. Whereof to show what the Parliament is, I +must first open the Senate, and then the prerogative tribe. + +To begin with the Senate, of which (as a man is differently +represented by a picture drawer and by an anatomist) I shall +first discover the face or aspect, and then the parts, with the +use of them. Every Monday morning in the summer at seven, and in +the winter at eight, the great bell in the clock-house at the +Pantheon begins, and continues ringing for the space of one hour; +in which time the magistrates of the Senate, being attended +according to their quality, with a respective number of the +ballotins, doorkeepers, and messengers, and having the ensigns of +their magistracies borne before them, as the sword before the +strategus, the mace before the orator, a mace with the seal +before the commissioners of the chancery, the like with the purse +before the commissioners of the treasury, and a silver wand, like +those in use with the universities, before each of the censors, +being chancellors of the same. These, with the knights, in all +300, assemble in the house or hall of the Senate. + +The house or hall of the Senate being situated in the +Pantheon or palace of justice, is a room consisting of a square +and a half. In the middle of the lower end is the door, at the +upper end hangs a rich state overshadowing the greater part of a +large throne, or half-pace of two stages; the first ascended by +two steps from the floor, and the second about the middle rising +two steps higher. Upon this stand two chairs, in that on the +right hand sits the strategus, in the other the orator adorned +with scarlet robes, after the fashion that was used by the dukes +in the aristocracy. At the right end of the upper stage stand +three chairs, in which the three commissioners of the seal are +placed; and at the other end sit the three commissioners of the +treasury, every one in a robe or habit like that of the earls. Of +these magistrates of this upper stage consists the signory. At +either end of the lower stage stands a little table, to which the +secretaries of the Senate are set with their tufted sleeves in +the habit of civil lawyers. To the four steps, whereby the two +stages of the throne are ascended, answer four long benches, +which successively deriving from every one of the steps, continue +their respective height, and extend themselves by the side walls +toward the lower end of the house, every bench being divided by +numeral characters into the thirty-seven parts or places. Upon +the upper benches sit the censors in the robes of barons; the +first in the middle of the right hand bench, and the second +directly opposite to him on the other side. Upon the rest of the +benches sit the knights, who, if they be called to the urns, +distributing themselves by the figures, come in equal files, +either by the first seat, which consists of the two upper benches +on either side; or by the second seat, consisting of the two +lower benches on either side, beginning also at the upper or at +the lower ends of the same, according to the lot whereby they are +called; for which end the benches are open, and ascended at +either end with easy stairs and large passages. + +The rest of the ballot is conformable to that of the tribe; +the censors of the house sitting at the side urn, and the +youngest magistrate of the signory at the middle, the urns being +placed before the throne, and prepared according to the number of +the magistrates to be at that time chosen by the rules already +given to the censors of the tribes. But before the benches of the +knights on either side stands one being shorter, and at the upper +end of this sit the two tribunes of the horse. At the upper end +of the other the two tribunes of the foot in their arms, the rest +of the benches being covered by the judges of the land in their +robes. But these magistrates have no suffrage, nor the tribunes, +though they derive their presence in the Senate from the Romans, +nor the judges, though they derive theirs from the ancient Senate +of Oceana. Every Monday this assembly sits of course; at other +times, if there be occasion, any magistrate of the house, by +giving order for the bell, or by his lictor or ensign-bearer, +calls a senate. And every magistrate or knight during his session +has the title, place, and honor of a duke, earl, baron, or knight +respectively And every one that has borne the same magistracy by +his third session, has his respective place and title during the +term of his life, which is all the honor conferred by this +commonwealth, except upon the master of the ceremonies, the +master of the horse, and the king of the heralds, who are knights +by their places. And thus you have the face of the Senate, in +which there is scarce any feature that is not Roman or Venetian; +nor do the horns of the crescent extend themselves much unlike +those of the Sanhedrim, on either hand of the prince, and of the +father of that Senate. But upon beauty, in which every man has +his fancy, we will not otherwise philosophize than to remember +that there is something more than decency in the robe of a judge, +that would not be well spared from the bench; and that the +gravest magistrate to whom you can commit the sword of justice, +will find a quickness in the spurs of honor, which, if they be +not laid to virtue, will lay themselves to that which may rout a +commonwealth. + +To come from the face of the Senate to the constitution and +use of the parts: it is contained in the peculiar orders. And the +orders which are peculiar to the Senate, are either of election +or instruction. + +Elections in the Senate are of three sorts: annual, biennial, +and extraordinary. + +Annual elections are performed by the schedule called the +tropic; and the tropic consists of two parts: the one containing +the magistrates, and the other the councils to be yearly elected. +The schedule or tropic of the magistrates is as follows in -- + +The fifteenth order requiring, "That upon every Monday next +ensuing the last of March, the knights of the annual galaxies +taking their places in the Senate, be called the third region of +the same; and that the house having dismissed the first region, +and received the third, proceed to election of the magistrates +contained in the first part of the tropic, by the ensuing +schedule: + +The lord strategus, +The lord orator, +the first censor, +The second censor, + +Annual magistrates, + +The third commissioner of the seal, +The third commissioner of the Treasury, + +Triennal magistrates. + +"The annual magistrates (provided that no one man bears above one +of those honors during the term of one session) may be elected +out of any region. But the triennial magistrates may not be +elected out of any other than the third region only, lest the +term of their session expire before that of their honor; and (it +being unlawful for a man to bear magistracy any longer than he is +thereto qualified by the election of the people) cause a fraction +in the rotation of this commonwealth. + +"The strategus is first president of the Senate, and general +of the army, if it be commanded to march; in which case there +shall be a second strategus elected to be first president of the +Senate, and general of the second army, and if this also be +commanded to march, a third strategus shill be chosen, and so on, +as long as the commonwealth sends forth armies. + +"The lord orator is the second and more peculiar president of +the Senate to whom it appertains to keep the house to orders. + +"The censors, whereof the first, by consequence of his +election, is chancellor of the University of Clio, and the second +of that of Calliope, are presidents of the Council for Religion +and magistrates, to whom it belongs to keep the house to the +order of the ballot. They are also inquisitors into the ways and +means of acquiring magistracy, and have power to punish indirect +proceedings in the same, by removing a knight or magistrate out +of the house, under appeal to the Senate. + +"The commissioners of the seal being three, whereof the third +is annually chosen out of the third region, are judges in +chancery. + +"The commissioners of the Treasury being three, whereof the +third is annually chosen out of the third region, are judges in +the exchequer, and every magistrate of this schedule has right to +propose to the Senate. + +"But the strategus with the six commissioners is the signory +of this commonwealth, having right of session and suffrage in +every council of the Senate, and power either jointly or +severally to propose in all or any of them." + +I have little in this order to observe and prove but that the +strategus is the same honor both in name and thing that was +borne, among others, by Philopemen and Aratus in the Commonwealth +of the Achaeans; the like having been in use also with the +AEtolians. The orator, called otherwise the speaker, is, with +small alteration, the same that had been of former use in this +nation. These two, if you will, may be compared to the consuls in +Rome, or the suffetes in Carthage, for their magistracy is scarce +different. + +The censors derive their power of removing a senator from +those of Rome, the government of the ballot from those of Venice, +and that of animadversion upon the ambitus, or canvass for +magistracy, from both. + +The signory, with the whole right and use of that magistracy +to be hereafter more fully explained, is almost purely Venetian. + +The second part of the tropic is directed by -- + +The sixteenth order" Whereby the constitution of the councils +being four; that is to say, the Council of State, the Council of +War, the Council of Religion, and the Council of Trade, is +rendered conformable in their revolutions to that of the Senate. +As: First, by the annual election of five knights out of the +first region of the Senate into the Council of State, consisting +of fifteen knights, five in every region. Secondly, by the annual +election of three knights out of the third region of the Council +of State, to be proposed by the provosts, and elected by that +council, into the Council of War, consisting of nine knights, +three in every region, not excluded by this election from +remaining members also of the Council of State. The four tribunes +of the people have right of session and suffrage in the Council +of War. Thirdly, by the annual election of four knights out of +the third region of the Senate into the Council of Religion, +consisting of twelve knights, four in every region; of this +council the censors are presidents. Fourthly, by the annual +election of four knights out of the third region of the Senate +into the Council of Trade, consisting of twelve knights, four in +every region. And each region, in every one of these councils +thus constituted, shall weekly and interchangeably elect one +provost whose magistracy shall continue for one week; nor shall +he be re-elected into the same till every knight of that region +in the same council has once borne the same magistracy. And the +provosts being one in every region, three in every council, and +twelve in all, beside their other capacities, shall assemble and +be a council, or rather an Academy apart, to certain ends and +purposes to be hereafter further explained with those of the rest +of the councils." + +This order is of no other use than the frame and turn of the +councils, and yet of no small one; for in motion consists life, +and the motion of a commonwealth will never be current unless it +be circular. Men that, like my Lord Epimonus, not enduring the +resemblance of this kind of government to orbs and spheres, fall +on physicking and purging it, do no more than is necessary; for +if it be not in rotation both as to persons and things, it will +be very sick. The people of Rome, as to persons, if they had not +been taken up by the wheel of magistracy, had overturned the +chariot of the Senate. And those of Lacedaemon, as to things, had +not been so quiet when the Senate trashed their business, by +encroaching upon the result, if by the institution of the ephors +they had not brought it about again. So that if you allow not a +commonwealth her rotation, in which consists her equality, you +reduce her to a party, and then it is necessary that you be +physicians indeed, or rather farriers; for you will have strong +patients, and such as must be haltered and cast, or yourselves +may need bone-setters. Wherefore the councils of this +commonwealth, both in regard of their elections, and, as will be +shown, of their affairs, are uniform with the Senate in their +revolutions; not as whirlpits to swallow, but to bite, and with +the screws of their rotation to hold and turn a business (like +the vice of a smith) to the hand of the workman. Without engines +of which nature it is not possible for the Senate, much less for +the people, to be perfect artificers in a political capacity. But +I shall not hold you longer from -- + +The seventeenth order, "Directing biennial elections, or the +constitution of the orb of ambassador-in-ordinary, consisting of +four residences, the revolution whereof is performed in eight +years, and preserved through the election of one ambassador in +two years by the ballot of the Senate to repair to the Court of +France, and reside there for the term of two years; and the term +of two years being expired, to remove from thence to the Court of +Spain, there to continue for the space of two years, and thence +to remove to the State of Venice, and after two years' residence +in that city to conclude with his residence at Constantinople for +a like term of time, and so to return. A knight of the Senate, or +a deputy of the prerogative, may not be elected +ambassador-in-ordinary, because a knight or deputy so chosen must +either lose his session, which would cause au unevenness in the +motion of this commonwealth, or accumulate magistracy, which +agrees not with equality of the same. Nor may any man be elected +into this capacity that is above five-and-thirty years of age, +lest the commonwealth lose the charge of his education, by being +deprived at his return of the fruit of it, or else enjoy it not +long through the defects of nature." + +This order is the perspective of the commonwealth, whereby +she foresees danger; or the traffic, whereby she receives every +two years the return of a statesman enriched with eight years' +experience from the prime marts of negotiation in Europe. And so +much for the elections in the Senate that are ordinary; such as +are extraordinary follow in -- + +The eighteenth order, "Appointing all elections upon emergent +occasions, except that of the dictator, to be made by the +scrutiny, or that kind of election whereby a council comes to be +a fifth order of electors. For example, if there be occasion of +an ambassador-extraordinary, the provosts of the Council of +State, or any two of them, shall propose to the same, till one +competitor be chosen by that council; and the council having +chosen a competitor, shall bring his name into the Senate, which +in the usual way shall choose four more competitors to the same +magistracy; and put them, with the competitor of the council, to +the ballot of the house, by which he of the five that is chosen +is said to be elected by the scrutiny of the Council of State. A +vice-admiral, a polemarch, or field officer, shall be elected +after the same manner, by the scrutiny of the Council of War. A +judge or sergeant-at-law, by the scrutiny of the commissioners of +the seal. A baron, or considerable officer of the Exchequer, by +the scrutiny of the commissioners of the Treasury: Men in +magistracy, or out of it, are equally capable of election by the +scrutiny; but a magistrate or officer elected by the scrutiny to +a military employment, if he be neither a knight of the Senate +nor a deputy of the prerogative, ought to have his office +confirmed by the prerogative, because the militia in a +commonwealth, where the people are sovereign, is not lawful to be +touched injussu populi. + +The Romans were so curious that, though their consuls were +elected in the centuriate assemblies, they might not touch the +militia, except they were confirmed in the parochial assemblies; +for a magistrate not receiving his power from the people, takes +it from them, and to take away their power is to take away their +liberty. As to the election by the scrutiny, it is easily +perceived to be Venetian, there being no such way to take in the +knowledge; which in all reason must be best in every council of +such men as are most fit for their turns, and yet to keep them +from the bias of particular affection or interest under that +pretence; for the cause why the great Council in Venice scarce +ever elects any other than the name that is brought in by the +scrutiny, is very probable to be, that they may... This election +is the last of those appertaining to the Senate. The councils +being chosen by the orders already shown, it remains that we come +to those whereby they are instructed and the orders of +instruction to the councils are two: the first for the matter +whereupon they are to proceed, and the second for the manner of +their proceeding. The matter of the councils is distributed to +them by -- + +The nineteenth order "Distributing to every council such +businesses as are properly to belong to their cognizance, whereof +some they shall receive and determine, and others they shall +receive, prepare, and introduce into the house: as, first, + +"The Council of State is to receive all addresses, +intelligences, and letters of negotiation; to give audience to +ambassadors sent to, and to draw up instructions for such as +shall be sent by, this commonwealth; to receive propositions +from, and hold intelligence with, the provincial councils; to +consider upon all laws to be enacted, amended, or repealed, and +upon all levies of men or money, war or peace, leagues or +associations to be made by this commonwealth, so far forth as is +conducible to the orderly preparation of the same to be +introduced by them into the Senate; provided, that all such +affairs, as otherwise appertaining to the Council of State, are, +for the good of the commonwealth, to be carried with greater +secrecy, be managed by the Council of War, with power to receive +and send forth agents, spies, emissaries, intelligencers, +frigots, and to manage affairs of that nature, if it be necessary +without communication to the Senate, till such time as it may be +had without detriment to the business. But they shall have no +power to engage the commonwealth in a war without the consent of +the Senate and the people. It appertains also to this council to +take charge of the fleet as admiral, and of all storehouses, +armories, arsenals, and magazines appertaining to this +commonwealth. They shall keep a diligent record of the military +expeditions from time to time reported by him that was strategus +or general, or one of the polemarchs in that action; or at least +so far as the experience of such commanders may tend to the +improvement of the military discipline, which they shall digest +and introduce into the Senate; and if the Senate shall thereupon +frame any article, they shall see that it be observed, in the +musters or education of the youth. And whereas the Council of War +is the sentinel or scout of this commonwealth, if any person or +persons shall go about to introduce debate into any popular +assembly of the same, or otherwise to alter the present +government, or strike at the root of it, they shall apprehend, or +cause to be apprehended, seized, imprisoned, and examine, +arraign, acquit, or condemn, and cause to be executed any such +person or persons, by their proper power and authority and +without appeal. + +The Council of Religion, as the arbiter of this commonwealth +in cases of conscience more peculiarly appertaining to religion, +Christian charity, and a pious life, shall have the care of the +national religion, and the protection of the liberty of +conscience with the cognizance of all causes relating to either +of them. And first as to the national religion: they shall cause +all places or preferments of the best revenue in either of the +universities to be conferred upon no other than such of the most +learned and pious men as have dedicated themselves to the study +of theology. They shall also take a special care that, by such +augmentations as be or shall hereafter be appointed by the +Senate, every benefice in this nation be improved at least to the +value of œ100 a year. And to the end that there be no interest at +all, whereby the divines or teachers of the national religion may +be corrupted, or corrupt religion, they shall be capable of no +other kind of employment or preferment in this commonwealth. And +whereas a directory for the administration of the national +religion is to be prepared by this council, they shall in this +and other debates of this nature proceed in manner following: a +question arising in matter of religion shall be put and stated by +the council in writing, which writing the censors shall send by +their beadles (being proctors chosen to attend them) each to the +university whereof he is chancellor, and the vice-chancellor of +the same receiving the writing, shall call a convocation of all +the divines of that university being above forty years of age. +And the universities, upon a point so proposed, shall have no +manner of intelligence or correspondence one with another, till +their debates be ended, and they have made return of their +answers to the Council of Religion by two or three of their own +members, that they may clear their sense, if any doubt should +arise, to the council, which done, they shall return, and the +council, having received such information, shall proceed +according to their own judgments, in the preparation of the whole +matter for the Senate: that so the interest of the learned being +removed, there may be a right application of reason to Scripture, +which is the foundation of the national religion. + +"Secondly, this council, as to the protection of the liberty +of conscience, shall suffer no coercive power in the matter of +religion to be exercised in this nation; the teachers of the +natural religion being no other than such as voluntarily +undertake that calling, and their auditors or hearers no other +than are also voluntary. Nor shall any gathered congregation be +molested or interrupted in their way of worship (being neither +Jewish nor idolatrous), but vigilantly and vigorously protected +and defended in the enjoyment, practice, and profession of the +same. And if there be officers or auditors appointed by any such +congregation for the introduction of causes into the Council of +Religion, all such causes so introduced shall be received, heard, +and determined by the same, with recourse had, if need be, to the +Senate. + +"Thirdly, every petition addressed to the Senate, except that +of a tribe, shall be received, examined, and debated by this +council; and such only as they, upon such examination and debate +had, shall think fit, may be introduced into the Senate. + +"The Council of Trade being the vena porta of this nation, +shall hereafter receive instructions more at large. For the +present, their experience, attaining to a right understanding of +those trades and mysteries that feed the veins of this +commonwealth, and a true distinction of them from those that suck +or exhaust the same, they shall acquaint the Senate with the +conveniences and inconveniences, to the end that encouragement +may be applied to the one, and remedy to the other. + +"The Academy of the provosts, being the affability of the +commonwealth, shall assemble every day toward the evening in a +fair room, having certain withdrawing-rooms thereto belonging; +and all sorts of company that will repair thither for +conversation or discourse, so it be upon matters of government, +news, or intelligence, or to propose anything to the councils, +shall be freely and affably received in the outer chamber, and +heard in the way of civil conversation, which is to be managed +without any other awe or ceremony than is thereto usually +appertaining, to the end that every man may be free, and that +what is proposed by one, may be argued or discoursed by the rest, +except the matter be of secrecy; in which case the provosts, or +some of them, shall take such as desire audience into one of the +withdrawing-rooms. And the provosts are to give their minds that +this academy be so governed, adorned, and preserved, as may be +most attractive to men of parts and good affections to the +commonwealth, for the excellency of the conversation. + +"Furthermore, if any man, not being able or willing to come +in person, has any advice to give which he judges may be for the +good of the commonwealth, he may write his mind to the Academy of +the provosts, in a letter signed or not signed, which letter +shall be left with the doorkeeper of the Academy. Nor shall any +person delivering such a letter be seized, molested, or detained, +though it should prove to be a libel. But the letters so +delivered shall be presented to the provosts; and in case they be +so many that they cannot well be perused by the provosts +themselves, they shall distribute them as they please to be read +by the gentlemen of the Academy, who, finding anything in them +material, will find matter of discourse; or if they happen upon a +business that requires privacy, return it with a note upon it to +a provost. And the provosts by the secretaries attending shall +cause such notes out of discourses or letters to be taken as they +please, to the end that they may propose, as occasion serves, +what any two of them shall think fit out of their notes so taken +to their respective councils; to the end that not only the ear of +the commonwealth be open to all, but that men of such education +being in her eve, she may upon emergent elections or occasions be +always provided of her choice of fit persons. + +"Every council being adorned with a state for the signory, +shall be attended by two secretaries, two doorkeepers, and two +messengers-in-ordinary, and have power to command more upon +emergencies, as occasion requires. And the Academy shall be +attended with two secretaries, two messengers, and two +doorkeepers; this with the other councils being provided with +their further conveniences at the charge of the State. + +"But whereas it is incident to commonwealths, upon +emergencies requiring extraordinary speed or secrecy, either +through their natural delays or unnatural haste, to incur equal +danger, while holding to the slow pace of their orders, they come +not in time to defend themselves from some sudden blow; or +breaking them for the greater speed, they but haste to their own +destruction; if the Senate shall at any time make election of +nine knights-extraordinary, to be added to the Council of War, as +a juncta for the term of three months, the Council of War with +the juncta so added, is for the term of the same Dictator of +Oceana, having power to levy men and money, to make war and +peace, as also to enact laws, which shall be good for the space +of one year (if they be not sooner repealed by the Senate and the +people) and for no longer time, except they be confirmed by the +Senate and the people. And the whole administration of the +commonwealth for the term of the said three months shall be in +the Dictator, provided that the Dictator shall have no power to +do anything that tends not to his proper end and institution, but +all to the preservation of the commonwealth as it is established, +and for the sudden restitution of the same to the natural channel +and common course of government. And all acts, orders, decrees, +or laws of the Council of War with the junota being thus created, +shall be signed, + + "DICTATOR OCEANAE." + +This order of instructions to the councils being (as in a +matter of that nature is requisite) very large, I have used my +best skill to abbreviate it in such manner as might show no more +of it than is necessary to the understanding of the whole, though +as to the parts, or further duties of the councils, I have +omitted many things of singular use in a commonwealth. But it was +discoursed at the council by the Archon in this manner: + +"MY LORDS, THE LEGISLATORS: + +"Your councils, except the Dictator only, are proper and +native springs and sources, you see, which (hanging a few sticks +and straws, that, as less considerable, would otherwise be more +troublesome, upon the banks of their peculiar channels) derive +the full stream of business into the Senate, so pure, and so far +from the possibility of being troubled or stained (as will +Undeniably appear by the course contained in the ensuing order) +with any kind of private interest or partiality, that it shall +never be possible for any assembly hearkening to the advice or +information of this or that worthy member (either instructed upon +his pillow, or while he was making himself ready, or by the +petition or ticket which he received at the door) to have half +the security in his faith, or advantage by his wisdom; such a +Senate or council being, through the uncertainty of the winds, +like a wave of the sea. Nor shall it otherwise mend the matter by +flowing up into dry ditches, or referring businesses to be better +examined by committees, than to go further about with it to less +purpose; if it does not ebb back again with the more mud in it. +For in a case referred to an occasional committee, of which any +member that is desirous may get himself named, and to which +nobody will come but either for the sake of his friend or his own +interest; it fares little better as to the information of the +Senate, than if it had been referred to the parties. Wherefore +the Athenians being distributed into four tribes, out of which by +equal numbers they annually chose 400 men, called the Senate of +the Bean, because the ballot at their election was performed by +the use of beans, divided them by fifties into eight parts. And +every fifty in their turn, for one-eighth part of the year, was a +council apart called the Prytans. + +"The Prytans in their distinct council receiving all comers, +and giving ear to every man that had anything to propose +concerning the commonwealth, had power to debate and prepare all +the businesses that were to be introduced into the Senate. The +Achaeans had ten selected magistrates called the demiurgs, +constituting a council apart called the synarchy, which, with the +strategus, prepared all the business that was introduced into +their Senate. But both the Senate of the Athenians, and that of +the Achaeans, would have wondered if a man had told them that +they were to receive all comers and discourses, to the end that +they might refer them afterward to the Prytans or the synarchy, +much less to an occasional committee, exposed to the catch that +catch may of the parties interested. And yet Venice in this, as +in most of her orders, excels them all by the constitution of her +councils, that of the College, and the other of the Dieci, or +Council of Ten. The course of the College is exactly described in +the ensuing order: and for that of the Dieci, it so little +differs from what it has bestowed upon Our Dictator, that I need +not make any particular description of it. But to dictatorian +power in general, and the use of it (because it must needs be of +difficult digestion to such as, puking still at ancient prudence, +show themselves to be in the nursery of mother-wit); it is no +less than necessary to say something. And, first, in a +commonwealth that is not wrought up, or perfected, this power +will be of very frequent, if not continual, use; wherefore it is +said more than once, upon defects of the government, in the book +of Judges, 'that in those days there was no king in Israel.' Nor +has the translator, though for 'no king, he should have said 'no +judge,' abused you so much; seeing that the Dictator (and such +was the Judge of Israel) or the dictatorian power being in a +single person, so little differs from monarchy, which followed in +that, that from the same cause there has been no other effect in +any commonwealth: as in Rome was manifest by Sylla and Caesar, +who to make themselves absolute or sovereign, had no more to do +than to prolong their magistracy, for the dictatorian power was +reputed divine, and therefore irresistible. + +"Nevertheless, so it is, that without this power, which is so +dangerous, and subject to introduce monarchy, a commonwealth +cannot be safe from falling into the like dissolution; unless you +have an expedient in this case of your own, and bound up by your +providence from recoiling. Expedients in some cases you must not +only have, but be beholden for them to such whom you must trust +at a pinch, when you have not leisure to stand with them for +security; which will be a thousand times more dangerous. And +there can never be a commonwealth otherwise than by the order in +debate wrought up to that perfection; but this necessity must +sometimes happen in regard of her natural slowness and openness, +and the suddenness of assaults that may be made upon her, as also +the secrecy which in some cases may be of absolute necessity to +her affairs. Whence Machiavel concludes it positively, that a +commonwealth unprovided of such a refuge, must fall to ruin; for +her course is either broken by the blow in one of those cases, or +by herself, while it startles her out of her orders. And indeed a +commonwealth is like a greyhound, which, having once coasted, +will never after run fair, but grow slothful; and when it comes +to make a common practice of taking nearer ways than its orders, +it is dissolved: for the being of a commonwealth consists in its +orders. Wherefore at this list you will be exposed to danger, if +you have not provided beforehand for the safety of your resort in +the like cases: nor is it sufficient that your resort be safe, +unless it be as secret and quick; for if it be slow or open, your +former inconveniences are not remedied. + +"Now for our imitation in this part, there is nothing in +experience like that of the Council of Ten in Venice; the benefit +whereof would be too long to be shown in the whole piece, and +therefore I shall take but a pattern out of Janotti. In the war, +says he, which the Venetians had with Florence in Casentin, the +Florentines, finding a necessity in their affairs far from any +other inclination in themselves to ask their peace, sent +ambassadors about it to Venice, where they were no sooner heard, +than the bargain was struck up by the Council of Ten: and +everybody admiring (seeing this commonwealth stood upon the +higher ground) what should be the reason of such haste, the +council upon the return of the ambassadors imparted letters to +the Senate, whereby it appeared that the Turks had newly launched +a formidable fleet against their State, which, had it been +understood by the Florentines, it was well enough known they +would have made no peace. Wherefore the service of the Ten was +highly applauded by the Senate, and celebrated by the Venetians. +Whereby may appear not only in part what use there is of +dictatorian power in that government, but that it is assumed at +the discretion of that Council; whereas in this of Oceana it is +not otherwise intrusted than when the Senate, in the election of +nine knights-extraordinary, gives at once the commission, and +takes security in a balance, added to the Council of War, though +securer before by the tribunes of the people than that of Venice, +which yet never incurred jealousy; for if the younger nobility +have been often girding at it, that happened not so much through +the apprehension of danger in it to the commonwealth, as through +the awe of it upon themselves. Wherefore the graver have +doubtlessly shown their prudence in the law whereby the +magistracy of these councillors being to last till' their +successors be created, the council is established." + +The instructions of the councils for their matter being +shown, it remains that I show the instructions for the manner of +their proceeding, as they follow in -- + +The twentieth order, "Containing the method of debates to be +observed by the magistrates and the councils successively in +order to a decree of the Senate. + +"The magistrates of the signory, as councillors of this +commonwealth, shall take into their consideration all matters of +state or of government; and, having right to propose in any +council, may, any one or more of them, propose what business he +or they please in that council to which it most properly belongs. +And, that the councils may be held to their duty, the said +magistrates are superintendents and inspectors of the same, with +right to propose to the Senate. + +"The censors have equal power with these magistrates, but in +relation to the Council of Religion only. + +"Any two of the three provosts in every council may propose +to, and are the more peculiar proposers of, the same council; to +the end that there be not only an inspection and superintendency +of business in general, but that every work be also committed to +a peculiar hand. + +"Any one or more of the magistrates, or any two of the +provosts respectively having proposed, the council shall debate +the business so proposed, to which they of the third region that +are willing shall speak first in their order; they of the second, +next; and they of the first, last; and the opinions of those that +proposed or spoke, as they shall be thought the most considerable +by the council, shall be taken by the secretary of the same in +writing, and each of them signed with the name of the author. + +"The opinions being thus prepared, any magistrate of the +signory, the censors, or any two of the provosts of that council, +upon this occasion may assemble the Senate. + +"The Senate being assembled, the opinions (for example, if +they be four) shall be read in their order, that is, according to +the order or dignity of the magistrates or councillors by which +they were signed. And being read, if any of the council +introducing them will speak, they, as best acquainted with the +business, shall have precedence; and after them the senators +shall speak according to their regions, beginning by the third +first, and so continuing till every man that will has spoken; and +when the opinions have been sufficiently debated, they shall be +put all together to the ballot after this manner: + +"Four secretaries, carrying each of them one of the opinions +in one hand, with a white box in the other, and each following +the other, according to the order of the opinions, shall present +his box, naming the author of his opinion to every senator; and +one secretary or ballotin with a green box shall follow the four +white ones; and one secretary or ballotin with a red box shall +follow the green one; and every senator shall put one ball into +some one of these six boxes. The suffrage being gathered and +opened before the signory, if the red box or non-sincere had +above half the suffrages, the opinions shall be all cast out, for +the major part of the house is not clear in the business. If no +one of the four opinions had above half the suffrages in the +affirmative, that which had fewest shall be cast out, and the +other three shall be balloted again. If no one of the three had +above half, that which had fewest shall be cast out, and the +other two shall ballot again. If neither of the two had above +half, that which had fewest shall be cast out, and the remaining +opinion shall be balloted again. And if the remaining opinion has +not above half, it shall also be cast out. But the first of the +opinions that arrives at most above half in the affirmative, is +the decree of the Senate. The opinions being all of them cast out +by the non-sincere, may be reviewed, if occasion permits, by the +council, and brought in again. If they be cast out by the +negative, the case being of advice only; the house approves not, +and there is an end of it: the case being necessary, and +admitting delay, the council is to think again upon the business, +and to bring in new opinions; but the case being necessary, and +not admitting delay, the Senate immediately electing the juncta +shall create the Dictator. 'And let the Dictator,' as the Roman +saying is, 'take care that the commonwealth receives no harm.'" + +This in case the debate concludes not in a decree. But if a +decree be passed, it is either in matter of state or government +according to law enacted already, and then it is good without +going any further. or it is in matter of law to be enacted, +repealed, or amended; and then the decree of the Senate, +especially if it be for a war, or for a levy of men or money, is +invalid, without the result of the commonwealth, which is in the +prerogative tribe, or representative of the people. + +"The Senate having prepared a decree to be proposed to the +people, shall appoint their proposers; and no other may propose +for the Senate to the people but the magistrates of the house; +that is to say, the three commissioners of the seal, or any two +of them; the three of the Treasury, or any two of them; or the +two censors. + +"The Senate having appointed their proposers, shall require +of the tribunes a muster of the people at a set time and place: +and the tribunes or any two of them having mustered the people +accordingly, the proposers shall propose the sense or decree of +the Senate by clauses to the people. And that which is proposed +by the authority of the Senate, and resolved by the command of +the people, is the law of Oceana." To this order, implicitly +containing the sum very near of the whole civil part of the +commonwealth, my Lord Archon spoke thus in council: + + "MY DEAR LORDS: + +"There is a saying, that a man must cut his coat according to +his cloth. When I consider what God has allowed or furnished to +our present work, I am amazed. You would have a popular +government; he has weighed it to you in the present balance, as I +may say, to a drachm; you have no more to do but to fix it. For +the superstructures of such a government they require a good +aristocracy: and you have, or have had a nobility or gentry the +best studied, and the best writers, at least next that of Italy, +in the whole world; nor have they been inferior, when so +exercised, in the leading of armies. But the people are the main +body of a commonwealth; show me from the treasuries of the snow +(as it is in Job) to the burning zone a people whose shoulder so +universally and so exactly fits the corselet. Nevertheless, it +were convenient to be well provided with auxiliaries. There is +Marpesia, through her fruitfulness, inexhaustible of men, and men +through her barrenness not only enured to hardship, but in your +arms. It may be said that Venice, excepting only that she takes +not in the people, is the most incomparable situation of a +commonwealth. You are Venice, taking in your people and your +auxiliaries too. My lords, the children of Israel were makers of +brick before they were builders of a commonwealth; but our brick +is made, our mortar tempered, the cedars of Lebanon are hewed and +squared to our hands. Has this been the work of man? Or is it in +man to withstand this work? 'Shall he that contends with the +Almighty instruct him? He that reproves God, let him answer it.' +For our parts, everything is so laid that when we come to have +use of it, it is the next at hand; and unless we can conceive +that God and nature do anything in vain, there is no more for us +to do but to despatch. The piece which we have reached to us in +the foregoing orders, is the aristocracy. Athens, as has been +shown, was plainly lost through the want of a good aristocracy. + +"But the sufficiency of an aristocracy goes demonstrably upon +the hand of the nobility or gentry; for that the politics can be +mastered without study, or that the people can have leisure to +study, is a vain imagination; and what kind of aristocracy +divines and lawyers would make, let their incurable running upon +their own narrow bias and their perpetual invectives against +Machiavel (though in some places justly reprovable, yet the only +politician, and incomparable patron of the people) serve for +instruction. I will stand no more to the judgment of lawyers and +divines in this work, than to that of so many other tradesmen; +but if this model chances to wander abroad, I recommend it to the +Roman speculativi (the most complete gentlemen of this age) for +their censure; or with my Lord Epimonus his leave, send 300 or +400 copies to your agent at Venice to be presented to the +magistrates there; and when they have considered them, to be +proposed to the debate of the Senate, the most competent judges +under heaven, who, though they have great affairs, will not +refuse to return you the oracle of their ballot. The councillors +of princes I will not trust; they are but journeymen. The wisdom +of these later times in princes' affairs (says Verulamius) is +rather fine deliveries and shiftings of dangers when they be +near, than solid and grounded courses to keep them off. Their +councillors do not derive their proceedings from any sound root +of government that may contain the demonstration, and assure the +success of them, but are expedient-mongers, givers of themselves +to help a lame dog over a stile; else how comes it to pass that +the fame of Cardinal Richelieu has been like thunder, whereof we +hear the noise, but can make no demonstration of the reason? But +to return: if neither the people, nor divines and lawyers, can be +the aristocracy of a nation, there remains only the nobility; in +which style, to avoid further repetition, I shall understand the +gentry also, as the French do by the word noblesse. + +"Now to treat of the nobility in such sort as may be less +obnoxious to mistake, it will be convenient, and answerable to +the present occasion, that I divide my discourse into four parts: + +"The first treating of nobility, and the kinds of it; + +"The second, of their capacity of the Senate; + +"The third. of the divers kinds of senates; + +"The fourth, of the Senate, according to the foregoing +orders. + +"Nobility may be defined divers ways; for it is either +ancient riches, or ancient virtue, or a title conferred by a +prince or a commonwealth. + +"Nobility of the first kind may be subdivided into two +others, such as hold an overbalance in dominion or property to +the whole people, or such as hold not an overbalance. in the +former case, a nobility (such was the Gothic, of which sufficient +has been spoken) is incompatible with popular government; for to +popular government it is essential that power should be in the +people, but the overbalance of a nobility in dominion draws the +power to themselves. Wherefore in this sense it is that Machiavel +is to be understood, where he says, that these are pernicious in +a commonwealth; and of France, Spain, and Italy, that they are +nations which for this cause are the corruption of the world: for +otherwise nobility may, according to his definition (which is, +'that they are such as live upon their own revenues in plenty, +without engagement either to the tilling of their lands, or other +work for their livelihood '), hold an underbalance to the people; +in which case they are not only safe, but necessary to the +natural mixture of a well-ordered commonwealth. + +"For how else can you have a commonwealth that is not +altogether mechanic? or what comparison is there of such +commonwealths as are, or come nearest to mechanic -- for example, +Athens, Switzerland, Holland, to Lacedaemon, Rome, and Venice, +plumed with their aristocracies? Your mechanics, till they have +first feathered their nests, like the fowls of the air whose +whole employment is to seek their food, are so busied in their +private concernments that they have neither leisure to study the +public, nor are safely to be trusted with it, because a man is +not faithfully embarked in this kind of ship, if he has no share +in the freight. But if his share be such as gives him leisure by +his private advantage to reflect upon that of the public, what +other name is there for this sort of men, being a leur aise, but +(as Machiavel you see calls them) nobility? Especially when their +families come to be such as are noted for their services done to +the commonwealth, and so take into their ancient riches ancient +virtue, which is the second definition of nobility, but such a +one as is scarce possible in nature without the former. 'For as +the baggage,' says Verulamius, 'is to an army, so are riches to +virtue; they cannot be spared nor left behind, though they be +impediments, such as not only hinder the march, but sometimes +through the care of them lose or disturb the victory.' Of this +latter sort is the nobility of Oceana; the best of all others +because they, having no stamp whence to derive their price, can +have it no otherwise than by their intrinsic value. The third +definition of nobility, is a title, honor, or distinction from +the people, conferred or allowed by the prince or the +commonwealth. And this may be two ways, either without any stamp +or privilege, as in Oceana; or with such privileges as are +inconsiderable, as in Athens after the battle of Plataea, whence +the nobility had no right, as such, but to religious offices, or +inspection of the public games, to which they were also to be +elected by the people; or with privileges, and those considerable +ones, as the nobility in Athens before the battle of Plataea, and +the patricians in Rome each of which had right, or claimed it, to +the Senate and all the magistracies; wherein for some time they +only by their stamp were current. + +"But to begin higher, and to speak more at large of nobility +in their several capacities of the Senate. The phylarchs, or +princes of the tribes of Israel, were the most renowned, or, as +the Latin, the most noble of the congregation, whereof by +hereditary right they had the leading and judging. The +patriarchs, or princes of families, according as they declared +their pedigrees, had the like right as to their families; but +neither in these nor the former was there any hereditary right to +the Sanhedrim: though there be little question but the wise men +and understanding, and known among their tribes, which the people +took or elected into those or other magistracies, and whom Moses +made rulers over them, must have been of these, seeing they could +not choose but be the most known among the tribes, and were +likeliest by the advantages of education to be the most wise and +understanding. + +"Solon having found the Athenians neither locally nor +genealogically, but by their different ways of life, divided into +four tribes -- that is, into the soldiery, the tradesmen, the +husbandmen, and the goatherds -- instituted a new distribution of +them, according to the sense or valuation of their estates, into +four classes: the first, second, and third consisting of such as +were proprietors in land, distinguished by the rate of their +freeholds, with that stamp upon them, which making them capable +of adding honor to their riches, that is to say, of the Senate, +and all the magistracies, excluded the fourth, being the body of +the people, and far greater in number than the former three, from +all other right, as to those capacities, except the election of +these, who by this means became an hereditary aristocracy or +senatorian order of nobility. This was that course which came +afterward to be the destruction of Rome, and had now ruined +Athens. The nobility, according to the inevitable nature of such +a one, having laid the plot how to divest the people of the +result, and so to draw the whole power of the commonwealth to +themselves; which in all likelihood they had done, if the people, +coming by mere chance to be victorious in the battle of Plataea, +and famous for defending Greece against the Persians, had not +returned with such courage as irresistibly broke the classes, to +which of old they had borne a white tooth, brought the nobility +to equal terms, and the Senate with the magistracies to be common +to both; the magistracies by suffrage, and the Senate (which was +the mischief of it, as I shall show anon in that constitution) by +lot only." The Lacedaemonians were in the manner, and for the +same cause with the Venetians at this day, no other than a +nobility even according to the definition given of nobility by +Machiavel; for they neither exercised any trade, nor labored +their lands or lots, which was done by their helots: wherefore +some nobility may be far from pernicious in a commonwealth by +Machiavel's own testimony, who is an admirer of this, though the +servants thereof were more in number than the citizens. To these +servants I hold the answer of Lycurgus --when he bade him who +asked why he did not admit the people to the government of his +commonwealth, to go home and admit his servants to the government +of his family-to relate: for neither were the Lacedaemonians +servants, nor, further, capable of the government, unless, +whereas the congregation had the result, be should have given +them the debate also; every one of these that attained to sixty +years of age, and the major vote of the congregation, being +equally capable of the Senate. + +"The nobility of Rome, and their capacity of the Senate, I +have already described by that of Athens before the battle of +Plataea, saving only that the Athenian was never eligible into +the Senate without the suffrage of the people till the +introduction of the lot, but the Roman nobility ever: for the +patricians were elected into the Senate by the kings; by the +consuls, or the censors, or if a plebeian happened to be +conscribed, he and his posterity became patricians. Nor, though +the people had many disputes with the nobility, did this ever +come in controversy, which, if there had been nothing else, might +in my judgment have been enough to overturn that commonwealth. + +"The Venetian nobility, but that they are richer, and not +military, resemble at all other points the Lacedaemonian, as I +have already shown. These Machiavel excepts from his rule, by +saying that their estates are rather personal than real, or of +any great revenue in land, which comes to our account, and shows +that a nobility or party of the nobility, not overbalancing in +dominion, is not dangerous, but of necessary use in every +commonwealth, provided it be rightly ordered; for if it be so +ordered as was that of Rome, though they do not overbalance at +the beginning, as they did not there, it will not be long ere +they do, as is clear both in reason and experience toward the +latter end. That the nobility only be capable of the Senate is +there only not dangerous, where there be no other citizens, as in +this government and that of Lacedaemon. + +"The nobility of Holland and Switzerland, though but few, +have privileges not only distinct from the people, but so great +that in some sovereignties they have a negative voice; an example +which I am far from commending, being such as (if those +governments were not cantonized, divided, and subdivided into +many petty sovereignties that balance one another, and in which +the nobility, except they had a prince at the head of them, can +never join to make work) would be the most dangerous that ever +was, but the Gothic, of which it favors. For in ancient +commonwealths you shall never find a nobility to have had a +negative but by the poll, which, the people being far more in +number, came to nothing; whereas these have it, be they never so +few by their stamp or order. + +"Ours of Oceana have nothing else but their education and +their leisure for the public, furnished by their ease and +competent riches: and their intrinsic value, which, according as +it comes to hold weight in the judgment or suffrage of the +people, is their only way to honor and preferment. Wherefore I +would have your lordships to look upon your children as such, +who, if they come to shake off some part of their baggage, shall +make the more quick and glorious march; for it was nothing else +but the baggage, sordidly plundered by the nobility of Rome, that +lost the victory of the whole world in the midst of her triumph. + +"Having followed the nobility thus close, they bring us, +according to their natural course and divers kinds, to the divers +constitutions of the Senate. + +"That of Israel (as was shown by my right noble Lord +Phosphorus de Auge, in the opening of the commonwealth) consisted +of seventy elders, elected at first by the people. But whereas +they were for life, they ever after (though without any divine +precept for it) substituted their successors by ordination, which +ceremony was most usually performed by imposition of hands; and +by this means a commonwealth of as popular institution as can be +found became, as it is accounted by Josephus, aristocratical. +From this ordination derives that which was introduced by the +Apostles into the Christian Church; for which cause I think it is +that the Presbyterians would have the government of the Church to +be aristocratical, though the Apostles, to the end, as I +conceive, that they might give no occasion to such a mistake, but +show that they intended the government of the Church to be +popular, ordained elders, as has been shown, by the holding up of +hands (or free suffrage of the people) in every congregation or +ecclesia: for that is the word in the original, being borrowed +from the civil congregations of the people in Athens and +Lacedaemon, which were so called; and the word for holding up of +hands in the text is also the very same, which signified the +suffrage of the people in Athens, chiroton&&ante&; for the +suffrage of the Athenians was given per chirotonian, says Emmius. + +"The Council of the Bean (as was shown by my Lord Navarchus +de Paralo in his full discourse), being the proposing Senate of +Athens (for that of the Areopagites was a judicatory), consisted +of 400, some say 500 senators, elected annually, all at once, and +by a mere lot without suffrage. Wherefore though the Senate, to +correct the temerity of the lot, had power to cast out such as +they should judge unworthy of that honor, this related to manners +only, and was not sufficient to repair the commonwealth, which by +such means became impotent; and forasmuch as her Senate consisted +not of the natural aristocracy, which in a commonwealth is the +only spur and rein of the people, it was cast headlong by the +rashness of her demagogues or grandees into ruin; while her +Senate, like the Roman tribunes (who almost always, instead of +governing, were rather governed by the multitude), proposed not +to the result only, but to the debate also of the people, who +were therefore called to the pulpits, where some vomited, and +others drank, poison. + +"The Senate of Lacedaemon, most truly discovered by my Lord +Laco de Scytale, consisted but of thirty for life, whereof the +two kings, having but single votes, were hereditary, the rest +elected by the free suffrage of the people, but out of such as +were sixty years of age. These had the whole debate of the +commonwealth in themselves, and proposed to the result only of +the people. And now the riddle which I have heretofore found +troublesome to unfold, is out; that is to say, why Athens and +Lacedaemon, consisting each of the Senate and the people, the one +should be held a democracy, and the other an aristocracy, or +laudable oligarchy, as it is termed by Isocrates; for that word +is not, wherever you meet it, to be branded, Seeing it is used +also by Aristotle, Plutarch, and others, sometimes in a good +sense. The main difference was that the people in this had the +result only, and in that the debate and result, too. But for my +part, where the people have the election of the Senate, not bound +to a distinct order, and the result, which is the sovereign +power, I hold them to have that share in the government (the +Senate being not for life) whereof, with the safety of the +commonwealth, they are capable in nature, and such a government, +for that cause, to be democracy; though I do not deny but in +Lacedaemon, the paucity of the senators considered, it might be +called oligarchy, in comparison of Athens; or, if we look on +their continuance for life, though they had been more, +aristocracy. + +"The Senate of Rome (whose fame has been heard to thunder in +the eloquence of my Lord Dolabella d'Enyo) consisting of 300, +was, in regard of the number, less oligarchical than that of +Lacedaemon; but more in regard of the patricians, who, having an +hereditary capacity of the same, were not elected to that honor +by the people; but, being conscribed by the censors, enjoyed it +for life. Wherefore these, if they had their wills, would have +resolved as well as debated; which set the people at such +variance with them as dissolved the commonwealth; whereas if the +people had enjoyed the result, that about the agrarian, as well +as all other strife, must of necessity have ceased. + +"The Senates of Switzerland and Holland (as I have learnt of +my Lords Alpester and Glaucus), being bound up (like the sheaf of +arrows which the latter gives) by leagues, lie like those in +their quivers; but arrows, when they come to be drawn, fly from +this way and from that; and I am contented that these concerned +us not. + +"That of Venice (by the faithful testimony of my most +excellent Lord Linceus de Stella) has obliged a world, +sufficiently punished by its own blindness and ingratitude, to +repent and be wiser: for whereas a commonwealth in which there is +no senate, or where the senate is corrupt, cannot stand, the +great Council of Venice, like the statue of Nilus, leans upon an +urn or waterpot, which pours forth the Senate in so pure and +perpetual a stream, as being unable to stagnate, is forever +incapable of corruption. The fuller description of this Senate is +contained in that of Oceana; and that of Oceana in the foregoing +orders. To every one of which, because something has been already +said, I shall not speak in particular. But in general, your +Senate, and the other assembly, or the prerogative, as I shall +show in due place, are perpetual, not as lakes or puddles, but as +the rivers of Eden; and are beds made, as you have seen, to +receive the whole people, by a due and faithful vicissitude, into +their current. They are not, as in the late way, alternate. +Alternate life in government is the alternate death of it. + +"This was the Gothic work, whereby the former government +(which was not only a ship, but a gust, too) could never open her +sails, but in danger to overset herself, neither could make any +voyage nor lie safe in her own harbor. The wars of later ages, +says Verulamius, seem to be made in the dark, in respect of the +glory and honor which reflected on men from the wars in ancient +times. Their shipping of this sort Was for voyages; ours dare not +launch, nor lies it safe at home. Your Gothic politicians seem to +me rather to have invented some new ammunition or gunpowder, in +their King and Parliament, than government. For what is become of +the princes (a kind of people) in Germany? -- blown up. Where are +the estates, or the power of the people in France? -- blown up. +Where is that of the people in Arragon, and the rest of the +Spanish kingdoms? -- blown up. On the other side, where is the +King of Spain's power in Holland? -- blown up. Where is that of +the Austrian princes in Switzerland? -- blown up. This perpetual +peevishness and jealousy, under the alternate empire of the +prince and of the people, are obnoxious to every spark. Nor shall +any man show a reason that will be holding in prudence, why the +people of Oceana have blown up their King, but that their kings +did not first blow up them. The rest is discourse for ladies. +Wherefore your parliaments are not henceforth to come out of the +bag of AEolus, but by your galaxies, to be the perpetual food of +the fire of Vesta. + +"Your galaxies, which divide the house into so many regions, +are three; one of which constituting the third region is annually +chosen, but for the term of three years; which causes the house +(having at once blossoms, fruit half ripe, and others dropping +off in full maturity) to resemble an orange tree, such as is at +the same time an education or spring, and a harvest, too; for the +people have made a very ill-choice in the man, who is not easily +capable of the perfect knowledge in one year of the senatorian +orders; which knowledge, allowing him for the first to have been +a novice, brings him the second year to practise, and time +enough. For at this rate you must always have 200 knowing men in +the government. And thus the vicissitude of your senators is not +perceivable in the steadiness and perpetuity of your Senate; +which, like that of Venice, being always changing, is forever the +same. And though other politicians have not so well imitated +their patter, there is nothing more obvious in nature, seeing a +man who wears the same flesh but a short time, is nevertheless +the same man, and of the same genius; and whence is this but from +the constancy of nature, in holding a man to her orders? +Wherefore keep also to your orders. But this is a mean request; +your orders will be worth little if they do not hold you to them, +wherefore embark. They are like a ship, if you be once aboard, +you do not carry them, but they you; and see how Venice stands to +her tackling: you will no more forsake them than you will leap +into the sea. + +"But they are very many and difficult. O my Lords, what +seaman casts away his card because it has four-and-twenty points +of the compass? and yet those are very near as many and as +difficult as the orders in the whole circumference of your +commonwealth. Consider, how have we been tossed with every wind +of doctrine, lost by the glib tongues of your demagogues and +grandees in our own havens? A company of fiddlers that have +disturbed your rest for your groat; œ2,000 to one, œ3,000 a year +to another, has been nothing. And for what? Is there one of them +that yet knows what a commonwealth is? And are you yet afraid of +such a government in which these shall not dare to scrape for +fear of the statute? Themistocles could not fiddle, but could +make of a small city a great commonwealth: these have fiddled, +and for your money, till they have brought a great commonwealth +to a small city. + +"It grieves me, while I consider how, and from what causes, +imaginary difficulties will be aggravated, that the foregoing +orders are not capable of any greater clearness in discourse or +writing; but if a man should make a book, describing every trick +and passage, it would fare no otherwise with a game at cards; and +this is no more, if a man plays upon the square. 'There is a +great difference,' says Verulamius, 'between a cunning man and a +wise man (between a demagogue and a legislator), not only in +point of honesty, but in point of ability as there be that can +pack the cards, and yet cannot play well; so there be some that +are good in canvasses and fractions, that are otherwise weak +men.' Allow me but these orders, and let them come with their +cards in their sleeves, or pack if they can. 'Again,' says he, +'it is one thing to understand persons, and another to understand +matters; for many are perfect in men's humors that are not +greatly capable of the real part of business, which is the +constitution of one that has studied men more than books. But +there is nothing more hurtful in a State than that cunning men +should pass for wise.' His words are an oracle. As Dionysius, +when he could no longer exercise his tyranny among men, turned +schoolmaster, that he might exercise it among boys. Allow me but +these orders, and your grandees, so well skilled in the baits and +palates of men, shall turn rat-catchers. + +"And whereas 'councils (as is discreetly observed by the same +author in his time) are at this day, in most places, but familiar +meetings (somewhat like the Academy of our provosts), where +matters are rather talked on than debated, and run too swift to +order an act of council,' give me my orders, and see if I have +not puzzled your demagogues. + +"It is not so much my desire to return upon haunts, as theirs +that will not be satisfied; wherefore if, notwithstanding what +was said of dividing and choosing in our preliminary discourses, +men will yet be returning to the question, Why the Senate must be +a council apart (though even in Athens, where it was of no other +constitution than the popular assembly, the distinction of it +from the other was never held less than necessary) this may be +added to the former reasons, that if the aristocracy be not for +the debate, it is for nothing; but if it be for debate, it must +have convenience for it; and what convenience is there for debate +in a crowd, where there is nothing but jostling, treading upon +one another, and stirring of blood, than which in this case there +is nothing more dangerous? Truly, it was not ill said of my Lord +Epimonus, that Venice plays her game, as it were, at billiards or +nine-holes; and so may your lordships, unless your ribs be so +strong that you think better of football: for such sport is +debate in a popular assembly as, notwithstanding the distinction +of the Senate, was the destruction of Athens." + +This speech concluded the debate which happened at the +institution of the Senate. The next assembly is that of the +people or prerogative tribe. + +The face, or mien, of the prerogative tribe for the arms, the +horses, and the discipline, but more especially for the select +men, is that of a very noble regiment, or rather of two; the one +of horse, divided into three troops (besides that of the +provinces, which will be shown hereafter), with their captains, +cornets, and two tribunes of the horse at the head of them; the +other of foot in three companies (beside that of the provinces), +with their captains, ensigns, and two tribunes of the foot at the +head of them. The first troop is called the Phoenix, the second +the Pelican, and the third the Swallow. The first company the +Cypress, the second the Myrtle, and the third the Spray. Of these +again (not without a near resemblance of the Roman division of a +tribe) the Phoenix and the Cypress constitute the first class, +the Pelican and the Myrtle the second, and the Swallow with the +Spray the third, renewed every spring by -- + +The one-and-twentieth order, "Directing, that upon every +Monday next ensuing the last of March, the deputies of the annual +galaxy arriving at the pavilion in the halo, and electing one +captain and one cornet of the Swallow (triennial officers) by and +out of the cavalry at the horse urn, according to the rules +contained in the ballot of the hundred; and one captain with one +ensign of the Spray (triennial officers) by and out of the +infantry at the foot urn, after the same way of balloting, +constitute and become the third classes of the prerogative +tribe." + +Seven deputies are annually returned by every tribe, whereof +three are horse and four are foot; and there be fifty tribes: so +the Swallow must consist of 150 horse, the Spray of 200 foot. And +the rest of the classes being two, each of them in number equal, +the whole prerogative (beside the provinces, that is, the knights +and deputies of Marpesia and Panopea) must consist of 1,050 +deputies. And these troops and companies may as well be called +centuries as those of the Romans; for the Romans related not, in +so naming theirs, to the number. And whereas they were +distributed according to the valuation of their estates, so are +these; which, by virtue of the last order, are now accommodated +with their triennial officers. But there be others appertaining +to this tribe whose election, being of far greater importance, is +annual, as follows in + +The twenty-second order, "Whereby the first class having +elected their triennial officers, and made oath to the old +tribunes, that they will neither introduce, cause, nor to their +power suffer debate to be introduced into any popular assembly of +this government, but to their utmost be aiding and assisting to +seize and deliver any person or persons in that way offending, +and striking at the root of this commonwealth, to the Council of +War, are to proceed with the other two classes of the prerogative +tribe to election of the new tribunes, being four annual +magistrates, whereof two are to be elected out of the cavalry at +the horse urn, and two out of the infantry at the foot urn, +according to the common ballot of the tribes. And they may be +promiscuously chosen out of any classes, provided that the same +person shall not be capable of bearing the tribunitian honor +twice in the term of one galaxy. The tribunes thus chosen shall +receive the tribe (in reference to the power of mustering and +disciplining the same) as commanders-in-chief, and for the rest +as magistrates, whose proper function is prescribed by the next +order. The tribunes may give leave to any number of the +prerogative, not exceeding 100 at a time, to be absent, so they +be not magistrates nor officers, and return within three months. +If a magistrate or officer has a necessary occasion, he may also +be absent for the space of one month, provided that there be not +above three cornets or ensigns, two captains, or one tribune so +absent at one time." + +To this the Archon spoke at the institution after this +manner: + +"MY LORDS: + +"It is affirmed by Cicero, in his oration for Flaccus, that +the commonwealths of Greece were all shaken or ruined by the +intemperance of their Comitia, or assemblies of the people. The +truth is, if good heed in this point be not taken, a commonwealth +will have bad legs. But all the world knows he should have +excepted Lacedaemon, where the people, as has been shown by the +oracle, had no power at all of debate, nor (till after Lysander, +whose avarice opened a gulf that was not long ere it swallowed up +his country) came it ever to be exercised by them. Whence that +commonwealth stood longest and firmest of any other but this, in +our days, of Venice; which, having underlaid herself with the +like institution, owes a great, if not the greater, part of her +steadiness to the same principle; the great Council, which is +with her the people, by the authority of my Lord Epimonus, never +speaking a word. Nor shall any commonwealth, where the people in +their political capacity is talkative, ever see half the days of +one of these, but, being carried away by vainglorious men (that, +as Overbury says, void more than they drink), swim down the +stream, as did Athens, the most prating of these dames, when that +same ranting fellow Alcibiades fell a-demagoguing for the +Silician War. + +"But whereas debate, by the authority and experience of +Lacedaemon and Venice, is not to be committed to the people in a +well-ordered government, it may be said that the order specified +is but a slight bar in a matter of like danger; for so much as an +oath, if there be no recourse upon the breach of it, is a weak +tie for such hands as have the sword in them, wherefore what +should hinder the people of Oceana, if they happen not to regard +an oath from assuming debate, and making themselves as much an +anarchy as those of Athens? To which I answer, Take the common +sort in a private capacity, and, except they be injured, you +shall find them to have a bashfulness in the presence of the +better sort, or wiser men, acknowledging their abilities by +attention, and accounting it no mean honor to receive respect +from them; but if they be injured by them, they hate them, and +the more for being wise or great, because that makes it the +greater injury. Nor refrain they in this case from any kind of +intemperance of speech, if of action. It is no otherwise with a +people in their political capacity; you shall never find that +they have assumed debate for itself, but for something else. +Wherefore in Lacedaemon where there was, and in Venice where +there is, nothing else for which they should assume it, they have +never shown so much as an inclination to it. + +"Nor was there any appearance of such a desire in the people +of Rome (who from the time of Romulus had been very well +contented with the power of result either in the parochial +assemblies, as it was settled upon them by him, or in the +meetings of the hundreds, as it was altered in their regard for +the worse by Servius Tullius) till news was brought, some fifteen +years after the exile of Tarquin, their late King (during which +time the Senate had governed pretty well), that he was dead at +the Court of Aristodemus the tyrant of Cumae. Whereupon the +patricians, or nobility, began to let out the hitherto dissembled +venom which is inherent in the root of oligarchy and fell +immediately upon injuring the people beyond all moderation. For +whereas the people had served both gallantly and contentedly in +arms upon their own charges, and, though joint purchasers by +their swords of the conquered lands, had not participated in the +same to above two acres a man (the rest being secretly usurped by +the patricians), they, through the meanness of their support and +the greatness of their expense, being generally indebted, no +sooner returned home with victory to lay down their arms, than +they were snatched up by their creditors, the nobility, to cram +jails. Whereupon, but with the greatest modesty that was ever +known in the like case, they first fell upon debate, affirming +'That they were oppressed and captivated at home, while abroad +they fought for liberty and empire, and that the freedom of the +common people was safer in time of war than peace, among their +enemies than their fellow-citizens.' It is true that when they +could not get the Senate, through fear, as was pretended by the +patricians, to assemble and take their grievances into +consideration, they grew so much the warmer, that it was glad to +meet; where Appius Claudius, a fierce spirit, was of opinion that +recourse should be had to consular power, whereby some of the +brands of sedition being taken off, the flame might be +extinguished. Servilius, being of another temper, thought it +better and safer to try if the people might be bowed than broken. + +"But this debate was interrupted by tumultuous news of the +near approach of the Volsci, a case in which the Senate had no +recourse but to the people, who, contrary to their former custom +upon the like occasions, would not stir a foot, but fell +a-laughing, and saying, 'Let them fight that have something to +fight for.' The Senate that had purses, and could not sing so +well before the thief, being in a great perplexity, found no +possible way out of it but to beseech Servilius, one of a genius +well known to be popular, that he would accept of the consulship, +and make some such use of it as might be helpful to the patrician +interest. Servilius, accepting of the offer, and making use of +his interest with the people, persuaded them to hope well of the +good intention of the fathers, whom it would little beseem to be +forced to those things which would lose their grace, and that in +view of the enemy, if they came not freely; and withal published +an edict, that no man should withhold a citizen of Rome by +imprisonment from giving his name (for that was the way, as I +shall have opportunity hereafter to show more at large, whereby +they drew out their armies), nor to seize or sell any man's goods +or children that were in the camp. Whereupon the people with a +mighty concourse immediately took arms, marched forth, and (which +to them was as easy as to be put into the humor, and that, as +appears in this place, was not hard) totally defeated the Volsci +first, then the Sabines (for the neighboring nations, hoping to +have had a good bargain of the discord in Rome, were up in arms +on all sides), and after the Sabines the Aurunci. Whence +returning, victorious in three battles they expected no less than +that the Senate would have made good their words, when Appius +Claudius, the other Consul, of his innate pride, and that he +might frustrate the faith of his colleague, caused the soldiers +(who being set at liberty, had behaved themselves with such +valor) to be restored at their return to their creditors and +their jails. + +"Great resort upon this was made by the people to Servilius, +showing him their wounds, calling him to witness how they had +behaved themselves, and minding him of his promise. Poor +Servilius was sorry, but so overawed with the headiness of his +colleague, and the obstinacy of the whole faction of the +nobility, that, not daring to do anything either way, he lost +both parties, the fathers conceiving that he was ambitious, and +the people that he was false; while the Consul Claudius, +continuing to countenance such as daily seized and imprisoned +some of the indebted people, had still new and dangerous +controversies with them, insomuch that the commonwealth was torn +with horrid division, and the people (because they found it not +so safe or so effectual in public) minded nothing but laying +their heads together in private conventicles. For this Aulus +Virginius and Titus Vetusius, the new Consuls, were reproved by +the Senate as slothful, and upbraided with the virtue of Appius +Claudius. Whereupon the Consuls having desired the Senate that +they might know their pleasure, showed afterward their readiness +to obey it, by summoning the people according to command, and +requiring names whereby to draw forth an army for diversion, but +no man would answer. Report hereof being made to the Senate, the +younger sort of the fathers grew so hot with the Consuls that +they desired them to abdicate the magistracy, which they had not +the courage to defend. + +"The Consuls, though they conceived themselves to be roughly +handled, made this soft answer. 'Fathers conscript, that you may +please to take notice it was foretold some horrid sedition is at +hand, we shall only desire that they whose valor in this place is +so great, may stand by us to see how we behave ourselves, and +then be as resolute in your commands as you will; your +fatherhoods may know if we be wanting in the performance.' + +"At this some of the hot young noblemen returned with the +Consuls to the tribunal, before which the people were yet +standing; and the Consuls having generally required names in +vain, to put it to something, required the name of one that was +in their eye particularly; on whom, when he moved not, they +commanded a lictor to lay hands, but the people, thronging about +the party summoned, forbade the lictor, who durst not touch him; +at which the hotspurs that came with the consuls, enraged by the +affront, descended from the throne to the aid of the lictor; from +whom in so doing they turned the indignation of the people upon +themselves with such heat that the Consuls interposing, thought +fit, by remitting the assembly, to appease the tumult; in which, +nevertheless, there had been nothing but noise. Nor was there +less in the Senate, being suddenly rallied upon this occasion, +where they that received the repulse, with others whose heads +were as addled as their own, fell upon the business as if it had +been to be determined by clamor till the Consuls, upbraiding the +Senate that it differed not from the market-place, reduced the +house to orders. + +"And the fathers, having been consulted accordingly, there +were three opinions: Publius Virginius conceived that the +consideration to be had upon the matter in question, or aid of +the indebted and imprisoned people, was not to be further +extended than to such as had engaged upon the promise made by +Servilius; Titus Largius, that it was no time to think it enough, +if men's merits were acknowledged, while the whole people, sunk +under the weight of their debts, could not emerge without some +common aid, which to restrain, by putting some into a better +condition than others, would rather more inflame the discord than +extinguish it; Appius Claudius (still upon the old haunt) would +have it that the people were rather wanton than fierce; it was +not oppression that necessitated, but their power that invited +them to these freaks; the empire of the Consuls since the appeal +to the people (whereby a plebeian might ask his fellows if he +were a thief) being but a mere scarecrow. 'Go to,' says he, 'let +us create the dictator, from whom there is no appeal, and then +let me see more of this work, or him that shall forbid my +lictor.' + +"The advice of Appius was abhorred by many; and to introduce +a general recision of debts with Largius, was to violate all +faith; that of Virginius, as the most moderate, would have passed +best, but that there were private interests, that constant bane +of the public, which withstood it. So they concluded with Appius, +who also had been dictator, if the Consuls and some of the graver +sort had not thought it altogether unseasonable, at a time when +the Volsci and the Sabines were up again, to venture so far upon +alienation of the people: for which cause Valerius, being +descended from the Publicolas, the most popular family, as also +in his own person of a mild nature, was rather trusted with so +rigid a magistracy. Whence it happened that the people, though +they knew well enough against whom the Dictator was created, +feared nothing from Valerius; but upon a new promise made to the +same effect with that of Servilius, hoped better another time, +and throwing away all disputes, gave their names roundly, went +out, and, to be brief, came home again as victorious as in the +former action, the Dictator entering the city in triumph. +Nevertheless, when he came to press the Senate to make good his +promise, and do something for the ease of the people, they +regarded him no more as to that point than they had done +Servilius. Whereupon the Dictator, in disdain to be made a stale, +abdicated his magistracy, and went home. Here, then, was a +victorious army without a captain, and a Senate pulling it by the +beard in their gowns. What is it (if you have read the story, for +there is not such another) that must follow? Can any man imagine +that such only should be the opportunity upon which this people +could run away? + +"Alas, poor men, the AEqui and the Volsci and the Sabines +were nothing, but the fathers invincible! There they sat, some +300 of them armed all in robes, and thundering with their +tongues, without any hopes in the earth to reduce them to any +tolerable conditions. Wherefore, not thinking it convenient to +abide long so near them, away marches the army, and encamps in +the fields. This retreat of the people is called the secession of +Mount Aventin, where they lodged, very sad at their condition, +but not letting fall so much as a word of murmur against the +fathers. The Senate by this time were great lords, had the whole +city to themselves; but certain neighbors were upon the way that +might come to speak with them, not asking leave of the porter. +Wherefore their minds became troubled, and an orator was posted +to the people to make as good conditions with them as he could; +but, whatever the terms were, to bring them home, and with all +speed. And here it was covenanted between the Senate and the +people, that these should have magistrates of their own election, +called the tribunes, upon which they returned. + +"To hold you no longer, the Senate having done this upon +necessity, made frequent attempts to retract it again, while the +tribunes, on the other side, to defend what they had got, +instituted their Tributa Comitia, or council of the people; where +they came in time, and, as disputes increased, to make laws +without the authority of the Senate, called plebiscita. Now to +conclude in the point at which I drive: such were the steps +whereby the people of Rome came to assume debate, nor is it in +art or nature to debar a people of the like effect, where there +is the like cause. For Romulus, having in the election of his +Senate squared out a nobility for the support of a throne, by +making that of the patricians a distinct and hereditary order, +planted the commonwealth upon two contrary interests or roots, +which, shooting forth, in time produced two commonwealths, the +one oligarchical in the nobility, the other a mere anarchy of the +people, and ever after caused a perpetual feud and enmity between +the Senate and the people, even to death. + +"There is not a more noble or useful question in the politics +than that which is started by Machiavel, whether means were to be +found whereby the enmity that was between the Senate and the +people of Rome could have been removed? Nor is there any other in +which we, on the present occasion, are so much concerned, +particularly in relation to this author; forasmuch as his +judgment in the determination of the question standing, our +commonwealth falls. And he that will erect a commonwealth against +the judgment of Machiavel, is obliged to give such reasons for +his enterprise as must not go a-begging. Wherefore to repeat the +politician very honestly, but somewhat more briefly, he disputes +thus: + +"'There be two sorts of commonwealths, the one for +preservation, as Lacedaemon and Venice; the other for increase, +as Rome. + +"'Lacedaemon, being governed by a King and a small Senate, +could maintain itself a long time in that condition, because the +inhabitants, being few, having put a bar upon the reception of +strangers, and living in a strict observation of the laws of +Lycurgus, which now had got reputation, and taken away all +occasion of tumults, might well continue long in tranquillity. +For the laws of Lycurgus introduced a greater equality in +estates, and a less equality in honors, whence there was equal +poverty; and the plebeians were less ambitious, because the +honors or magistracies of the city could extend but to a few and +were not communicable to the people, nor did the nobility by +using them ill ever give them a desire to participate of the +same. This proceeded from the kings, whose principality, being +placed in the midst of the nobility, had no greater means whereby +to support itself than to shield the people from all injury; +whence the people, not fearing empire, desired it not; and so all +occasion of enmity between the Senate and the people was taken +away. But this union happened especially from two causes: the one +that the inhabitants of Lacedaemon being few, could be governed +by the few; the other, that, not receiving strangers into their +commonwealth, they did not corrupt it, nor increase it to such a +proportion as was not governable by the few. + +"'Venice has not divided with her plebeians, but all are +called gentlemen that be in administration of the government; for +which government she is more beholden to chance than the wisdom +of her law-makers; for many retiring to those islands, where that +city is now built, from the inundations of barbarians that +overwhelmed the Roman Empire, when they were increased to such a +number that to live together it was necessary to have laws, they +ordained a form of government, whereby assembling often in +council upon affairs, and finding their number sufficient for +government, they put a bar upon all such as repairing afterward +to their city should become inhabitants, excluding them from +participation of power. Whence they that were included in the +administration had right, and they that were excluded, coming +afterward, and being received upon no other conditions to be +inhabitants, had no wrong, and therefore had no occasion, nor +(being never trusted with arms) any means to be tumultuous. +Wherefore this commonwealth might very well maintain itself in +tranquillity. + +"'These things considered, it is plain that the Roman +legislators, to have introduced a quiet state, must have done one +of these two things: either shut out strangers, as the +Lacedemonians; or, as the Venetians, not allowed the people to +bear arms. But they did neither. By which means the people, +having power and increase, were in perpetual tumult. Nor is this +to be helped in a commonwealth for increase, seeing if Rome had +cut off the occasion of her tumults, she must have cut off the +means of her increase, and by consequence of her greatness. + +"'Wherefore let a legislator consider with himself whether he +would make his commonwealth for preservation, in which case she +may be free from tumults; or for increase, in which case she must +be infested with them. + +"'If he makes her for preservation, she may be quiet at home, +but will be in danger abroad. First, because her foundation must +be narrow, and therefore weak, as that of Lacedaemon, which lay +but upon 30,000 citizens; or that of Venice, which lies but upon +3,000. Secondly, such a commonwealth must either be in peace, or +war; if she be in peace, the few are soonest effeminated and +corrupted and so obnoxious also to faction. If in war, succeeding +ill, she is an easy prey; or succeeding well, ruined by increase: +a weight which her foundation is not able to bear. For +Lacedaemon, when she had made herself mistress upon the matter of +all Greece, through a slight accident, the rebellion of Thebes, +occasioned by the conspiracy of Pelopidas discovering this +infirmity of her nature, the rest of her conquered cities +immediately fell off, and in the turn as it were of a hand +reduced her from the fullest tide to the lowest ebb of her +fortune. And Venice having possessed herself of a great part of +Italy by her purse, was no sooner in defence of it put to the +trial of arms than she lost all in one battle. + +"'Whence I conclude that in the ordination of a commonwealth +a legislator is to think upon that which is most honorable, and, +laying aside models for preservation, to follow the example of +Rome conniving at, and temporizing with, the enmity between the +Senate and the people, as a necessary step to the Roman +greatness. For that any man should find out a balance that may +take in the conveniences and shut out the inconveniences of both, +I do not think it possible.' These are the words of the author, +though the method be somewhat altered, to the end that I may the +better turn them to my purpose. + +"My lords, I do not know how you hearken to this sound; but +to hear the greatest artist in the modern world giving sentence +against our commonwealth is that with which I am nearly +concerned. Wherefore, with all honor due to the prince of +politicians, let us examine his reasoning with the same liberty +which he has asserted to be the right of a free people. But we +shall never come up to him, except by taking the business a +little lower, we descend from effects to their causes. The causes +of commotion in a commonwealth are either external or internal. +External are from enemies, from subjects, or from servants. To +dispute then what was the cause why Rome was infested by the +Italian, or by the servile wars; why the slaves took the capitol; +why the Lacedaemonians were near as frequently troubled with +their helots as Rome with all those; or why Venice, whose +situation is not trusted to the faith of men, has as good or +better quarter with them whom she governs, than Rome had with the +Latins; were to dispute upon external causes. The question put by +Machiavel is of internal causes; whether the enmity that Was +between the Senate and the people of Rome might have been +removed. And to determine otherwise of this question than he +does, I must lay down other principles than he has done. To which +end I affirm that a commonwealth, internally considered, is +either equal or unequal. A commonwealth that is internally equal, +has no internal cause of commotion, and therefore can have no +such effect but from without. A commonwealth internally unequal +has no internal cause of quiet, and therefore can have no such +effect but by diversion. + +"To prove my assertions, I shall at this time make use of no +other than his examples. Lacedaemon was externally unquiet, +because she was externally unequal, that is as to her helots; and +she was internally at rest, because she was equal in herself, +both in root and branch; in the root by her agrarian, and in +branch by the Senate, inasmuch as no man was thereto qualified +but by election of the people. Which institution of Lycurgus is +mentioned by Aristotle, where he says that rendering his citizens +emulous (not careless) of that honor, he assigned to the people +the election of the Senate. Wherefore Machiavel in this, as in +other places, having his eye upon the division of patrician and +plebeian families as they were in Rome, has quite mistaken the +orders of this commonwealth, where there was no such thing. Nor +did the quiet of it derive from the power of the kings, who were +so far from shielding the people from the injury of the nobility, +of which there was none in his sense but the Senate, that one +declared end of the Senate at the institution was to shield the +people from the kings, who from that time had but single votes. +Neither did it proceed from the straitness of the Senate, or +their keeping the people excluded from the government, that they +were quiet, but from the equality of their administration, seeing +the Senate (as is plain by the oracle, their fundamental law) had +no more than the debate, and the result of the commonwealth +belonged to the people. + +"Wherefore when Theopompus and Polydorus, Kings of +Lacedaemon, would have kept the people excluded from the +government by adding to the ancient law this clause, 'If the +determination of the people be faulty, it shall be lawful for the +Senate to resume the debate,' the people immediately became +unquiet, and resumed that debate, which ended not till they had +set up their ephors, and caused that magistracy to be confirmed +by their kings.' For when Theopompus first ordained that the +ephori or overseers should be created at Lacedaemon, to be such a +restraint upon the kings there as the tribunes were upon the +consuls at Rome, the Queen complained to him, that by this means +he transmitted the royal authority greatly diminished to his +children: "I leave indeed less," answered he, "but more lasting." +And this was excellently said; for that power only is safe which +is limited from doing hurt. Theopompus therefore, by confining +the kingly power within the bounds of the laws, did recommend it +by so much to the people's affection as he removed it from being +arbitrary.' By which it may appear that a commonwealth for +preservation, if she comes to be unequal, is as obnoxious to +enmity between the Senate and the people as a commonwealth for +increase; and that the tranquillity of Lacedaemon was derived +from no other cause than her equality. + +"For Venice, to say that she is quiet because she disarms +her subjects, is to forget that Lacedaemon disarmed her helots, +and yet could not in their regard be quiet; wherefore if Venice +be defended from external causes of commotion, it is first +through her situation, in which respect her subjects have no hope +(and this indeed may be attributed to her fortune); and, +secondly, through her exquisite justice, whence they have no will +to invade her. But this can be attributed to no other cause than +her prudence, which will appear to be greater, as we look nearer; +for the effects that proceed from fortune, if there be any such +thing, are like their cause, inconstant. But there never happened +to any other commonwealth so undisturbed and constant a +tranquillity and peace in herself as are in that of Venice; +wherefore this must proceed from some other cause than chance. +And we see that as she is of all others the most quiet, so the +most equal commonwealth. Her body consists of one order, and her +Senate is like a rolling stone, as was said, which never did, +nor, while it continues upon that rotation, never shall gather +the moss of a divided or ambitious interest, much less such a one +as that which grasped the people of Rome in the talons of their +own eagles. And if Machiavel, averse from doing this commonwealth +right, had considered her orders, as his reader shall easily +perceive he never did, he must have been so far from attributing +the prudence of them to chance, that he would have touched up his +admirable work to that perfection which, as to the civil part, +has no pattern in the universal world but this of Venice. + +"Rome, secure by her potent and victorious arms from all +external causes of commotion, was either beholden for her peace +at home to her enemies abroad, or could never rest her head. My +lords, you that are parents of a commonwealth, and so freer +agents than such as are merely natural, have a care. For, as no +man shall show me a commonwealth born straight that ever became +crooked, so no man shall show me a commonwealth born crooked that +ever became straight. Rome was crooked in her birth, or rather +prodigious. Her twins, the patrician and plebeian orders, came, +as was shown by the foregoing story, into the world, one body but +two heads, or rather two bellies; for, notwithstanding the fable +out of AEsop, whereby Menenius Agrippa, the orator that was sent +from the Senate to the people at Mount Aventin, showed the +fathers to be the belly, and the people to be the arms and the +legs (which except that, how slothful soever it might seem, they +were nourished, not these only, but the whole body must languish +and be dissolved), it is plain that the fathers were a distinct +belly, such a one as took the meat indeed out of the people's +mouths, but abhorring the agrarian, returned it not in the due +and necessary nutrition of a commonwealth. Nevertheless, as the +people that live about the cataracts of Nilus are said not to +hear the noise, so neither the. Roman writers, nor Machiavel the +most conversant with them, seem among so many of the tribunitian +storms to hear their natural voice; for though they could not +miss of it so far as to attribute them to the strife of the +people for participation in magistracy, or, in which Machiavel +more particularly joins, to that about the agrarian, this was to +take the business short, and the remedy for the disease. + +"A people, when they are reduced to misery and despair, +become their own politicians, as certain beasts, when they are +sick, become their own physicians, and are carried by a natural +instinct to the desire of such herbs as are their proper cure; +but the people, for the greater part, are beneath the beasts in +the use of them. Thus the people of Rome, though in their misery +they had recourse by instinct, as it were, to the two main +fundamentals of a commonwealth, participation of magistracy and +the agrarian, did but taste and spit at them, not (which is +necessary in physic) drink down the potion, and in that their +healths. For when they had obtained participation of magistracy +it was but lamely, not to a full and equal rotation in all +elections; nor did they greatly regard it in what they had got. +And when they had attained to the agrarian, they neglected it so +far as to suffer the law to grow obsolete; but if you do not take +the due dose of your medicines (as there be slight tastes which a +man may have of philosophy that incline to atheism) it may chance +to be poison, there being a like taste of the politics that +inclines to confusion, as appears in the institution of the Roman +tribunes, by which magistracy and no more the people were so far +from attaining to peace, that they in getting but so much, got +but heads for an eternal feud; whereas if they had attained in +perfection either to the agrarian, they had introduced the +equality and calm of Lacedaemon, or to rotation, and they had +introduced that of Venice: and so there could have been no more +enmity between the Senate and the people of Rome than there was +between those orders in Lacedaemon, or is now in Venice. +Wherefore Machiavel seems to me, in attributing the peace of +Venice more to her luck than her prudence, of the whole stable to +have saddled the wrong horse; for though Rome in her military +part could beat it better, beyond all comparison, upon the +sounding hoof, Venice for the civil part has plainly had the +wings of Pegasus. + +"The whole question then will come upon this point, whether +the people of Rome could have obtained these orders? And first, +to say that they could not have obtained them without altering +the commonwealth, is no argument; seeing neither could they, +without altering the commonwealth, have obtained their tribunes, +which nevertheless were obtained. And if a man considers the +posture that the people were in when they obtained their +tribunes, they might as well, and with as great ease (forasmuch +as the reason why the nobility yielded to the tribunes was no +other than that there was no remedy) have obtained anything else. +And for experience, it was in the like case that the +Lacedaemonians did set up their ephors,and the Athenians,after +the battle of Plataea, bowed the Senate (so hard a thing it is +for a commonwealth that was born crooked to become straight) as +much the other way. Nor, if it be objected that this must have +ruined the nobility (and in that deprived the commonwealth of the +greatness which she acquired by them), is this opinion holding, +but confuted by the sequel of the story, showing plainly that the +nobility, through the defect of such orders (that is to say, of +rotation and the agrarian), came to eat up the people; and +battening themselves in luxury, to be, as Sallust speaks of them, +'a most sluggish and lazy nobility, in whom, besides the name, +there was no more than in a statue;' and to bring so mighty a +commonwealth, and of so huge a glory, to so deplorable an end. +Wherefore means might have been found to remove the enmity that +was between the Senate and the people of Rome. + +"My lords, if I have argued well, I have given you the +comfort and assurance that, notwithstanding the judgment of +Machiavel, your commonwealth is both safe and sound; but if I +have not argued well, then take the comfort and assurance which +he gives you while he is firm, that a legislator is to lay aside +all other examples, and follow that of Rome only, conniving and +temporizing with the enmity between the Senate and the people as +a necessary step to the Roman greatness. Whence it follows that +your commonwealth, at the worst, is that which he has given you +his word is the best. + +"I have held your lordships long, but upon an account of no +small importance, which I can now sum up in these few words: +where there is a liquorishness in a popular assembly to debate, +it proceeds not from the constitution of the people, but of the +commonwealth. Now that your commonwealth is of such a +constitution as is naturally free from this kind of intemperance, +is that which, to make good, I must divide the remainder of my +discourse into two parts: + +"The first, showing the several constitutions of the +assemblies of the people in other commonwealths; + +"The second, comparing our assembly of the people with +theirs; and showing how it excludes the inconveniences and +embraces the conveniences of them all. + +"In the beginning of the first part I must take notice, that +among the popular errors of our days it is no small one that men +imagine the ancient governments of this kind to have consisted +for the most part of one city that is, of one town; whereas by +what we have learned of my 'lords that owned them, it appears +that there was not any considerable one of such a Constitution +but Carthage, till this in our days of Venice. + +"For to begin with Israel, it consisted of the twelve tribes, +locally spread or quartered throughout the whole territory, and +these being called together by trumpets, constituted the Church +or assembly of the people. The vastness of this weight, as also +the slowness thence unavoidable, became a great cause (as has +been shown at large by my Lord Phosphorus) of the breaking that +commonwealth; notwithstanding that the Temple, and those +religious ceremonies for which the people were at least annually +obliged to repair thither, were no small ligament of the tribes, +otherwise but slightly tacked together. + +"Athens consisted of four tribes, taking in the whole people, +both of the city and of the territory; not so gathered by Theseus +into one town, as to exclude the country, but to the end that +there might be some capital of the commonwealth: though true it +be, that the congregation, consisting of the inhabitants within +the walls, was sufficient to all intents and purposes, without +those of the country. These also being exceeding numerous, became +burdensome to themselves and dangerous to the commonwealth; the +more for their ill-education, as is observed by Xenophon and +Polybius, who compare them to mariners that in a calm are +perpetually disputing and swaggering one with another, and never +lay their hands to the common tackling or safety till they be all +endangered by some storm. Which caused Thucydides, when he saw +this people through the purchase of their misery become so much +wiser as to reduce their Comitia or assemblies to 5,000, to say +in his eighth book: 'And now, at least in my time, the Athenians +seem to have ordered their State aright, consisting of a moderate +tempor both of the few (by which he means the Senate of the Bean) +and of the many,' or the 5,000. And he does not only give you his +judgment, but the best proof of it; for 'this,' says he, 'was the +first thing that, after so many misfortunes past, made the city +again to raise her head.' The place I would desire your lordships +to note, as the first example that I find, or think is to be +found, of a popular assembly by way of representative. + +"Lacedaemon consisted of 30,000 citizens dispersed throughout +Laconia, one of the greatest provinces in all Greece, and +divided, as by some authors is probable, into six tribes. Of the +whole body of these, being gathered, consisted the great Church +or assembly, which had the legislative power; the little church, +gathered sometimes for matters of concern within the city, +consisted of the Spartans only. These happened, like that of +Venice, to be good constitutions of a congregation, but from an +ill-cause the infirmity of a commonwealth, which through her +paucity was oligarchical. + +'Wherefore, go which way you will, it should seem that +without a representative of the people, your commonwealth, +consisting of a whole nation, can never avoid falling either into +oligarchy or confusion. + +"This was seen by the Romans, whose rustic tribes, extending +themselves from the river Arno to the Vulturnus, that is, from +Fesulae or Florence to Capua, invented a way of representative by +lots: the tribe upon which the first fell being the prerogative, +and some two or three more that had the rest, the jure vocatoe. +These gave the suffrage of the commonwealth in two meetings; the +prerogative at the first assembly, and the jure vocatoe at a +second. + +"Now to make the parallel: all the inconveniences that you +have observed in these assemblies are shut out, and all the +conveniences taken into your prerogative. For first, it is that +for which Athens, shaking off the blame of Xenophon and Polybius, +came to deserve the praise of Thucydides, a representative. And, +secondly, not, as I suspect in that of Athens, and is past +suspicion in this of Rome, by lot, but by suffrage, as was also +the late House of Commons, by which means in your prerogatives +all the tribes of Oceana are jure vocatoe; and if a man shall +except against the paucity of the standing number, it is a wheel, +which in the revolution of a few years turns every hand that is +fit, or fits every hand that it turns to the public work. +Moreover, I am deceived if, upon due consideration, it does not +fetch your tribes, with greater equality and ease to themselves +and to the government, from the frontiers of Marpesia, than Rome +ever brought any one of hers out of her pomoeria, or the nearest +parts of her adjoining territories. To this you may add, that +whereas a commonwealth, which in regard of the people is not of +facility in execution, were sure enough in this nation to be cast +off through impatience; your musters and galaxies are given to +the people, as milk to babes, whereby when they are brought up +through four days' election in a whole year (one at the parish, +one at the hundred, and two at the tribe) to their strongest +meat, it is of no harder digestion than to give their negative or +affirmative as they see cause. There be gallant men among us that +laugh at such an appeal or umpire; but I refer it whether you be +more inclining to pardon them or me, who I confess have been this +day laughing at a sober man, but without meaning him any harm, +and that is Petrus Cunaeus, where speaking of the nature of the +people, he says, 'that taking them apart, they are very simple, +but yet in their assemblies they see and know something:, and so +runs away without troubling himself with what that something is. +Whereas the people, taken apart, are but so many private +interests; but if you take them together, they are the public +interest. + +"The public interest of a commonwealth, as has been shown, is +nearest that of mankind, and that of mankind is right reason; but +with aristocracy (whose reason or interest, when they are all +together, as appeared by the patricians, is but that of a party) +it is quite contrary: for as, taken apart, they are far wiser +than the people considered in that manner, so, being put +together, they are such fools, who by deposing the people, as did +those of Rome, will saw off the branch whereupon they sit, or +rather destroy the root of their own greatness. Wherefore +Machiavel, following Aristotle, and yet going before him, may +well assert, 'that the people are wiser and more constant in +their resolutions than a prince:' which is the prerogative of +popular government for wisdom. And hence it is that the +prerogative of your commonwealth, as for wisdom so for power, is +in the people, which (though I am not ignorant that the Roman +prerogative was so called a proerogando, because their suffrage +was first asked) gives the denomination to your prerogative +tribe." + +The elections, whether annual or triennial, being shown by +the twenty-second, that which comes in the next place to be +considered is -- + +The twenty-third order, "Showing the power, function, and +manner of proceeding of the prerogative tribe. + +"The power or function of the prerogative is of two parts: +the one of result, in which it is the legislative, power, the +other of judicature, in which regard it is the highest court, and +the last appeal in this commonwealth. + +"For the former part (the people by this constitution being +not obliged by any law that is not of their own making or +confirmation, by the result of the prerogative, their equal +representative) it shall not be lawful for the Senate to require +obedience from the people, nor for the people to give obedience +to the Senate in or by any law that has not been promulgated, or +printed and published for the space of six weeks, and afterward +proposed by the authority of the Senate to the prerogative tribe, +and resolved by the major vote of the same in the affirmative. +Nor shall the Senate have any power to levy war, men, or money, +otherwise than by the consent of the people so given, or by a law +so enacted, except in cases of exigence, in which it is agreed +that the power, both of the Senate and the people, shall be in +the dictator so qualified, and for such a term of time, as is +according to that constitution already prescribed. While a law is +in promulgation, the censors shall animadvert upon the Senate, +and the tribunes upon the people, that there be no laying of +heads together, no conventicles or canvassing to carry on or +oppose anything; but that all may be done in a free and open way. + +"For the latter part of the power of the prerogative, or that +whereby they are the supreme judicatory of this nation, and of +the provinces of the same, the cognizances of crimes against the +majesty of the people, such as high treason, as also of +peculation, that is, robbery of the treasury, or defraudation of +the commonwealth, appertains to this tribe. And if any person or +persons, provincials or citizens, shall appeal to the people, it +belongs to the prerogative to judge and determine the case; +provided that if the appeal be from any court of justice in this +nation or the provinces, the appellant shall first deposit œ100 +in the court from which he appeals, to be forfeited to the same +if he be cast in his suit by the people. But the power of the +Council of War being the expedition of this commonwealth, and the +martial law of the strategus in the field, are those only from +which there shall lie no appeal to the people. + +"The proceeding of the prerogative in case of a proposition +is to be thus ordered: The magistrates, proposing by authority of +the Senate, shall rehearse the whole matter, and expound it to +the people; which done, they shall put the whole together to the +suffrage, with three boxes, the negative, the affirmative, and +the non-sincere; and the suffrage being returned to the tribunes, +and numbered in the presence of the proposers. If the major vote +be in the non-sincere, the proposer shall desist, and the Senate +shall resume the debate. If the major vote be in the negative, +the proposers shall desist, and the Senate, too. But if the major +vote be in the affirmative, then the tribe is clear and the +proposers shall begin and put the whole matter, with the negative +and the affirmative (leaving out the non-sincere) by clauses; and +the suffrages being taken and numbered by the tribunes in the +presence of the proposers, shall be written and reported by the +tribunes of the Senate. And that which is proposed by the +authority of the Senate, and confirmed by the command of the +people, is the law of Oceana. + +"The proceeding of the prerogative in a case of judicature is +to be thus ordered: The tribunes being auditors of all causes +appertaining to the cognizance of the people, shall have notice +of the suit or trial, whether of appeal or otherwise, that is to +be commenced; and if any one of them shall accept of the same, it +appertains to him to introduce it. A cause being introduced, and +the people mustered or assembled for the decision of the same, +the tribunes are presidents of the court, having power to keep it +to orders, and shall be seated upon a scaffold erected in the +middle of the tribe. Upon the right hand shall stand a seat or +large pulpit assigned to the plaintiff or the accuser; and, upon +the left, another for the defendant, each if they please with his +counsel. And the tribunes (being attended upon such occasions +with so many ballotins, secretaries, doorkeepers, and messengers +of the Senate as shall be requisite) one of them shall turn up a +glass of the nature of an hour-glass, but such a one as is to be +of an hour and a half's running; which being turned up, the party +or counsel on the right hand may begin to speak to the people. If +there be papers to be read, or witnesses to be examined, the +officer shall lay the glass sideways till the papers be read and +the witnesses examined, and then turn it up again; and so long as +the glass is running, the party on the right hand has liberty to +speak, and no longer. The party on the right hand having had his +time, the like shall be done in every respect for the party on +the left. And the cause being thus heard, the tribunes shall put +the question to the tribe with a white, a black, and a red box +(or non-sincere), whether guilty or not guilty. And if the +suffrage being taken, the major vote be in the non-sincere, the +cause shall be reheard upon the next juridicial day following, +and put to the question in the same manner. If the major vote +comes the second time in the non-sincere, the cause shall be +heard again upon the third day; but at the third hearing the +question shall be put without the non-sincere. Upon the first of +the three days in which the major vote comes in the white box, +the party accused is absolved; and upon the first of them in +which it comes in the black box, the party accused is condemned. +The party accused being condemned, the tribunes (if the case be +criminal) shall put with the white and the black box these +questions, or such of them as, regard had to the case, they shall +conceive most proper: + + 1. Whether he shall have a writ of ease; + 2. Whether he shall be fined so much or so much; + 3. Whether he shall be confiscated; + 4. Whether he shall be rendered incapable of magistracy; + 5. Whether he shall be banished; + 6. Whether he shall be put to death. + +"These, or any three of these questions, whether simple or +such as shall be thought fitly mixed, being put by the tribunes, +that which has most above half the votes in the black box is the +sentence of the people, which the troop of the third class is to +see executed accordingly. + +"But whereas by the constitution of this commonwealth it may +appear that neither the propositions of the Senate nor the +judicature of the people will be so frequent as to hold the +prerogative in continual employment, the Senate, a main part of +whose office it is to teach and instruct the people, shall duly +(if they have no greater affairs to divert them) cause an oration +to be made to the prerogative by some knight or magistrate of the +Senate, to be chosen out of the ablest men, and from time to time +appointed by the orator of the house, in the great hall of the +Pantheon, while the Parliament resides in the town, or in some +grove or sweet place in the field, while the Parliament for the +heat of the year shall reside in the country, upon every Tuesday, +morning or afternoon. + +"And the orator appointed for the time to this office shall +first repeat the orders of the commonwealth with all possible +brevity; and then, making choice of one or some part of it, +discourse thereof to the people. An oration or discourse of this +nature, being afterward perused by the Council of State, may as +they see cause be printed and published." + +The Archon's comment upon the order I find to have been of +this sense: + +"MY LORDS: + +"To crave pardon for a word or two in further explanation of +what was read, I shall briefly show how the constitution of this +tribe or assembly answers to their function; and how their +function, which is of two parts, the former in the result or +legislative power, the latter in the supreme judicature of the +commonwealth, answers to their constitution. Machiavel has a +discourse, where he puts the question, 'Whether the guard of +liberty may with more security be committed to the nobility or to +the people?' Which doubt of his arises through the want of +explaining his terms; for the guard of liberty can signify +nothing else but the result of the commonwealth; so that to say +that the guard of liberty may be committed to the nobility, is to +say that the result may be committed to the Senate, in which case +the people signify nothing. + +"Now to show it was a mistake to affirm it to have been thus +in Lacedaemon, sufficient has been spoken; and whereas he will +have it to be so in Venice also: 'They,' says Contarini, 'in whom +resides the supreme power of the whole commonwealth, and of the +laws, and upon whose orders depends the authority as well of the +Senate as of all the other magistrates, is the Great Council.' It +is institutively in the Great Council, by the judgment of all +that know that commonwealth; though, for the reasons shown, it be +sometimes exercised by the Senate. Nor need I run over the +commonwealths in this place for the proof of a thing so +doubtless, and such as has been already made so apparent, as that +the result of each was in the popular part of it. The popular +part of yours, or the prerogative tribe, consists of seven +deputies (whereof three are of the horse) annually elected out of +every tribe of Oceana; which being fifty, amounts to 150 horse +and 200 foot. And the prerogative consisting of three of these +lists, consists of 450 horse and 600 foot, besides those of the +provinces to be hereafter mentioned; by which means the +overbalance in the suffrage remaining to the foot by 150 votes, +you have to the support of a true and natural aristocracy the +deepest root of a democracy that has been ever planted. + +"Wherefore there is nothing in art or nature better qualified +for the result than this assembly. it is noted out of Cicero by +Machiavel, 'That the people, though they are not so prone to find +out truth of themselves as to follow custom or run into error yet +if they be shown truth, they not only acknowledge and embrace it +very suddenly, but are the most constant and faithful guardians +and conservators of it.' it is your duty and office, whereto you +are also qualified by the orders of this commonwealth, to have +the people as you have your hawks and greyhounds, in leashes and +slips, to range the fields and beat the bushes for them, for they +are of a nature that is never good at this sport, but when you +spring or start their proper quarry. Think not that they will +stand to ask you what it is, or less know it than your hawks and +greyhounds do theirs; but presently make such a flight or course, +that a huntsman may as well undertake to run with his dogs, or a +falconer to fly with his hawk, as an aristocracy at this game to +compare with the people. The people of Rome were possessed of no +less a prey than the empire of the world, when the nobility +turned tails, and perched among daws upon the tower of monarchy. +For though they did not all of them intend the thing, they would +none of them endure the remedy, which was the agrarian. + +"But the prerogative tribe has not only the result, but is +the supreme judicature, and the ultimate appeal in this +commonwealth. For the popular government that makes account to be +of any standing, must make sure in the first place of the appeal +to the people. As an estate in trust becomes a man's own if he be +not answerable for it, so the power of a magistracy not +accountable to the people, from whom it was received, becoming of +private use, the commonwealth loses her liberty Wherefore the +right of supreme judicature in the people (Without which there +can be no such thing as popular government) is confirmed by the +constant practice of all commonwealths; as that of Israel in the +cases of Achan, and of the tribe of Benjamin, adjudged by the +congregation. + +"The dicasterian, or court called the heliaia in Athens, +which (the comitia of that commonwealth consisting of the whole +people, and so being too numerous to be a judicatory) was +constituted sometimes of 500, at others of 1,000, or, according +to the greatness of the cause, of 1,500, elected by the lot out +of the whole body of the people, had, with the nine Archons that +were presidents, the cognizance of such causes as were of highest +importance in that State. The five ephors in Lacedaemon, which +were popular magistrates, might question their kings, as appears +by the cases of Pausanias, and of Agis, who being upon his trial +in this court, was cried to by his mother to appeal to the +people, as Plutarch has it in his life. The tribunes of the +people of Rome (like, in the nature of their magistracy, and for +some time in number, to the ephors, as being, according to +Halicarnassus and Plutarch, instituted in imitation of them) had +power to summon any man, his magistracy at least being expired +(for from the Dictator there lay no appeal) to answer for himself +to the people. As in the case of Coriolanus, who was going about +to force the people, by withholding corn from them in a famine, +to relinquish the magistracy of the tribunes, in that of Spurius +Cassius for affecting tyranny, of Marcus Sergius for running away +at Veii, of Caius Lucretius for spoiling his province, of Junius +Silanus for making war without a command from the people against +the Cimbri, with divers others. And the crimes of this nature +were called loesoe majestatis, or high treason. Examples of such +as were arraigned or tried for peculation, or defraudation of the +commonwealth, were Marcus Curius for intercepting the money of +the Samnites, Salinator for the unequal division of spoils to his +soldiers, Marcus Posthumius for cheating the commonwealth by a +feigned shipwreck. Causes of these two kinds were of a more +public nature; but the like power upon appeals was also exercised +by the people in private matters, even during the time of the +kings, as in the case of Horatius. Nor is it otherwise with +Venice, where the Doge Loredano was sentenced by the great +Council, and Antonio Grimani, afterward doge, questioned, for +that he, being admiral, had suffered the Turk to take Lepanto in +view of his fleet. + +"Nevertheless, there lay no appeal from the Roman dictator to +the people; which, if there had, might have cost the commonwealth +dear, when Spurius Melius, affecting empire, circumvented and +debauched the tribunes: whereupon Titus Quintus Cincinnatus was +created Dictator, who having chosen Servilius Ahala to be his +lieutenant, or magister equitum, sent him to apprehend Melius, +whom, while he disputed the commands of the Dictator and implored +the aid of the people, Ahala cut off upon the place. By which +example you may see in what cases the dictator may prevent the +blow which is ready sometimes to fall ere the people be aware of +the danger. Wherefore there lies no appeal from the Dieci, or the +Council of Ten, in Venice, to the Great Council, nor from our +Council of War to the people. For the way of proceeding of this +tribe, or the ballot, it is, as was once said for all, Venetian. + +"This discourse of judicatories whereupon we are fallen, +brings us rather naturally than of design from the two general +orders of every commonwealth, that is to say, from the debating +part, or the Senate, and the resolving part, or the people, to +the third, which is the executive part or the magistracy, +whereupon I shall have no need to dwell, for the executive +magistrates of this commonwealth are the strategus in arms; the +signory in their several courts, as the chancery, the exchequer; +as also the councils in divers cases within their instructions; +the censors as well in their proper magistracy, as in the Council +of Religion; the tribunes in the government of the prerogative, +and that judicatory; and the judges with their courts; of all +which so much is already said or known as may suffice. + +"The Tuesday lectures or orations to the people will be of +great benefit to the Senate, the prerogative, and the whole +nation. To the Senate, because they will not only teach your +Senators elocution, but keep the system of the government in +their memories. Elocution is of great use to your Senators, for +if they do not understand rhetoric (giving it at this time for +granted that the art were not otherwise good) and come to treat +with, or vindicate the cause of the commonwealth against some +other nation that is good at it, the advantage will be subject to +remain upon the merit of the art, and not upon the merit of the +cause. Furthermore, the genius or soul of this government being +in the whole and in every part, they will never be of ability in +determination upon any particular, unless at the same time they +have an idea of the whole. That this therefore must be, in that +regard, of equal benefit to the prerogative, is plain; though +these have a greater concernment in it. For this commonwealth is +the estate of the people; and a man, you know, though he be +virtuous, yet if he does not understand his estate, may run out +or be cheated of it. Last of all, the treasures of the politics +will by this means be so opened, rifled, and dispersed, that this +nation will as soon dote, like the Indians, upon glass beads, as +disturb your government with whimsies and freaks of mother-wit, +or suffer themselves to be stuttered out of their liberties. +There is not any reason why your grandees, your wise men of this +age, that laugh out and openly at a commonwealth as the most +ridiculous thing, do not appear to be, as in this regard they +are, mere idiots, but that the people have not eyes." + +There remains no more relating to the Senate and the people +than -- + +The twenty-fourth order, "Whereby it is lawful for the +province of Marpesia to have thirty knights of their own election +continually present in the Senate of Oceana, together with sixty +deputies of horse, and 120 of foot in the prerogative tribe, +endued with equal power (respect had to their quality and number) +in the debate and result of this commonwealth, provided that they +observe the course or rotation of the same by the annual return +of ten knights, twenty deputies of the horse, and forty of the +foot. The like in all respects is lawful for Panopea; and the +horse of both the provinces amounting to one troop, and the foot +to one company, one captain and one cornet of the horse shall be +annually chosen by Marpesia, and one captain and one ensign of +the foot shall be annually chosen by Panopea." + +The orb of the prerogative being thus complete, is not +unnaturally compared to that of the moon, either in consideration +of the light borrowed from the Senate, as from the sun; or of the +ebbs and floods of the people, which are marked by the negative +or affirmative of this tribe. And the constitution of the Senate +and the people being shown, you have that of the Parliament of +Oceana, consisting of the Senate proposing, and of the people +resolving, which amounts to an act of Parliament. So the +Parliament is the heart, which, consisting of two ventricles, the +one greater and replenished with a grosser matter, the other less +and full of a purer, sucks in and spouts forth the vital blood of +Oceana by a perpetual circulation. Wherefore the life of this +government is no more unnatural or obnoxious upon this score to +dissolution than that of a man; nor to giddiness than the world; +seeing the earth, whether it be itself or the heavens that are in +rotation, is so far from being giddy, that it could not subsist +without motion. But why should not this government be much rather +capable of duration and steadiness by motion? Than which God has +ordained no other to the universal commonwealth of mankind: +seeing one generation comes and another goes, but the earth +remains firm forever, that is, in her proper situation or place, +whether she be moved or not moved upon her proper centre. The +Senate, the people, and the magistracy, or the Parliament so +constituted, as you have seen, is the guardian of this +commonwealth, and the husband of such a wife as is elegantly +described by Solomon: "She is like the merchant's ships; she +brings her food from far. She considers a field, and buys it: +with the fruit of her hands she plants a vineyard. She perceives +that her merchandise is good. She stretches forth her hands to +the poor. She is not afraid of the snow for her household; for +all her household are clothed with scarlet. She makes herself +coverings of tapestry. her clothing is silk and purple. Her +husband is known (by his robes) in the gates, when he sits among +the senators of the land." The gates, or inferior courts, were +branches, as it were, of the Sanhedrim, or Senate, of Israel. Nor +is our commonwealth a worse housewife, nor has she less regard to +her magistrates; as may pear by -- + +The twenty-fifth order, "That, whereas the public revenue is +through the late civil wars dilapidated, the excise, being +improved or improvable to the revenue of œ1,000,000, be applied, +for the space of eleven years to come, to the reparation of the +same, and for the present maintenance of the magistrates, +knights, deputies, and other officers, who, according to their +several dignities and functions, shall annually receive toward +the support of the same, as follows: + +"The lord strategus marching, is, upon another account, to +have field-pay as general. + + Per Annum +The lord strategus sitting...... œ2,000 +The lord orator...... 2,000 +The three commissioners of the seal... 4,500 +The three commissioners of the treasury... 4,500 +The two censors.... 3,000 +The 290 knights, at œ500 a man..... 145,000 +The four ambassadors-in-ordinary.... 12,000 +The Council of War for intelligence.... 3,000 +The master of the ceremonies..... 500 +The master of the horse...... 500 +His substitute..... 150 +The twelve ballotins for their winter liveries 240 + +For summer liveries... 120 + +For their board-wages...... 480 +For the keeping of three coaches of state, + +twenty-four coach-horses, with coachmen + +and postilions.......... 1,500 +For the grooms, and keeping of sixteen + +great horses for the master of the + +horse, and for the ballotins whom he + +is to govern and instruct in the art + +of riding.......... 480 +The twenty secretaries of the Parliament... 2,000 +The twenty doorkeepers, who are to attend + +with pole-axes, + +For their coats....... 200 + +For their board-wages.... 1,000 +The twenty messengers, which are trumpeters, + +For their coats.... 200 + +For their board-wages..... 1,000 +For ornament of the masters of the youth... 5,000 + + Sum œ189,370 + +"Out of the personal estates of every man, who at his death +bequeaths not above forty shillings to the muster of that hundred +wherein it lies, shall be levied one per cent. till the solid +revenue of the muster of the hundred amounts to œ50 per annum for +the prizes of the youth. + +"The twelve ballotins are to be divided into three regions, +according to the course of the Senate; the four of the first +region to be elected at the tropic out of such children as the +knights of the same shall offer, not being under eleven years of +age, nor above thirteen. And their election shall be made by the +lot at an urn set by the sergeant of the house for that purpose +in the hall of the Pantheon. The livery of the commonwealth for +the fashion or the color may be changed at the election of the +strategus according to his fancy. But every knight during his +session shall be bound to give to his footman, or some one of his +footmen, the livery of the commonwealth. + +"The prerogative tribe shall receive as follows: + + By the week +The two tribunes of the horse..... œ14 0 +The two tribunes of the foot..... 12 0 +The three captains of the horse..... 15 0 +The three cornets..... 9 0 +The three captains of the foot.... 12 0 +The three ensigns........ 7 0 +The 442 horse, at œ2 a man..... 884 0 +The 592 foot, at œ1 10s a man.... 888 0 +The six trumpeters..... 7 10 +The three drummers........... 2 5 + +Sum by the week................ œ1,850 15 + +Sum by the year............. œ96,239 0 + +The total of the Senate, the people, + +and the magistracy.................... œ287,459 15 + +"The dignity of the commonwealth, and aids of the several +magistracies and offices thereto belonging, bring provided for as +aforesaid, the overplus of the excise, with the product of the +sum rising, shall be carefully managed by the Senate and the +people through the diligence of the officers of the Exchequer, +till it amount to œ8,000,000, or to the purchase of about +œ400,000 solid revenue. At which time, the term of eleven years +being expired, the excise, except it be otherwise ordered by the +Senate and the people, shall be totally remitted and abolished +forever." + +At this institution the taxes, as will better appear in the +Corollary, were abated about one-half, which made the order, when +it came to be tasted, to be of good relish with the people in the +very beginning; though the advantages then were no ways +comparable to the consequences to be hereafter shown. +Nevertheless, my Lord Epimonus, who with much ado had been held +till now, found it midsummer moon, and broke out of bedlam in +this manner. + +"MY LORD ARCHON: + +"I have a singing in my head like that of a cart-wheel, my +brains are upon a rotation; and some are so merry, that a man +cannot speak his griefs, but if your high-shod prerogative, and +those same slouching fellows your tribunes, do not take my lord +strategus's and my lord orator's heads, and jolt them together +under the canopy, then let me be ridiculous to all posterity. For +here is a commonwealth, to which if a man should take that of the +'prentices in their ancient administration of justice at +Shrovetide, it were an aristocracy. You have set the very rabble +with truncheons in their hands, and the gentry of this nation, +like cocks with scarlet gills, and the golden combs of their +salaries to boot, lest they should not be thrown at. + +"Not a night can I sleep for some horrid apparition or other; +one while these myrmidons are measuring silks by their +quarterstaves, another stuffing their greasy pouches with my lord +high treasurer's jacobuses. For they are above 1,000 in arms to +300, which, their gowns being pulled over their ears, are but in +their doublets and hose. But what do I speak of 1,000? There be +2,000 in every tribe, that is, 100,000 in the whole nation, not +only in the posture of an army, but in a civil capacity +sufficient to give us what laws they please. Now everybody knows +that the lower sort of people regard nothing but money; and you +say it is the duty of a legislator to presume all men to be +wicked: wherefore they must fall upon the richer, as they are an +army; or, lest their minds should misgive them in such a villany, +you have given them encouragement that they have a nearer way, +seeing it may be done every whit as well as by the overbalancing +power which they have in elections. There is a fair which is +annually kept in the centre of these territories at Kiberton, a +town famous for ale, and frequented by good fellows; where there +is a solemnity of the pipers and fiddlers of this nation (I know +not whether Lacedaemon, where the Senate kept account of the +stops of the flutes and of the fiddle-strings of that +commonwealth, bad any such custom) called the bull-running, and +he that catches and holds the bull, is the annual and supreme +magistrate of that comitia or congregation, called king piper, +without whose license it is not lawful for any of those citizens +to enjoy the liberty of his calling; nor is he otherwise +legitimately qualified (or civitate donatus) to lead apes or +bears in any perambulation of the same. Mine host of the Bear, in +Kiberton, the father of ale, and patron of good football and +cudgel players, has any time since I can remember been +grand-chancellor of this order. + +"Now, say I, seeing great things arise from small beginnings, +what should hinder the people, prone to their own advantage and +loving money, from having intelligence conveyed to them by this +same king piper and his chancellor, with their loyal subjects the +minstrels and bear-wards, masters of ceremonies, to which there +is great recourse in their respective perambulations, and which +they will commission and instruct, with directions to all the +tribes, willing and commanding them, that as they wish their own +good, they choose no other into the next primum mobile but of the +ablest cudgel and football players? Which done as soon as said, +your primum mobile, consisting of no other stuff, must of +necessity be drawn forth into your nebulones and your +galimofries; and so the silken purses of your Senate and +prerogative being made of sows' ears, most of them blacksmiths, +they will strike while the iron is hot, and beat your estates +into hob-nails, mine host of the Bear being strategus, and king +piper lord orator. Well, my lords, it might have been otherwise +expressed, but this is well enough a-conscience. In your way, the +wit of man shall not prevent this or the like inconvenience; but +if this (for I have conferred with artists) be a mathematical +demonstration, I could kneel to you, that ere it be too late we +might return to some kind of sobriety. "If we empty our purses +with these pomps, salaries, coaches, lackeys, and pages, what can +the people say less than that we have dressed a Senate and a +prerogative for nothing but to go to the park with the ladies?" + +My Lord Archon, whose meekness resembled that of Moses, +vouchsafed this answer: + +"My LORDS: + +"For all this, I can see my Lord Epimonus every night in the +park, and with ladies; nor do I blame this in a young man, or the +respect which is and ought to be given to a sex that is one-half +of the commonwealth of mankind, and without which the other would +be none: but our magistrates, I doubt, may be somewhat of the +oldest to perform this part with much acceptation; and, as the +Italian proverb says, 'Servire e non gradire e cosa da far +morire.' Wherefore we will lay no certain obligation upon them in +this point, but leave them, if it please you, to their own fate +or discretion. But this (for I know my Lord Epimonus loves me, +though I can never get his esteem) I will say, if he had a +mistress should use him so, he would find it a sad life; or I +appeal to your lordships, how I can resent it from such a friend, +that he puts king piper's politics in the balance with mine. King +piper, I deny not, may teach his bears to dance, but they have +the worst ear of all creatures. Now how he should make them keep +time in fifty several tribes, and that two years together, for +else it will be to no purpose, may be a small matter with my lord +to promise; but it seems to me of impossible performance. First, +through the nature of the bean; and, secondly, through that of +the ballot; or how what he has hitherto thought so hard, is now +come to be easy; but he may think that for expedition they will +eat up these balls like apples. + +"However, there is so much more in their way by the +constitution of this, than is to be found in that of any other +commonwealth, that I am reconciled, it now appearing plainly that +the points of my lord's arrows are directed at no other white +than to show the excellency of our government above others; +which, as he proceeds further, is yet plainer; while he makes it +appear that there can be no other elected by the people but +smiths: + +"'Brontesque Steropesque et nudus membra Pyracmon:' + +Othoniel, Aod, Gideon, Jephtha, Samson, as in Israel; Miltiades, +Aristides, Themistocles, Cimon, Pericles, as in Athens; Papyrius, +Cincinnatus, Camillus, Fabius Scipio, as in Rome: smiths of the +fortune of the commonwealth; not such as forged hob-nails, but +thunderbolts. Popular elections are of that kind, that all of the +rest of the world is not able, either in number or glory, to +equal those of these three commonwealths. These indeed were the +ablest cudgel and football players; bright arms were their +cudgels, and the world was the ball that lay at their feet. +Wherefore we are not so to understand the maxim of legislators, +which holds all men to be wicked, as if it related to mankind or +a commonwealth, the interests whereof are the only straight lines +they have whereby to reform the crooked; but as it relates to +every man or party, under what color soever he or they pretend to +be trusted apart, with or by the whole. Hence then it is derived, +which is made good in all experience, that the aristocracy is +ravenous, and not the people. Your highwaymen are not such as +have trades, or have been brought up to industry; but such +commonly whose education has pretended to that of gentlemen. My +lord is so honest, he does not know the maxims that are of +absolute necessity to the arts of wickedness; for it is most +certain, if there be not more purses than thieves, that the +thieves themselves must be forced to turn honest, because they +cannot thrive by their trade; but now if the people should turn +thieves, who sees not that there would be more thieves than +purses? wherefore that a whole people should turn robbers or +levellers, is as impossible in the end as in the means. + +"But that I do not think your artist which you mentioned, +whether astronomer or arithmetician, can tell me how many +barley-corns would reach to the sun, I could be content he were +called to the account, with which I shall conclude this point: +when by the way I have chid my lords the legislators, who, as if +they doubted my tackling could not hold, would leave me to flag +in a perpetual calm, but for my Lord Epimonus, who breathes now +and then into my sails and stirs the waters. A ship makes not her +way so briskly as when she is handsomely brushed by the waves, +and tumbles over those that seem to tumble against her; in which +case I have perceived in the dark that light has been struck even +out of the sea, as in this place, where my Lord Epimonus feigning +to give us a demonstration of one thing, has given it of another, +and of a better. For the people of this nation, if they amount in +each tribe to 2,000 elders and 2,000 youths upon the annual roll, +holding a fifth to the whole tribe, then the whole of a tribe, +not accounting women and children, must amount to 20,000; and so +the whole of all the tribes, being fifty, to 1,000,000. + +"Now you have 10,000 parishes, and reckoning these one with +another, each at œ1,000 a year dry-rent, the rent or revenue of +the nation, as it is or might be let to farm, amounts to +œ10,000,000; and œ10,000,000 in revenue divided equally to +1,000,000 of men, comes but to œ10 a year to each wherewith to +maintain himself, his wife and children. But he that has a cow +upon the common, and earns his shilling by the day at his labor, +has twice as much already as this would come to for his share; +because if the land were thus divided, there would be nobody to +set him on work. So my Lord Epimonus's footman, who costs him +thrice as much as one of these could thus get, would certainly +lose by his bargain. What should we speak of those innumerable +trades whereupon men live, not only better than others upon good +shares of lands, but become also purchasers of greater estates? +Is not this the demonstration which my lord meant, that the +revenue of industry in a nation, at least in this, is three or +four-fold greater than that of the mere rent? If the people then +obstruct industry, they obstruct their own livelihood; but if +they make a war, they obstruct industry. Take the bread out of +the people's mouths, as did the Roman patricians, and you are +sure enough of a war, in which case they may be levellers; but +our agrarian causes their industry to flow with milk and honey. +it will be owned that this is true, if the people were given to +understand their own happiness; but where is it they do that? Let +me reply with the like question, where do they not? They do not +know their happiness it should seem in France, Spain, and Italy; +but teach them what it is, and try whose sense is the truer. + +"As to the late wars in Germany, it has been affirmed to me +there, that the princes could never make the people to take arms +while they had bread, and have therefore suffered countries now +and then to be wasted that they might get soldiers. This you will +find to be the certain pulse and temper of the people; and if +they have been already proved to be the most wise and constant +order of a government, why should we think (when no man can +produce one example of the common soldiery in an army mutinying +because they had not captains' pay) that the prerogative should +jolt the heads of the Senate together because these have the +better salaries, when it must be as evident to the people in a +nation, as to the soldiery in an army, that it is no more +possible their emoluments of this kind should be afforded by any +commonwealth in the world to be made equal with those of the +Senate, than that the common soldiers should be equal with the +captains? It is enough for the common soldier that his virtue may +bring him to be a captain, and more to the prerogative, that each +of them is nearer to be a senator. + +"If my lord thinks our salaries too great, and that the +commonwealth is not housewife enough, whether is it better +housewifery that she should keep her family from the snow, or +suffer them to burn her house that they may warm themselves? for +one of these must be. Do you think that she came off at a cheaper +rate when men had their rewards by œ1,000 or œ2,000 a year in +land if inheritance? if you say that they will be more godly than +they have been, it may be ill taken; and if you cannot promise +that, it is time we find out some way of stinting at least, if +not curing them of that same sacra fames. On the other side, if a +poor man (as such a one may save a city) gives his sweat to the +public, with what conscience can you suffer his family in the +meantime to starve? but he that lays his hand to this plough +shall not lose by taking it off from his own, and a commonwealth +that will mend this shall be penny-wise. The Sanhedrim of Israel, +being the supreme, and a constant court of judicature, could not +choose but be exceeding gainful. The Senate of the Bean in +Athens, because it was but annual, was moderately salaried; but +that of the Areopagites, being for life, bountifully; and what +advantages the senators of Lacedaemon had, where there was little +money or use of it, were in honors for life. The patricians +having no profit, took all. Venice being a situation where a man +goes but to the door for his employment, the honor is great and +the reward very little; but in Holland a councillor of state has +œ1,500 Flemish a year, besides other accommodations. The +States-General have more. And that commonwealth looks nearer her +penny than ours needs to do. + +"For the revenue of this nation, besides that of her +industry, it -- amounts, as has been shown, to œ10,000,000; and +the salaries in the whole come not to œ300,000 a year. The beauty +they will add to the commonwealth will be exceeding great, and +the people will delight in this beauty of their commonwealth; the +encouragement they will give to the study of the public being +very progitable, the accommodation they will afford to your +magistrates very honorable and easy. And the sum, when it or +twice as much was spent in bunting and housekeeping, was never +any grievance to the people. I am ashamed to stand huckling upon +this point; it is sordid. Your magistrates are rather to be +provided with further accommodations. For what if there should be +sickness? whither will you have them to remove? And this city in +the soundest times, for the heat of the year, is no wholesome +abode: have a care of their healths to whom you commit your own. +I would have the Senate and the people, except they see cause to +the contrary, every first of June to remove into the country air +for the space of three months. You are better fitted with +summer-houses for them than if you had built them to that +purpose. + +"There is some twelve miles distant the convallium upon the +river Halcionia, for the tribunes and the prerogative, a palace +capable of 1,000 men; and twenty miles distant you have Mount +Celia, reverend as well for the antiquity as state of a castle +completely capable of the Senate, the proposers having lodgings +in the convallium, and the tribunes in Celia, it holds the +correspondency between the Senate and the people exactly And it +is a small matter for the proposers, being attended with the +coaches and officers of state, besides other conveniences of +their own, to go a matter of five or ten miles (those seats are +not much farther distant) to meet the people upon any heath or +field that shall be appointed: where, having despatched their +business, they may hunt their own venison (for I would have the +great walled park upon the Halcionia to belong to the signory, +and those about the convallium to the tribunes) and so go to +supper. Pray, my lords, see that they do not pull down these +houses to sell the lead of them; for when -- you have considered +on it, they cannot be spared. The founders of the school in Hiera +provided that the boys should have a summer seat. You should have +as much care of these magistrates. But there is such a selling, +such a Jewish humor in our republicans, that I cannot tell what +to say to it; only this, any man that knows what belongs to a +commonwealth, or how diligent every nation in that case has been +to preserve her ornaments, and shall see the waste lately made +(the woods adjoining to this city, which served for the delight +and health of it, being cut down to be sold for threepence), will +you tell that they who did such things would never have made a +commonwealth. The like may be said of the ruin or damage done +upon our cathedrals, ornaments in which this nation excels all +others. Nor shall this ever be excused upon the score of +religion; for though it be true that God dwells not in houses +made with hands, yet you cannot hold your assemblies but in such +houses, and these are of the best that have been made with hands. +Nor is it well argued that they are pompous, and therefore +profane, or less proper for divine service, seeing the Christians +in the primitive Church chose to meet with one accord in the +Temple, so far were they from any inclination to pull it down." + +The orders of this commonwealth, so far, or near so far as +they concern the elders, together with the several speeches at +the institution, which may serve for the better understanding of +them as so many commentaries, being shown, I should now come from +the elders to the youth, or from the civil constitution of this +government to the military, but that I judge this the fittest +place whereinto, by the way, to insert the government of the city +though for the present but perfunctorily. + +"'The metropolis or capital city of Oceana is commonly called +Emporium, though it consists of two cities distinct, as well in +name as in government, whereof the other is called Hiera, for +which cause I shall treat of each apart, beginning with Emporium. + +"Emporium, with the liberties, is under a twofold division, +the one regarding the national, and the other the urban or city +government. It is divided, in regard of the national government, +into three tribes, and in respect of the urban into twenty six, +which for distinction's sake are called wards, being contained +under three tribes but unequally; wherefore the first tribe +containing ten wards is called scazon, the second containing +eight metoche, and the third containing as many telicouta, the +bearing of which names in mind concerns the better understanding +of the government. + +"Every ward has her wardmote, court, or inquest, consisting +of all that are of the clothing or liveries of companies residing +within the same. + +"Such are of the livery or clothing as have attained to the +dignity to wear gowns and parti-colored hoods or tippets, +according to the rules and ancient customs of their respective +companies. + +"A company is a brotherhood of tradesmen professing the same +art, governed according to their charter by a master and wardens. +Of these there be about sixty, whereof twelve are of greater +dignity than the rest, that is to say, the mercers, grocers, +drapers, fishmongers, goldsmiths, skinners, merchant-tailors, +haberdashers, salters, ironmongers, vintners, clothworkers, +which, with most of the rest, have common halls, divers of them +being of ancient and magnificent structure, wherein they have +frequent meetings, at the summons of their master or wardens, for +the managing and regulation of their respective trades and +mysteries. These companies, as I shall show, are the roots of the +whole government of the city. For the liveries that reside in the +same ward, meeting at the wardmote inquest (to which it belongs +to take cognizance of all sorts of nuisances and violations of +the customs and orders of the city, and to present them to the +court of aldermen), have also power to make election of two sorts +of magistrates or officers; the first of elders or aldermen of +the ward, the second of deputies of the same, otherwise called +common councilmen. + +"The wards in these elections, because they do not elect all +at once, but some one year and some another, observe the +distinction of the three tribes; for example, the scazon, +consisting of ten wards, makes election the first year of ten +aldermen, one in each ward, and of 150 deputies, fifteen in each +ward, all which are triennial magistrates or officers, that is to +say, are to bear their dignity for the space of three years. + +"The second year the metoche, consisting of eight wards, +elects eight aldermen, one in each ward, and 120 deputies, +fifteen in each ward, being also triennial magistrates. + +"The third year telicouta, consisting of a like number of +wards, elects an equal number of like magistrates for a like +term. So that the whole number of the aldermen, according to that +of the wards, amounts to twenty-six; and the whole number of the +deputies, to 390. + +"The aldermen thus elected have divers capacities; for, +first, they are justices of the peace for the term, and in +consequence of their election. Secondly, they are presidents of +the wardmote and governors each of that ward whereby he was +elected. And last of all, these magistrates being assembled +together, constitute the Senate of the city, otherwise called the +court of aldermen; but no man is capable of this election that is +not worth œ10,000. This court upon every new election makes +choice of nine censors out of their own number. + +"The deputies in like manner being assembled together, +constitute the prerogative tribe of the city, otherwise called +the common council, by which means the Senate and the people of +the city were comprehended, as it were, by the motion of the +national government, into the same wheel of annual, triennial, +and perpetual revolution. + +"But the liveries, over and above the right of these +elections by their divisions mentioned, being assembled all +together at the guild of the city, constitute another assembly +called the common hall. + +"The common hall has the right of two other elections; the +one of the lord mayor, and the other of the two sheriffs, being +annual magistrates. The lord mayor can be elected out of no other +than one of the twelve companies of the first ranks; and the +common hall agrees by the plurality of suffrages upon two names, +which, being presented to the lord mayor for the time being, and +the court of the aldermen, they elect one by their scrutiny. For +so they call it, though it differs from that of the commonwealth. +The orator or assistant to the lord mayor in holding of his +courts, is some able lawyer elected by the court of aldermen, and +called the recorder of Emporium. + +"The lord mayor being thus elected, has two capacities: one +regarding the nation, and the other the city. In that which +regards the city, he is president of the court of aldermen, +having power to assemble the same, or any other council of the +city, as the common council or common hall, at his will and +pleasure; and in that which regards the nation, he is +commander-in-chief of the three tribes whereinto the city is +divided; one of which he is to bring up in person at the national +muster to the ballot, as his vice-comites, or high sheriffs, are +to do by the other two, each at their distinct pavilion, where +the nine aldermen, elected censors, are to officiate by three in +each tribe, according to the rules and orders already given to +the censors of the rustic tribes. And the tribes of the city have +no other than one common phylarch, which is the court of aldermen +and the common council, for which cause they elect not at their +muster the first list called the prime magnitude. + +"The conveniences of this alteration of the city government, +besides the bent of it to a conformity with that of the nation, +were many, whereof I shall mention but a few: as first, whereas +men under the former administration, when the burden of some of +these magistracies lay for life, were oftentimes chosen not for +their fitness, but rather unfitness, or at least unwillingness to +undergo such a weight, whereby they were put at great rates to +fine for their ease; a man might now take his share in magistracy +with that equity which is due to the public, and without any +inconvenience to his private affairs. Secondly, whereas the city +(inasmuch as the acts of the aristocracy, or court of aldermen, +in their former way of proceeding, were rather impositions than +propositions) was frequently disquieted with the inevitable +consequence of disorder in the power of debate exercised by the +popular part, or common council; the right of debate being +henceforth established in the court of aldermen, and that of +result in the common council, killed the branches of division in +the root. Which for the present may suffice to have been said of +the city of Emporium. + +"That of Hiera consists as to the national government of two +tribes, the first called agoroea, the second propola; but as to +the peculiar policy of twelve manipuls, or wards divided into +three cohorts, each cohort containing four wards, whereof the +wards of the first cohort elect for the first year four +burgesses, one in each ward, the wards of the second cohort for +the second year four burgesses, one in each ward, and the wards +of the third cohort for the third year four burgesses, one in +each ward, all triennial magistrates; by which the twelve +burgesses, making one court for the government of this city +according to their instructions by act of Parliament, fall +likewise into an annual, triennial, and perpetual revolution. + +"This court being thus constituted, makes election of divers +magistrates; as first, of a high steward, who is commonly some +person of quality, and this magistracy is elected in the Senate +by the scrutiny of this court; with him they choose some able +lawyer to be his deputy, and to hold the court; and last of all +they elect out of their own number six censors. + +"The high steward is commander-in-chief of the two tribes, +whereof he in person brings up the one at the national muster to +the ballot, and his deputy the other at a distinct pavilion; the +six censors chosen by the court officiating by three in each +tribe at the urns; and these tribes have no other phylarch but +this court. + +"As for the manner of elections and suffrage, both in +Emporium and Hiera, it may be said, once for all, that they are +performed by ballot, and according to the respective rules +already given. + +"There be other cities and corporations throughout the +territory, whose policy being much of this kind, would be tedious +and not worth the labor to insert, nor dare I stay. Juvenum manus +emicat ardens." + +I return, according to the method of the commonwealth, to the +remaining parts of her orbs, which are military and provincial; +the military, except the strategus, and the polemarchs or +field-officers, consIsting of the youth only, and the provincial +consisting of a mixture both of elders and of the youth. + +To begin with the youth, or the military orbs, they are +circles to which the commonwealth must have a care to keep close. +A man is a spirit raised by the magic of nature; if she does not +stand safe, and so that she may set him to some good and useful +work, he spits fire, and blows up castles; for where there is +life, there must be motion or work; and the work of idleness is +mischief, but the work of industry is health. To set men to this, +the commonwealth must begin betimes with them, or it will be too +late; and the means whereby she sets them to it is education, the +plastic art of government. But it is as frequent as sad in +experience (whether through negligence, or, which in the +consequence is all one or worse, over-fondness in the domestic +performance of this duty) that innumerable children come to owe +their utter perdition to their own parents, in each of which the +commonwealth loses a citizen. + +Wherefore the laws of a government, how wholesome soever in +themselves, are such as, if men by a congruity in their education +be not bred to find a relish in them, they will be sure to loathe +and detest. The education therefore of a man's own children is +not wholly to be committed or trusted to himself. You find in +Livy the children of Brutus, having been bred under monarchy, and +used to a court life, making faces at the Commonwealth of Rome: +"A king (say they) is a man with whom you may prevail when you +have need there should be law, or when you have need there should +be no law; he has favors in the right, and he frowns not in the +wrong place; he knows his friends from his enemies. But laws are +deaf, inexorable things, such as make no difference between a +gentleman and an ordinary fellow; a man can never be merry for +them, for to trust altogether to his own innocence is a sad +life." Unhappy wantons! Scipio, on the other side, when he was +but a boy (about two or three and twenty), being informed that +certain patricians of Roman gentlemen, through a qualm upon the +defeat which Hannibal had given them at Cannae, were laying their +heads together and contriving their flight with the +transportation of their goods out of Rome, drew his sword, and +setting himself at the door of the chamber where they were at +council, protested "that who did not immediately swear not to +desert the commonwealth, he would make his soul to desert his +body." Let men argue as they please for monarchy, or against a +commonwealth, the world shall never see any man so sottish or +wicked as in cool blood to prefer the education of the sons of +Brutus before that of Scipio; and of this mould, except a Melius +or a Manlius, was the whole youth of that commonwealth, though +not ordinarily so well cast. + +Now the health of a government and the education of the youth +being of the same pulse, no wonder if it has been the constant +practice of well-ordered commonwealths to commit the care and +feeling of it to public magistrates. A duty that was performed in +such a manner by the Areopagites, as is elegantly praised by +Isocrates. "the Athenians (says he) write not their laws upon +dead walls, nor content themselves with having ordained +punishments for crimes, but provide in such a way, by the +education of their youth, that there be no crimes for +punishment." He speaks of those laws which regarded manners, not +of those orders which concerned the administration of the +commonwealth, lest you should think he contradicts Xenophon and +Polybius. The children of Lacedaemon, at the seventh year of +their age, were delivered to the poedonomi, or schoolmasters, not +mercenary, but magistrates of the commonwealth, to which they +were accountable for their charge; and by these at the age of +fourteen they were presented to other magistrates called the +beidioei, having the inspection of the games and exercises, among +which that of the platanista was famous, a kind of fight in +squadrons, but somewhat too fierce. When they came to be of +military age they were listed of the mora, and so continued in +readiness for public service under the discipline of the +polemarchs. But the Roman education and discipline by the +centuries and classes is that to which the Commonwealth of Oceana +has had a more particular regard in her three essays, being +certain degrees by which the youth commence as it were in arms +for magistracy, as appears by -- + +The twenty-sixth order, instituting, "That if a parent has +but one son, the education of that one son shall be wholly at the +disposition of that parent. But whereas there be free schools +erected and endowed, or to be erected and endowed in every tribe +of this nation, to a sufficient proportion for the education of +the children of the same (which schools, to the end there be no +detriment or hindrance to the scholars upon case of removing from +one to another, are every of them to be governed by the strict +inspection of the censors of the tribes, both upon the +schoolmaster's manner of life and teaching, and the proficiency +of the children, after the rules and method of that in Hiera) if +a parent has more sons than one, the censors of the tribes shall +animadvert upon and punish him that sends not his sons within the +ninth year of their age to some one of the schools of a tribe, +there to be kept and taught, if he be able, at his own charges; +and if he be not able, gratis, till they arrive at the age of +fifteen years. And a parent may expect of his sons at the +fifteenth year of their age, according to his choice or ability, +whether it be to service in the way of apprentices to some trade +or otherwise, or to further study, as by sending them to the inns +of court, of chancery, or to one of the universities of this +nation. But he that takes not upon him one of the professions +proper to some of those places, shall not continue longer in any +of them than till he has attained to the age of eighteen years; +and every man having not at the age of eighteen years taken upon +him, or addicted himself to the profession of the law, theology, +or physic, and being no servant, shall be capable of the essays +of the youth, and no other person whatsoever, except a man, +having taken upon him such a profession, happens to lay it by ere +he arrives at three or four and twenty years of age, and be +admitted to this capacity by the respective. Phylarchs being +satisfied that he kept not out so long with any design to evade +the service of the commonwealth; but, that being no sooner at his +own disposal, it was no sooner in his choice to come in. And if +any youth or other person of this nation have a desire to travel +into foreign countries upon occasion of business, delight, or +further improvement of his education, the same shall be lawful +for him upon a pass obtained from the censors in Parliament, +putting a convenient limit to the time, and recommending him to +the ambassadors by whom he shall be assisted, and to whom he +shall yield honor and obedience in their respective residences. +Every youth at his return from his travel is to present the +censors with a paper of his own writing, containing the interest +of state or form of government of the countries, or some one of +the countries, where he has been; and if it he good, the censors +shall cause it to be printed and published, prefixing a line in +commendation of the author. + +"Every Wednesday next ensuing the last of December, the whole +youth of every parish, that is to say, every man (not excepted by +the foregoing part of the order), being from eighteen years of +age to thirty, shall repair at the sound of the bell to their +respective church, and being there assembled in presence of the +overseers, who are to govern the ballot, and the constable who is +to officiate at the urn, shall, after the manner of the elders, +elect every fifth man of their whole number (provided that they +choose not above one of two brothers at one election, nor above +half if they be four or upward) to be a stratiot or deputy of the +youth; and the list of the stratiots so elected being taken by +the overseers, shall be entered in the parish book, and +diligently preserved as a record, called the first essay. They +whose estates by the law are able, or whose friends are willing, +to mount them, shall be of the horse, the rest are of the foot. +And he who has been one year of this list, is not capable of +being re-elected till after another year's interval. + +"Every Wednesday next ensuing the last of January, the +stratiots being mustered at the rendezvous of their respective +hundreds, shall, in the presence of the jurymen, who are +overseers of that ballot, and of the high constable who is to +officiate at the urn, elect out of the horse of their troop or +company one captain, and one ensign or cornet, to the command of +the same. And the jurymen having entered the list of the hundred +into a record to be diligently kept at the rendezvous of the +same, the first public game of this commonwealth shall begin and +be performed in this manner. Whereas there is to be at every +rendezvous of a hundred, one cannon, culverin, or saker, the +prize arms being forged by sworn armorers of this commonwealth, +and for their proof, besides their beauty, viewed and tried at +the tower of Emporium, shall be exposed by the justice of peace +appertaining to that hundred (the said justice with the jurymen +being judges of the game), and the judges shall deliver to the +horseman that gains the prize at the career, one suit of arms +being of the value œ20, to the pikeman that gains the prize at +throwing the bullet, one suit of arms of the value of œ10, to the +musketeer that gains the prize at the mark with his musket, one +suit of arms of the value of œ10, and to the cannoneer that gains +the prize at the mark with the cannon, culverin, or saker, a +chain of silver being the value of œ10, provided that no one man +at the same muster plays above one of the prizes. Whosoever gains +a prize is bound to wear it (if it be his lot) upon service; and +no man shall sell or give away any armor thus won, except he has +lawfully attained to two or more of them at the games. + +"The games being ended, and the muster dismissed, the captain +of the troop or company shall repair with a copy of the list to +the lord lieutenant of the tribe, and the high constable with a +duplicate of the same to the custos rotulorum, or muster-master +general, to be also communicated to the censors; in each of which +the jurymen, giving a note upon every name of an only son, shall +certify the list is without subterfuge or evasion; or, if it be +not, an account of those upon whom the evasion or subterfuge +lies, to the end that the phylarch or the censors may animadvert +accordingly. + +"And every Wednesday next ensuing the last of February, the +lord lieutenant, custos rotulorum, the censors, and the +conductor, shall receive the whole muster of the youth of that +tribe at the rendezvous of the same, distributing the horse and +foot with their officers, according to the directions given in +the like case for the distribution of the elders; and the whole +squadron being put by that means in battalia, the second game of +this commonwealth shall begin by the exercise of the youth in all +the parts of their military discipline according to the orders of +Parliament, or direction of the Council of War in that case. And +the œ100 allowed by the Parliament for the ornament of the muster +in every tribe, shall be expended by the phylarch upon such +artificial castles, citadels, or the like devices, as may make +the best and most profitable sport for the youth and their +spectators. + +"Which being ended, the censors having prepared the urns by +putting into the horse-urn 220 gold balls, whereof ten are to be +marked with the letter M and other ten with the letter P; into +the foot-urn 700 gold balls, whereof fifty are to be marked, with +the letter M and fifty with the letter P; and after they have +made the gold balls in each urn, by the addition of silver balls +to the same, in number equal with the horse and foot of the +stratiots, the lord lieutenant shall call the stratiots to the +urns, where they that draw the silver balls shall return to their +places, and they that draw the gold balls shall fall off to the +pavilion, where, for the space of one hour, they may chop and +change their balls according as one can agree with another, whose +lot he likes better. + +But the hour being out, the conductor separating them whose +gold balls have no letter from those whose balls are marked, +shall cause the crier to call the alphabet, as first A; whereupon +all they whose gold balls are not marked, and whose surnames +begin with the letter A, shall repair to a clerk appertaining to +the custos rotulorum, who shall first take the names of that +letter; then those of B, and so on, till all the names be +alphabetically enrolled. And the youth of this list being 600 +foot in a tribe, that is, 30,000 foot in all the tribes; and 200 +horse in a tribe, that is, 10,000 horse in all the tribes, are +the second essay of the stratiots, and the standing army of this +commonwealth to be always ready upon command to march. They whose +balls are marked with M, amounting, by twenty horse and fifty +foot in a tribe, to 2,500 foot and 500 horse in all the tribes, +and they whose balls are marked with P, in every point +correspondent, are parts of the third essay; they in M being +straight to march for Marpesia, and they of P for Panopea, to the +ends and according to the further directions following in the +order for the provincial orbs. + +"If the polemarchs or field officers be elected by the +scrutiny of the Council of War, and the strategus commanded by +the Parliament or the Dictator to march, the lord lieutenants +(who have power to muster and discipline the youth so often as +they receive orders for the same from the Council of War) are to +deliver the second essay, or so many of them as shall be +commanded, to the conductors, who shall present them to the lord +strategus at the time and place appointed by his Excellency to be +the general rendezvous of Oceana, where the Council of War shall +have the accommodation of horses and arms for his men in +readiness; and the lord strategus having armed, mounted, and +distributed them, whether according to the recommendation of +their prize arms, or otherwise, shall lead them away to his +shipping, being also ready and provided with victuals, +ammunition, artillery, and all other necessaries; commanding +them, and disposing of the whole conduct of the war by his sole +power and authority. And this is the third essay of the +stratiots, which being shipped, or marched out of their tribes, +the lord lieutenants shall re-elect the second essay out of the +remaining part of the first, and the Senate another strategus. + +"If any veteran or veterans of this nation, the term of whose +youth or militia is expired, having a desire to be entertained in +the further service of the commonwealth, shall present him or +themselves at the rendezvous of Oceana to the strategus, it is in +his power to take on such and so many of them as shall be agreed +by the polemarchs, and to send back an equal number of the +stratiots. + +"And for the better managing of the proper forces of this +nation, the lord strategus, by appointment of the Council of War, +and out of such levies as they shall have made in either or both +of the provinces to that end, shall receive auxiliaries by sea or +elsewhere at some certain place, not exceeding his proper arms in +number. + +"And whosoever shall refuse any one of his three essays, +except upon cause shown, he be dispensed withal by the phylarch, +or, if the phylarch be not assembled, by the censors of his +tribe, shall be deemed a helot or public servant, shall pay a +fifth part of his yearly revenue, besides all other taxes, to the +commonwealth for his protection, and be incapable of bearing any +magistracy except such as is proper to the law. Nevertheless if a +man has but two sons, the lord lieutenant shall not suffer above +one of them to come to the Urn at one election of the second +essay, and though he has above two sons, there shall not come +above half the brothers at one election; and if a man has but one +son, he shall not come to the urn at all without the consent of +his parents, or his guardians, nor shall it be any reproach to +him or impediment to his bearing of magistracy" + +This order, with relation to foreign expeditions, will be +proved and explained together with -- + +The twenty-seventh order, "Providing, in case of invasion +apprehended, that the lords high sheriffs of the tribes, upon +commands received from the Parliament or the Dictator, distribute +the bands of the elders into divisions, after the nature of the +essays of the youth; and that the second division or essay of the +elders, being made and consisting of 30,000 foot and 10,000 +horse, be ready to march with the second essay of the youth, and +be brought also by the conductors to the strategus. + +"The second essay of the elders and youth being marched out +of their tribes, the lords high sheriffs and lieutenants shall +have the remaining part of the annual bands both of elders and +youth in readiness, which, if the beacons be fired, shall march +to the rendezvous to be in that case appointed by the Parliament +or the Dictator: And the beacons being fired, the curiata +comitia, or parochial congregations, shall elect a fourth both of +elders and youth to be immediately upon the guard of the tribes, +and dividing themselves as aforesaid, to march also in their +divisions according to orders, which method in case of extremity +shall proceed to the election of a third, or the levy of a +second, or of the last man in the nation, by the power of the +lords high sheriffs, to the end that the commonwealth in her +utmost pressure may show her trust that God in his justice will +remember mercy, by humbling herself, and yet preserving her +courage, discipline, and constancy, even to the last drop of her +blood and the utmost farthing. + +"The services performed by the youth, or by the elders, in +case of invasion, and according to this order, shall be at their +proper cost and charges that are any ways able to endure it; but +if there be such as are known in their parishes to be so indigent +that they cannot march out of their tribes, nor undergo the +burden in this case incumbent, then the congregations of their +parishes shall furnish them with sufficient sums of money to be +repaid upon the certificate of the same by the Parliament when +the action shall be over. And of that which is respectively +enjoined by this order, any tribe, parish, magistrate, or person +that shall fail, is to answer for it, at the Council of War, as a +deserter of his country." + +The Archon, being the greatest captain of his own, if not of +any age, added much to the glory of this commonwealth, by +interweaving the militia with more art and lustre than any +legislator from or before the time of Servius Tullius, who +constituted the Roman militia. But as the bones or skeleton of a +man, though the greatest part of his beauty be contained in their +proportion or symmetry, yet shown without flesh are a spectacle +that is rather horrid than entertaining, so without discourses +are the orders of a commonwealth; which, if she goes forth in +that manner, may complain of her friends that they stand mute and +staring upon her. Wherefore this order was thus fleshed by the +Lord Archon: + +"MY LORDS: + +"Diogenes seeing a young fellow drunk, told him that his +father was drunk when he begot him. For this, in natural +generation, I must confess I see no reason; but in the political +it is right. The vices of the people are from their governors; +those of their governors from their laws or orders; and those of +their laws or orders from their legislators. Whatever was in the +womb imperfect, as to her proper work, comes very rarely or never +at all to perfection afterward; and the formation of a citizen in +the womb of the commonwealth is his education. + +"Education by the first of the foregoing orders is of six +kinds: at the school, in the mechanics, at the universities, at +the inns of court or chancery, in travels, and in military +discipline, some of which I shall but touch, and some I shall +handle more at large. + +"That which is proposed for the erecting and endowing of +schools throughout the tribes, capable of all the children of the +same, and able to give to the poor the education of theirs +gratis, is only matter of direction in case of very great +charity, as easing the needy of the charge of their children from +the ninth to the fifteenth year of their age, during which time +their work cannot be profitable; and restoring them when they may +be of use, furnished with tools whereof there are advantages to +be made in every work, seeing he that can read and use his pen +has some convenience by it in the meanest vocation. And it cannot +be conceived but that which comes, though in small parcels, to +the advantage of every man in his vocation, must amount to the +advantage of every vocation, and so to that of the whole +commonwealth. Wherefore this is commended to the charity of every +wise-hearted and well-minded man, to be done in time, and as God +shall stir him up or enable him; there being such provision +already in the case as may give us leave to proceed without +obstruction. + +"Parents, under animadversion of the censors, are to dispose +of their children at the fifteenth year of their age to +something; but what, is left, according to their abilities or +inclination, at their own choice. This, with the multitude, must +be to the mechanics, that is to say to agriculture or husbandry, +to manufactures, or to merchandise. + +"Agriculture is the bread of the nation; we are hung upon it +by the teeth; it is a mighty nursery of strength, the best army, +and the most assured knapsack; it is managed with the least +turbulent or ambitious, and the most innocent hands of all other +arts. Wherefore I am of Aristotle's opinion, that a commonwealth +of husbandmen -- and such is ours -- must be the best of all +others. Certainly my lords, you have no measure of what ought to +be, but what can be, done for the encouragement of this +profession. I could wish I were husband good enough to direct +something to this end; but racking of rents is a vile thing in +the richer sort, an uncharitable one to the poorer, a perfect +mark of slavery, and nips your commonwealth in the fairest +blossom. On the other side, if there should be too much ease +given in this kind, it would occasion sloth, and so destroy +industry, the principal nerve of a commonwealth. But if aught +might be done to hold the balance even between these two, it +would be a work in this nation equal to that for which Fabius was +surnamed Maximus by the Romans. + +"In manufactures and merchandise the Hollander has gotten the +start of us; but at the long run it will be found that a people +working upon a foreign commodity does but farm the manufacture, +and that it is really entailed upon them only where the growth of +it is native; as also that it is one thing to have the carriage +of other men's goods, and another for a man to bring his own to +the best market. Wherefore (nature having provided encouragement +for these arts in this nation above all others, where, the people +growing, they of necessity must also increase) it cannot but +establish them upon a far more sure and effectual foundation than +that of the Hollanders. But these educations are in order to the +first things or necessities of nature; as husbandry to the food, +manufacture to the clothing, and merchandise to the purse of the +commonwealth. + +"There be other things in nature, which being second as to +their order, for their dignity and value are first; and such to +which the other are but accommodations; of this sort are +especially these: religion, justice, courage, and wisdom. + +"The education that answers to religion in our government is +that of the universities. Moses, the divine legislator, was not +only skilful in all the learning of the Egyptians, but took also +into the fabric of his commonwealth the learning of the +Midianites in the advice of Jethro; and his foundation of a +university laid in the tabernacle, and finished in the Temple, +became that pinnacle from whence (according to many Jewish and +Christian authors) all the learning in the world has taken wing; +as the philosophy of the Stoics from the Pharisees; that of the +Epicureans from the Sadducees; and from the learning of the Jews, +so often quoted by our Saviour, and fulfilled in him, the +Christian religion. Athens was the most famous university in her +days; and her senators, that is to say, the Areopagites, were all +philosophers. Lacedaemon, to speak truth, though she could write +and read, was not very bookish. But he that disputes hence +against universities, disputes by the same argument against +agriculture, manufacture, and merchandise; every one of these +having been equally forbid by Lycurgus, not for itself (for if he +had not been learned in all the learning of Crete, and well +travelled in the knowledge of other governments, he had never +made his commonwealth), but for the diversion which they must +have given his citizens from their arms, who, being but few, if +they had minded anything else, must have deserted the +commonwealth. For Rome, she had ingenium par ingenio, was as +learned as great, and held our College of Augurs in much +reverence. Venice has taken her religion upon trust. Holland +cannot attend it to be very studious. Nor does Switzerland mind +it much; yet are they all addicted to their universities. We cut +down trees to build houses; but I would have somebody show me, by +what reason or experience the cutting down of a university should +tend to the setting up of a commonwealth. Of this I am sure, that +the perfection of a commonwealth is not to be attained without +the knowledge of ancient prudence, nor the knowledge of ancient +prudence without learning, nor learning without schools of good +literature, and these are such as we call universities. + +"Now though mere university learning of itself be that which +(to speak the words of Verulamius) 'crafty men contemn, and +simple men only admire, yet is it such as wise men have use of; +for studies do not teach their own use, but that is a wisdom +without and above them, won by observation. Expert men may +execute, and perhaps judge, of particulars one by one; but the +general councils and the plots, and the marshalling of affairs, +come best from those that are learned.' Wherefore if you would +have your children to be statesmen, let them drink by all means +of these fountains, where perhaps there were never any. But what +though the water a man drinks be not nourishment, it is the +vehicle without which he cannot be nourished. + +Nor is religion less concerned in this point than government: +for take away your universities, and in a few years you lose it. +"The holy Scriptures are written in Hebrew and Greek; they that +have neither of these languages may think light of both; but find +me a man that has one in perfection, the study of whose whole +life it has not been. Again, this is apparent to us in daily +conversation, that if four or five persons that have lived +together be talking, another speaking the same language may come +in, and yet understand very little of their discourse, in that it +relates to circumstances, persons, things, times and places which +he knows not. It is no otherwise with a man, having no insight of +the times in which they were written, and the circumstances to +which they relate, in the reading of ancient books, whether they +be divine or human. For example, when we fall upon the discourse +about baptism and regeneration that was between our Saviour and +Nicodemus, where Christ reproaches him with his ignorance in this +matter. 'Art thou a doctor in Israel, and understandest not these +things?, What shall we think of it? or wherefore should a doctor +in Israel have understood these things more than another, but +that both baptism and regeneration, as was showed at large by my +Lord Phosphorus, were doctrines held in Israel? I instance in one +place of a hundred, which he, that has not mastered the +circumstances to which they relate, cannot understand. Wherefore +to the understanding of the Scripture, it is necessary to have +ancient languages, and the knowledge of ancient times, or the aid +of them who have such knowledge; and to have such as may be +always able and ready to give such aid (unless you would borrow +it of another nation, which would not only be base, but +deceitful) it is necessary to a commonwealth that she have +schools of good literature, or universities of her own. + +"We are commanded, as has been said more than once, to search +the Scriptures; and which of them search the Scriptures, they +that take this pains in ancient languages and learning, or they +that will not, but trust to translations only, and to words as +they sound to present circumstances? than which nothing is more +fallible, or certain to lose the true sense of Scriptures, +pretended to be above human understanding, for no other cause +than that they are below it. But in searching the Scriptures by +the proper use of our universities, we have been heretofore blest +with greater victories and trophies against the purple hosts and +golden standards of the Romish hierarchy than any nation; and +therefore why we should relinquish this upon the presumption of +some, that because there is a greater light which they have, I do +not know. There is a greater light than the sun, but it does not +extinguish the sun, nor does any light of God's giving extinguish +that of nature, but increase and sanctify it. Wherefore, neither +the honor bore by the Israelitish, Roman, or any other +commonwealth that I have shown, to their ecclesiastics, consisted +in being governed by them, but in consulting them in matters of +religion, upon whose responses or oracles they did afterward as +they thought fit. + +"Nor would I be here mistaken, as if, by affirming the +universities to be, in order both to religion and government, of +absolute necessity, I declared them or the ministry in any wise +fit to be trusted, so far as to exercise any power not derived +from the civil magistrate in the administration of either. if the +Jewish religion were directed and established by Moses, it was +directed and established by the civil magistrate; or if Moses +exercised this administration as a prophet, the same prophet did +invest with the same administration the Sanhedrim, and not the +priests; and so does our commonwealth the Senate, and not the +clergy. They who had the supreme administration or government of +the national religion in Athens, were the first Archon, the rex +sacrificulus, or high-priest, and a polemarch, which magistrates +were ordained or elected by the holding up of hands in the +church, congregation, or comitia of the people. The religion of +Lacedaemon was governed by the kings, who were also high-priests, +and officiated at the sacrifice; these had power to substitute +their pythii, ambassadors, or nuncios, by which, not without +concurrence of the Senate, they held intelligence with the oracle +of Apollo at Delphos. And the ecclesiastical part of the +Commonwealth of Rome was governed by the pontifex maximus, the +rex sacrificulus, and the Flamens, all ordained or elected by the +people, the pontifex by the tribes, the King by the centuries, +and the Flamens by the parishes. + +"I do not mind you of these things, as if, for the matter, +there were any parallel to be drawn out of their superstitions to +our religion, but to show that for the manner, ancient prudence +is as well a rule in divine as human things; nay, and such a one +as the apostles themselves, ordaining elders by the holding up of +hands in every congregation, have exactly followed; for some of +the congregations where they thus ordained elders were those of +Antioch, Iconium, Lystra, Derbe, the countries of Lycaona, +Pisidia, Pamphilia, Perga, with Attalia. Now that these cities +and countries, when the Romans propagated their empire into Asia, +were found most of them commonwealths, and that many of the rest +were endued with like power, so that the people living under the +protection of the Roman emperors continued to elect their own +magistrates, is so known a thing, that I wonder whence it is that +men, quite contrary to the universal proof of these examples, +will have ecclesiastical government to be necessarily distinct +from civil power, when the right of the elders ordained by the +holding up of hands in every congregation to teach the people, +was plainly derived from the same civil power by which they +ordained the rest of their magistrates. And it is not otherwise +in our commonwealth, where the parochial congregation elects or +ordains its pastor. To object the Commonwealth of Venice in this +place, were to show us that it has been no otherwise but where +the civil power has lost the liberty of her conscience by +embracing popery; as also that to take away the liberty of +conscience in this administration from the civil power, were a +proceeding which has no other precedent than such as is popish. + +"Wherefore your religion is settled after the following +manner: the universities are the seminaries of that part which is +national, by which means others with all safety may be permitted +to follow the liberty of their own consciences, in regard that, +however they behave themselves, the ignorance of the unlearned in +this case cannot lose your religion nor disturb your government, +which otherwise it would most certainly do; and the universities +with their emoluments, as also the benefices of the whole nation, +are to be improved by such augmentations as may make a very +decent and comfortable subsistence for the ministry, which is +neither to be allowed synods nor assemblies, except upon the +occasion shown in the universities, when they are consulted by +the Council of State, and suffered to meddle with affairs of +religion, nor to be capable of any other public preferment +whatsoever; by which means the interest of the learned can never +come to corrupt your religion, nor disturb your government, which +otherwise it would most certainly do. Venice, though she does not +see, or cannot help the corruption of her religion, is yet so +circumspect to avoid disturbance of her government in this kind, +that her Council proceeds not to election of magistrates till it +be proclaimed fora papalini, by which words such as have +consanguinity with red hats, or relation to the Court of Rome, +are warned to withdraw. + +"If a minister in Holland meddles with matter of state, the +magistrate sends him a pair of shoes; whereupon, if he does not +go, he is driven away from his charge. I wonder why ministers, of +all men, should be perpetually tampering with government; first +because they, as well as others, have it in express charge to +submit themselves to the ordinances of men; and secondly because +these ordinances of men must go upon such political principles as +they of all others, by anything that can be found in their +writings or actions, least understand: whence you have the +suffrage of all nations to this sense, that an ounce of wisdom is +worth a pound of clergy. Your greatest clerks are not your wisest +men: and when some foul absurdity in state is committed, it is +common with the French, and even the Italians, to call it 'pas de +clerc,' or 'governo de prete.' They may bear with men that will +be preaching without study, while they will be governing without +prudence. My lords, if you know not how to rule your clergy, you +will most certainly, like a man that cannot rule his wife, have +neither quiet at home nor honor abroad. Their honest vocation is +to teach your children at the schools and the universities, and +the people in the parishes, and yours is concerned to see that +they do not play the shrews, of which parts does consist the +education of your commonwealth, so far as it regards religion. + +"To justice, or that part of it which is commonly executive, +answers the education of the inns of court and chancery. Upon +which to philosophize, requires a public kind of learning that I +have not. But they who take upon them any profession proper to +the educations mentioned -- that is, theology, physic, or law -- +are not at leisure for the essays. Wherefore the essays, being +degrees whereby the youth commence for all magistracies, offices, +and honors in the parish, hundred, tribe, Senate, or prerogative; +divines, physicians, and lawyers not taking these degrees, +exclude themselves from all such magistracies, offices, and +honors. And whereas lawyers are likest to exact further reason +for this, they (growing up from the most gainful art at the bar +to those magistracies upon the bench which are continually +appropriated to themselves, and not only endowed with the +greatest revenues, but also held for life) have the least reason +of all the rest to pretend to any other, especially in an equal +commonwealth, where accumulation of magistracy or to take a +person engaged by his profit to the laws, as they stand, into the +power, which is legislative, and which should keep them to what +they were, or ought to he, were a solecism in prudence. It is +true that the legislative power may have need of advice and +assistance from the executive magistracy, or such as are learned +in the law; for which cause the judges are, as they have +heretofore been, assistants in the Senate. Nor, however it came +about, can I see any reason why a judge, being but an assistant +or lawyer, should be member of a legislative council. + +"I deny not that the Roman patricians were all patrons, and +that the whole people were clients, some to one family and some +to another, by which means they had their causes pleaded and +defended in some appearance gratis; for the patron took no money, +though if he had a daughter to marry, his clients were to pay her +portion, nor was this so great a grievance. But if the client +accused his patron, gave testimony or suffrage against him, it +was a crime of such a nature that any man might lawfully kill him +as a traitor; and this, as being the nerve of the optimacy, was a +great cause of ruin to that commonwealth; for when the people +would carry anything that pleased not the Senate, the senators +were ill provided if they could not intercede-that is, oppose it +by their clients; with whom, to vote otherwise than they pleased, +was the highest crime. The observation of this bond till the time +of the Gracchi -- that is to say, till it was too late, or to no +purpose to break it -- was the cause why, in all the former heats +and disputes that had happened between the Senate and the people, +it never came to blows, which indeed was good; but withal, the +people could have no remedy, which was certainly evil. Wherefore +I am of opinion that a senator ought not to be a patron or +advocate, nor a patron or advocate to be a senator; for if his +practice be gratis it debauches the people, and if it be +mercenary it debauches himself: take it which way you will, when +he should be making of laws, he will be knitting of nets. + +"Lycurgus, as I said, by being a traveller became a +legislator, but in times when prudence was another thing. +Nevertheless we may not shut out this part of education in a +commonwealth, which will be herself a traveller; for those of +this make have seen the world, especially because this is certain +(though it be not regarded in our times, when things being left +to take their chance, it fares with us accordingly) that no man +can be a politician except he be first a historian or a +traveller; for except he can see what must be, or what may be, he +is no politician. Now if he has no knowledge in history he cannot +tell what has been, and if he has not been a traveller, he cannot +tell what is; but he that neither knows what has been, nor what +is, can never tell what must be, or what may be. Furthermore, the +embassies-in-ordinary by our constitution are the prizes of young +men, more especially such as have been travellers. Wherefore they +of these inclinations, having leave of the censors, owe them an +account of their time, and cannot choose but lay it out with some +ambition of praise or reward, where both are open, whence you +will have eyes abroad, and better choice of public ministers, +your gallants showing themselves not more to the ladies at their +balls than to your commonwealth at her Academy when they return +from their travels. + +"But this commonwealth being constituted more especially of +two elements, arms and councils, drives by a natural instinct at +courage and wisdom; which he who has attained is arrived at the +perfection of human nature. It is true that these virtues must +have some natural root in him that is capable of them; but this +amounts not to so great a matter as some will have it. For if +poverty makes an industrious, a moderate estate a temperate, and +a lavish fortune a wanton man, and this be the common course of +things, wisdom then is rather of necessity than inclination. And +that an army which was meditating upon flight, has been brought +by despair to win the field, is so far from being strange, that +like causes will evermore produce like effects. Wherefore this +commonwealth drives her citizens like wedges; there is no way +with them but thorough, nor end but that glory whereof man is +capable by art or nature. That the genius of the Roman families +commonly preserved itself throughout the line (as to instance in +some, the Manlii were still severe, the Publicolae lovers, and +the Appii haters of the people) is attributed by Machiavel to +their education; nor, if interest might add to the reason why the +genius of a patrician was one thing, and that of a plebeian +another, is the like so apparent between different nations, who, +according to their different educations, have yet as different +manners. It was anciently noted, and long confirmed by the +actions of the French, that in their first assaults their courage +was more than that of men, and for the rest less than that of +women, which nevertheless, through the amendment of their +discipline, we see now to be otherwise. I will not say but that +some man or nation upon an equal improvement of this kind may be +lighter than some other; but certainly education is the scale +without which no man or nation can truly know his or her own +weight or value. By our histories we can tell when one Marpesian +would have beaten ten Oceaners, and when one Oceaner would have +beaten ten Marpesians. Marc Antony was a Roman, but how did that +appear in the embraces of Cleopatra? You must have some other +education for your youth, or they, like that passage, will show +better in romance than true story. + +"The custom of the Commonwealth of Rome in distributing her +magistracies without respect of age, happened to do well in +Corvinus and Scipio; for which cause Machiavel (with whom that +which was done by Rome, and that which is well done, are for the +most part all one) commends this course. Yet how much it did +worse at other times, is obvious in Pompey and Caesar, examples +by which Boccalini illustrates the prudence of Venice in her +contrary practice, affirming it to have been no small step to the +ruin of the Roman liberty, that these (having tasted in their +youth of the supreme honors) had no greater in their age to hope +for, but by perpetuating of the same in themselves; which came to +blood and ended in tyranny. The opinion of Verulamius is safe: +'The errors,' says he, 'of young men are the ruin of business; +whereas the errors of old men amount but to this, that more might +have been done, or sooner.' But though their wisdom be little, +their courage is great; wherefore (to come to the main education +of this commonwealth) the militia of Oceana is the province of +youth. + +"The distribution of this province by the essays is so fully +described in the order, that I need repeat nothing; the order +itself being but a repetition or copy of that original, which in +ancient prudence is of all others the fairest, as that from +whence the Commonwealth of Rome more particularly derived the +empire of the world. And there is much more reason in this age, +when governments are universally broken, or swerved from their +foundations, and the people groan under tyranny, that the same +causes (which could not be withstood when the world was full of +popular governments) should have the like effects. + +"The causes in the Commonwealth of Rome, whereof the empire +of the world was not any miraculous, but a natural (nay, I may +safely say a necessary) consequence, are contained in that part +of her discipline which was domestic, and in that which she +exercises in her provinces or conquest. Of the latter I shall +have better occasion to speak when we come to our provincial +orbs; the former divided the whole people by tribes, amounting, +as Livy and Cicero show, at their full growth to thirty-five, and +every tribe by the sense or valuation of estates into five +classes: for the sixth being proletary, that is the nursery, or +such as through their poverty contributed nothing to the +commonwealth but children, was not reckoned nor used in arms. And +this is the first point of the militia, in which modern prudence +is quite contrary to the ancient; for whereas we, excusing the +rich and arming the poor, become the vassals of our servants, +they, by excusing the poor and arming such as were rich enough to +be freemen, became lords of the earth. The nobility and gentry of +this nation, who understand so little what it is to be the lords +of the earth that they have not been able to keep their own +lands, will think it a strange education for their children to be +common soldiers, and obliged to all the duties of arms; +nevertheless it is not for four shillings a week, but to be +capable of being the best man in the field or in the city the +latter part of which consideration makes the common soldier +herein a better man than the general of any monarchical army. + +"And whereas it may be thought that this would drink deep of +noble blood, I dare boldly say, take the Roman nobility in the +heat of their fiercest wars, and you shall not find such a +shambles of them as has been made of ours by mere luxury and +slothfulness; which, killing the body, kill the soul also: +Animasque in vulnere ponunt. Whereas common right is that which +he who stands in the vindication of, has used that sword of +justice for which he receives the purple of magistracy. The glory +of a man on earth can go no higher, and if he falls he rises +again, and comes sooner to that reward which is so much higher as +heaven is above the earth. To return to the Roman example: every +class was divided, as has been more than once shown, into +centuries, and every century was equally divided into youth and +elders; the youth for foreign service, and the elders for the +guard of the territory. In the first class were about eighteen +centuries of horse, being those which, by the institution of +Servius, were first called to the suffrage in the centurial +assemblies. But the delectus, or levy of an army, which is the +present business, proceeded, according to Polybius, in this +manner: + +"Upon a war decreed, the Consuls elected four-and-twenty +military tribunes or colonels, whereof ten, being such as had +merited their tenth stipend, were younger officers. The tribunes +being chosen, the Consuls appointed a day to the tribes, when +those in them of military age were to appear at the capitol. The +day being come, and the youth assembled accordingly, the Consuls +ascended their tribunal, and the younger tribunes were straight +divided into four parts after this manner: four were assigned to +the first legion (a legion at the most consisted of 6,000 foot +and 300 horse), three to the second, four to the third, and three +to the fourth. The younger tribunes being thus distributed, two +of the elder were assigned to the first legion, three to the +second, two to the third, and three to the fourth; and the +officers of each legion thus assigned, having drawn the tribes by +lot, and being seated according to their divisions at a +convenient distance from each other, the tribe of the first lot +was called, whereupon they that were of it knowing the business, +and being prepared, presently bolted out four of their number, in +the choice whereof such care was taken that they offered none +that was not a citizen, no citizen that was not of the youth, no +youth that was not of some one of the five classes, nor any one +of the five classes that was not expert at his exercises. +Moreover, they used such diligence in matching them for age and +stature, that the officers of the legion, except they happened to +be acquainted with the youth so bolted, were forced to put +themselves upon fortune, while they of the first legion chose +one, they of the second the next, they of the third another and +the fourth youth fell to the last legion; and thus was the +election (the legions and the tribes varying according to their +lots) carried on till the foot were complete. + +"The like course with little alteration was taken by the +horse officers till the horse also were complete. This was called +giving of names, which the children of Israel did also by lot; +and if any man refused to give his name, he was sold for a slave, +or his estate confiscated to the commonwealth. 'When Marcus +Curius the Consul was forced to make a sudden levy, and none of +the youth would give in their names, all the tribes being put to +the lot, he commanded the first name drawn out of the urn of the +Pollian tribe (which happened to come first) to be called; but +the youth not answering, he ordered his goods to be sold; which +was conformable to the law in Israel, according to which Saul +took a yoke of oxen, and hewed them in pieces, and sent them +throughout the tribes, saying, 'Whosoever comes not forth to +battle after Saul and Samuel, so shall it be done to his oxen.' +By which you may observe also that they who had no cattle were +not of the militia in Israel. But the age of the Roman youth by +the Tullian law determined at thirty; and by the law (though it +should seem by Machiavel and others that this was not well +observed) a man could not stand for magistracy till he was miles +emeritus, or had fulfilled the full term of his militia, which +was complete in his tenth stipend or service, nor was he +afterward obliged under any penalty to give his name, except the +commonwealth were invaded, in which case the elders were as well +obliged as the youth. The Consul might also levy milites +evocatos, or soldiers, commanded men out of such as had served +their turn, and this at his discretion. The legions being thus +complete, were divided by two to each consul, and in these no man +had right to serve but a Roman citizen; now because two legions +made but a small army, the Romans added to every one of their +arms an equal number of foot, and a double number of horse levied +among their Latin or Italian associates; so a consular army, with +the legions and auxiliaries, amounted to about 30,000, and +whereas they commonly levied two such armies together, these +being joined made about 60,000. + +"The steps whereby our militia follows the greatest captain, +are the three essays; the first, elected by a fifth man in the +parishes, and amounting in the whole to 100,000, choose their +officers at the hundreds, where they fall also to their games or +exercises, invited by handsome prizes, such as for themselves and +the honor of them will be coveted, such as will render the +hundred a place of sports, and exercise of arms all the year +long, such as in the space of ten years will equip 30,000 men +horse and foot, with such arms for their forge, proof, and +beauty, as (notwithstanding the argyraspides, or silver shields +of Alexander's guards) were never worn by so many, such as will +present marks of virtue and direction to your general or +strategus in the distribution of his army, which doubles the +value of them to the proprietors, who are bound to wear them, and +eases the commonwealth of so much charge, so many being armed +already. + +"But here will be the objection now. How shall such a revenue +be compassed? Fifty pounds a year in every hundred is a great +deal, not so easily raised; men will not part with their money, +nor would the sum, as it is proposed by the order of Pompey, rise +in many years. These are difficulties that fit our genius +exactly, and yet œ1,000 in each hundred, once levied, establishes +the revenue forever. Now the hundreds one with another are worth +œ10,000 a year dry-rent, over and above personal estates, which +bring it to twice the value, so that a twentieth part of one +year's revenue of the hundred does it. if you cannot afford this +while you pay taxes, though from henceforth they will be but +small ones, do it when you pay none. if it be then too much for +one year, do it in two; if it be too much for two years, do it in +four. What husbands have we hitherto been? what is become of +greater sums? My lords, if you should thus cast your bread upon +the waters, after many days you shall find it; stand not huckling +when you are offered corn and your money again in the mouth of +the sack. + +"But to proceed: the first essay being officered at the +hundreds, and mustered at the tribes (where they are entertained +with other sports, which will be very fine ones), proceeds to the +election of the second essay, or standing army of this nation, +consisting of 30,000 foot and 10,000 horse; and these, upon a war +decreed, being delivered at the rendezvous of Oceana to the +strategus, are the third essay, which answers to the Roman +legions. But you may observe, that whereas the consuls elected +the military tribunes, and raised commanded men out of the +veterans at their own discretion, our polemarchs, or field +officers, are elected by the scrutiny of the Council of War, and +our veterans not otherwise taken on than as volunteers, and with +the consent of the polemarchs, which may serve for the removal of +certain scruples which might otherwise be incident in this place, +though without encouragement by the Roman way of proceeding, much +less by that which is proposed. But whereas the Roman legions in +all amounted not in one army to above 30,000 men, or little more, +you have here 40,000; and whereas they added auxiliaries, it is +in this regard that Marpesia will be a greater revenue to you +than if you had the Indies; for whereas heretofore she has +yielded you nothing but her native thistles, in ploughing out the +rankness of her aristocracy by your agrarian, you will find her +an inexhaustible magazine of men, and to her own advantage, who +will make a far better account by the arms than by the pins of +Poland. Wherefore as a consular army consisted of about an equal +number of auxiliaries added to their legions by their Latin or +Italian associates, you may add to a parliamentary army an equal +number of Marpesians or Panopeans, as that colony shall hereafter +be able to supply you, by which means the commonwealth will be +able to go forth to battle with 80,000 men. + +"To make wars with small forces is no husbandry, but a waste, +a disease, a lingering and painful consumption of men and money +the Romans making theirs thick, made them short, and had little +regard to money, as that which they who have men enough can +command where it is fittest that it should be levied. All the +ancient monarchies by this means got on wing, and attained to +vast riches. Whereas your modern princes being dear purchasers of +small parcels, have but empty pockets. But it may be some will +accuse the order of rashness, in that it commits the sole conduct +of the war to the general; and the custom of Venice by her +proveditori, or checks upon her commanders-in-chief, may seem to +be of greater prudence; but in this part of our government +neither Venice nor any nation that makes use of mercenary forces +is for our instruction. A mercenary army, with a standing +general, is like the fatal sister that spins; but proper forces, +with an annual magistrate, are like her that cuts the thread. +Their interests are quite contrary, and yet you have a better +proveditor than the Venetian, another strategus sitting with an +army standing by him; whereupon that which is marching, if there +were any probability it should, would find as little possibility +that it could recoil, as a foreign enemy to invade you. These +things considered, a war will appear to be of a contrary nature +to that of all other reckonings, inasmuch as of this you must +never look to have a good account if you be strict in imposing +checks. Let a council of huntsmen, assembled beforehand, tell you +which way the stag shall run, where you shall cast about at the +fault, and how you shall ride to be in at the chase all the day; +but these may as well do that, as a council of war direct a +general. The hours that have painted wings, and of different +colors, are his council; he must be like the eye that makes not +the scene, but has it so soon as it changes. That in many +counsellors there is strength, is spoken of civil +administrations; as to those that are military, there is nothing +more certain than that in many counsellors there is weakness. +Joint commissions in military affairs, are like hunting your +hounds in their couples. In the Attic War Cleomenes and +Demaratus, Kings of Lacedaemon, being thus coupled, tugged one +against another; and while they should have joined against the +Persian, were the cause of the common calamity, whereupon that +commonwealth took better counsel, and made a law whereby from +henceforth there went at once but one of her kings to battle. + +"'The Fidenati being in rebellion, and having slain the +colony of the Romans, four tribunes with consular power were +created by the people of Rome, whereof one being left for the +guard of the city, the other three were sent against the +Fidenati, who, through the division that happened among them, +brought nothing home but dishonor, whereupon the Romans created +the Dictator, and Livy gives his judgment in these words: "The +three tribunes with consular power were a lesson how useless in +war is the joint command of several generals; for each following +his own counsels, while they all differed in their opinions, gave +by this opportunity an advantage to the enemy." When the consuls +Quintus and Agrippa were sent against the AEqui, Agrippa for this +reason refused to go with his colleague, saying: "That in the +administration of great actions it was most safe that the chief +command should be lodged in one person." And if the ruin of +modern armies were well considered, most of it would be found to +have fallen upon this point, it being in this case far safer to +trust to any one man of common prudence, than to any two or more +together of the greatest parts.' The consuls indeed, being equal +in power, while one was present with the Senate, and the other in +the field with the army, made a good balance; and this with us is +exactly followed by the election of a new strategus upon the +march of the old one. + +"The seven-and-twentieth order, whereby the elders in case of +invasion are obliged to equal duty with the youth, and each upon +their own charge, is suitable to reason (for every man defends +his own estate) and to our copy, as in the war with the Samnites +and Tuscans. 'The Senate ordered a vacation to be proclaimed, and +a levy to be made of all sorts of persons, and not only the +freemen and youths were listed, but cohorts of the old men were +likewise formed.' This nation of all others is the least +obnoxious to invasion. Oceana, says a French politician, is a +beast that cannot be devoured but by herself. Nevertheless, that +government is not perfect which is not provided at all points; +and in this (ad triarios res rediit) the elders being such as in +a martial state must be veterans, the commonwealth invaded +gathers strength like Antaeus by her fall, while the whole number +of the elders, consisting of 500,000, and the youth of as many, +being brought up according to the order, give twelve successive +battles, each battle consisting of 80,000 men, half elders and +half youth. And the commonwealth, whose constitution can be no +stranger to any of those virtues which are to be acquired in +human life, grows familiar with death ere she dies. If the hand +of God be upon her for her transgressions, she shall mourn for +her sins, and lie in the dust for her iniquities, without losing +her manhood. + + "'Si fractus illabatur orbis, + +Impavidam ferient ruinoe.'" + +The remaining part, being the constitution of the provincial +orb, is partly civil, or consisting of the elders; and partly +military, or consisting of the youth. The civil part of the +provincial orb is directed by -- + +The twenty-eighth order, "Whereby the council of a province +being constituted of twelve knights, divided by four into three +regions (for their term and revolution conformable to the +Parliament), is perpetuated by the annual election at the tropic +of four knights (being triennial magistrates) out of the region +of the Senate whose term expires; and of one knight out of the +same region to be strategus or general of the province, which +magistracy is annual. The strategus or magistrate thus chosen +shall be as well president of the provincial council with power +to propose to the same, as general of the army. The council for +the rest shall elect weekly provosts, having any two of them also +right to propose after the manner of the senatorian councils of +Oceana. And whereas all provincial councils are members of the +Council of State, they may and ought to keep diligent +correspondence with the same, which is to be done after this +manner: Any opinion or opinions legitimately proposed and debated +at a provincial council, being thereupon signed by the strategus +or any two of the provosts, may be transmitted to the Council of +State in Oceana; and the Council of State proceeding upon the +same in their natural course (whether by their own power, if it +be a matter within their instructions; or by authority of the +Senate thereupon consulted, if it be a matter of state which is +not in their instructions; or by authority of the Senate and +command of the people, if it be a matter of law, as for the +levies of men or money upon common use and safety) shall return +such answers, advice, or orders as in any of the ways mentioned +shall be determined upon the case. + +"The provincial councils of Marpesia and Panopea respectively +shall take special care that the agrarian laws, as also all other +laws that be or shall from time to time be enacted by the +Parliament of Oceana, for either of them, be duly put in +execution; they shall manage and receive the customs of either +nation for the shipping of Oceana, being the common guard; they +shall have a care that moderate and sufficient pay upon the +respective province be duly raised for the support and +maintenance of the officers and soldiers, or army of the same, in +the most effectual, constant, and convenient way; they shall +receive the regalia, or public revenues of those nations, out of +which every councillor shall have for his term, and to his proper +use, the sum of œ500 per annum, and the strategus œ500 as +president, beside his pay as general, which shall be œ1,000, the +reminder to go to the use of the knights and deputies of the +respective provinces, to be paid, if it will reach, according to +the rates of Oceana; if not, by an equal distribution, +respectively, or the overplus, if there be any, to be returned to +the Treasury of Oceana. They shall manage the lands (if there be +any such held in either of the provinces by the commonwealth of +Oceana, in dominion) and return the rents into the Exchequer. If +the commonwealth comes to be possessed of richer provinces, the +pay of the general or strategus, and of the councils, may be +respectively increased. The people for the rest shall elect their +own magistrates, and be governed by their own laws, having power +also to appeal from their native or provincial magistrates, if +they please, to the people of Oceana. And whereas there may be +such as receiving injury, are not able to prosecute their appeals +at so great a distance, eight sergeants-at-law, being sworn by +the commissioners of the seal, shall be sent by four into each +province once in two years; who, dividing the same by circuits, +shall hear such causes, and having gathered and introduced them, +shall return to the several appellants, gratis, the +determinations and decrees of the people in their several cases. + +"The term of a knight in a provincial orb, as to domestic +magistracies, shall be esteemed a vacation, and no bar to present +election to any other honor, his provincial magistracy being +expired. + +"The quorum of a provincial council, as also of every other +council or assembly in Oceana, shall in time of health consist of +two parts in three of the whole number proper to that council or +assembly; and in a time of sickness, of one part in three; but of +the Senate there can be no quorum without three of the signory, +nor of a council without two of the provosts." + +The civil part of the provincial orb being declared by the +foregoing order, the military part of the same is constituted by +-- + +The twenty-ninth order, "Whereby the stratiots of the third +essay having drawn the gold balls marked with the letter M, and +being ten horse and fifty foot in a tribe, that is to say, 500 +horse and 2,500 foot in all, the tribes shall be delivered by the +respective conductors to the provincial strategus or general, at +such a time and place, or rendezvous, as he shall appoint by +order and certificate of his election, and the strategus having +received the horse and foot mentioned, which are the third +classes of his provincial guard or army, shall forthwith lead +them away to Marpesia, where the army consists of three classes, +each class containing 3,000 men, whereof 500 are horse; and +receiving the new strategus with the third class, the old +strategus with the first class shall be dismissed by the +provincial council. The same method with the stratiots of the +letter P, is to be observed for the provincial orb of Panopea; +and the commonwealth coming to acquire new provinces, the Senate +and the people may erect new orbs in like manner, consisting of +greater or less numbers, according as is required by the +respective occasion. If a stratiot has once served his term in a +provincial orb, and happens afterward to draw the letter of a +province at the election of the second essay, he may refuse his +lot; and if he refuses it, the censor of that urn shall cause the +files balloting at the same to make a halt; and if the stratiot +produces the certificate of his strategus or general, that he has +served his time accordingly, the censor throwing the ball that he +drew into the urn again, and taking out a blank, shall dismiss +the youth, and cause the ballot to proceed." + +To perfect the whole structure of this commonwealth, some +directions are given to the third essay, or army marching, in-- + +The thirtieth order. "'When thou goest to battle against thy +enemies, and seest horses and chariots, and a people more than +thou, be not afraid of them, for the Lord thy God is he that goes +with thee to fight for thee against thy enemies. And when thou +dividest the spoil, it shall be as a statute and an ordinance to +thee, that as his part is that goes down to the battle, so shall +his part be that tarries by the stuff; that is (as to the +commonwealth of Oceana) the spoil takin of the enemy (except +clothes, arms, horses, ammunition, and victuals, to be divided to +the soldiery by the strategus and the polemarchs upon the place +according to their discretion) shall be delivered to four +commissaries of the spoils elected and sworn by the Council of +War, which commissaries shall be allowed shipping by the State, +and convoys according as occasion shall require by the strategus, +to the end that having a bill of lading signed by three or more +of the polemarchs, they may ship and bring, or cause such spoils +to be brought to the prize-office in Oceana, where they shall be +sold, and the profit arising by such spoils shall be divided into +three parts, whereof one shall go to the Treasury, another shall +be paid to the soldiery of this nation, and a third to the +auxiliaries at their return from their service, provided that the +said auxiliaries be equal in number to the proper forces of this +nation, otherwise their share shall be so much less as they +themselves are fewer in number; the rest of the two-thirds to go +to the officers and soldiers of the proper forces. And the spoils +so divided to the proper forces, shall be subdivided into three +equal parts, whereof one shall go to the officers, and two to the +common soldiers, the like for the auxiliaries. And the share +allotted the officers shall be divided into four equal parts, +whereof one shall go to the strategus, another to the polemarchs, +a third to the colonels, and a fourth to the captains, cornets, +ensigns, and under-officers, receiving their share of the spoil +as common soldiers, the like for the auxiliaries. And this upon +pain, in the case of failure, of what the people of Oceana (to +whom the cognizance of peculation or crimes of this nature is +properly appertaining) shall adjudge or decree." + +Upon these three last orders the Archon seemed to be +haranguing at the head of his army in this manner: + +"MY DEAR LORDS AND EXCELLENT PATRIOTS: + +"A government of this make is a commonwealth for increase. Of +those for preservation, the inconveniences and frailties have +been shown: their roots are narrow, such as do not run, have no +fibres; their tops weak and dangerously exposed to the weather, +except you chance to find one, as Venice, planted in a +flower-pot, and if she grows, she grows topheavy, and falls, too. +But you cannot plant an oak in a flowerpot; she must have earth +for her root, and heaven for her branches. + +"'Imperium Oceano, famam quoe terminet astris.' + +"Rome was said to be broken by her own weight, but +poetically; for that weight by which she was pretended to be +ruined was supported in her emperors by a far slighter +foundation. And in the common experience of good architecture, +there is nothing more known than that buildings stand the firmer +and the longer for their own weight, nor ever swerve through any +other internal cause than that their materials are corruptible; +but the people never die, nor, as a political body, are subject +to any other corruption than that which derives from their +government. Unless a man will deny the chain of causes, in which +he denies God, he must also acknowledge the chain of effects; +wherefore there can be no effect in nature that is not from the +first cause, and those successive links of the chain without +which it could not have been. Now except a man can show the +contrary in a commonwealth, if there be no cause of corruption in +the first make of it, there can never be any such effect. Let no +man's superstition impose profaneness upon this assertion; for as +man is sinful, but yet the universe is perfect, so may the +citizen be sinful, and yet the commonwealth be perfect. And as +man, seeing the world is perfect, can never commit any such sin +as shall render it imperfect, or bring it to a natural +dissolution, so the citizen, where the commonwealth is perfect, +can never commit any such crime as will render it imperfect, or +bring it to a natural dissolution. + +"To come to experience: Venice, notwithstanding we have found +some flaws in it, is the only commonwealth in the make whereof no +man can find a cause of dissolution; for which reason we behold +her (though she consists of men that are not without sin) at this +day with 1,000 years upon her back, yet for any internal cause, +as young, as fresh, and free from decay, or any appearance of it, +as she was born; but whatever in nature is not sensible of decay +by the course of 1,000 years, is capable of the whole age of +nature; by which calculation, for any check that I am able to +give myself, a commonwealth, rightly ordered, may for any +internal causes be as immortal or long-lived as the world. But if +this be true, those commonwealths that are naturally fallen, must +have derived their ruin from the rise of them. Israel and Athens +died, not natural, but violent deaths, in which manner the world +itself is to die. We are speaking of those causes of dissolution +which are natural to government; and they are but two, either +contradiction or inequality. If a commonwealth be a +contradiction, she must needs destroy herself; and if she be +unequal, it tends to strife, and strife to ruin. By the former of +these fell Lacedaemon, by the latter Rome. Lacedaemon being made +altogether for war, and yet not for increase, her natural +progress became her natural dissolution, and the building of her +own victorious hand too heavy for her foundation, so that she +fell, indeed, by her own weight. But Rome perished through her +native inequality, which how it inveterated the bosoms of the +Senate and the people each against other, and even to death, has +been shown at large. + +"Look well to it, my lords, for if there be a contradiction +or inequality in your commonwealth, it must fall; but if it has +neither of these, it has no principle of mortality. Do not think +me impudent; if this be truth, I shall commit a gross +indiscretion in concealing it. Sure I am that Machiavel is for +the immortality of a commonwealth upon far weaker principles. 'If +a commonwealth,' says he, 'were so happy as to be provided often +with men, that, when she is swerving from her principles, should +reduce her to her institution, she would be immortal.' But a +commonwealth, as we have demonstrated, swerves not from her +principles, but by and through her institution; if she brought no +bias into the world with her, her course for any internal cause +must be straightforward, as we see is that of Venice. She cannot +turn to the right hand nor to the left, but by some rub, which is +not an internal, but external, cause: against such she can be no +way fortified but through her situation, as is Venice, or through +her militia, as was Rome, by which examples a commonwealth may be +secure of those also. Think me not vain, for I cannot conceal my +opinion here; a commonwealth that is rightly instituted can never +swerve, nor one that is not rightly instituted be secured from +swerving by reduction to her first principles; wherefore it is no +less apparent in this place that Machiavel understood not a +commonwealth as to the whole piece, than where having told you +that a tribune, or any other citizen of Rome, might propose a law +to the people, and debate it with them, he adds, 'this order was +good while the people were good; but when the people became evil, +it became most pernicious.' As if this order (through which, with +the like, the people most apparently became evil) could ever have +been good, or that the people or the commonwealth could ever have +become good, by being reduced to such principles as were the +original of their evil. + +"The disease of Rome was, as has been shown, from the native +inequality of her balance, and no otherwise from the empire of +the world, than as, this falling into one scale, that of the +nobility (an evil in such a fabric inevitable) kicked out the +people. Wherefore a man that could have made her to throw away +the empire of the world, might in that have reduced her to her +principles, and yet have been so far from rendering her immortal +that, going no further, he should never have cured her. But your +commonwealth is founded upon an equal agrarian; and if the earth +be given to the sons of men, this balance is the balance of +justice, such a one as in having due regard to the different +industry of different men, yet faithfully judges the poor' And +the king that faithfully judges the poor, his throne shall be +established forever;, much more the commonwealth, seeing that +equality, which is the necessary dissolution of monarchy, is the +generation, the very life and soul, of a commonwealth. And now, +if ever, I may be excusable, seeing my assertion, that the throne +of a commonwealth may be established forever, is consonant to the +holy Scriptures. + +"The balance of a commonwealth that is equal is of such a +nature that whatever falls into her empire must fall equally; and +if the whole earth falls into your scales, it must fall equally, +and so you may be a greater people and yet not swerve from your +principles one hair. Nay, you will be so far from that that you +must bring the world in such a case to your balance, even to the +balance of justice. But hearken, my lords; are we on earth, do we +see the sun, or are we visiting those shady places which are +feigned by the poets? + +"'Continuo auditoe voces, vagitus et ingens.' + +These Gothic empires that are yet in the world, were at the +first, though they had legs of their own, but a heavy and +unwieldy burden; but their foundations being now broken, the iron +of them enters even into the souls of the oppressed; and hear the +voice of their comforters: 'My father hath chastised you with +whips, but I will chastise you with scorpions.' Hearken, I say, +if thy brother cries to thee in affliction, wilt thou not hear +him? This is a commonwealth of the fabric that has an open ear +and a public concern; she is not made for herself only, but given +as a magistrate of God to mankind, for the vindication of common +right and the law of nature. Wherefore says Cicero of the like, +that of the Romans, 'We have rather undertaken the patronage than +the empire of the world.' If you, not regarding this example, +like some other nations that are upon the point to smart for it, +shall, having attained to your own liberty, bear the sword of +your common magistracy in vain, sit still and fold your arms, or, +which is worse, let out the blood of your people to tyrants, to +be shed in the defence of their yokes like water, and so not only +turn the grace of God into wantonness, but his justice into +wormwood: I say if you do thus, you are not now making a +commonwealth, but heaping coals of fire upon your own heads. A +commonwealth of this make is a minister of God upon earth, to the +end that the world may be governed with righteousness. For which +cause (that I may come at length to our present business) the +orders last rehearsed are buds of empire, such as with the +blessing of God may spread the arms of your commonwealth, like a +holy asylum, to the distressed world, and give the earth her +sabbath of years, or rest from her labors, under the shadow of +your wings. It is upon this point where the writings of +Machiavel, having for the rest excelled all other authors, come +as far to excel themselves. + +"Commonwealths, says he, have had three ways of propagating +themselves: One after the manner of monarchies, by imposing the +yoke, which was the way of Athens, and, toward the latter times, +of Lacedaemon; another by equal leagues, which is the way of +Switzerland (I shall add of Holland, though since his time); a +third by unequal leagues, which, to the shame of the world, was +never practised, nay, nor so much as seen or minded, by any other +commonwealth but that only of Rome. They will each of them, +either for caution or imitation, be worthy to be well weighed, +which is the proper work of this place. Athens and Lacedaemon +have been the occasion of great scandal to the world, in two, or +at least one of two regards: the first, their emulation, which +involved Greece in perpetual wars; the second, their way of +propagation, which by imposing yokes upon others, was plainly +contradictory to their own principles. + +"For the first: governments, be they of what kind soever, if +they be planted too close, are like trees, that impatient in +their growth to have it hindered, eat out one another. It was not +unknown to these in speculation, or, if you read the story of +Agesilaus, in action, that either of them with 30,000 men might +have mastered the East; and certainly, if the one had not stood +in the other's light, Alexander had come too late to that end, +which was the means (and would be if they were to live again) of +ruin, at least to one of them; wherefore with any man that +understands the nature of government this is excusable. So it was +between Oceana and Marpesia; so it is between France and Spain, +though less excusable; and so it ever will be in the like cases. +But to come to the second occasion of scandal by them given, +which was in the way of their propagation, it is not excusable; +for they brought their confederates under bondage, by which means +Athens gave occasion of the Peloponnesian War, the wound of which +she died stinking, when Lacedaemon, taking the same infection +from her carcass, soon followed. + +"Wherefore, my lords, let these be warnings to you not to +make that liberty which God has given you a snare to others in +practising this kind of enlargement to yourselves. + +"The second way of propagation or enlargement used by +commonwealths is that of Switzerland and Holland, equal leagues; +this, though it be not otherwise mischievous, is useless to the +world, and dangerous to themselves: useless to the world, for as +the former governments were storks, these are blocks, have no +sense of honor, or concern in the sufferings of others. But as +the AEtolians, a state of the like fabric, were reproached by +Philip of Macedon to prostitute themselves; by letting out their +arms to the lusts of others, while they leave their own liberty +barren and without legitimate issue; so I do not defame these +people; the Switzer for valor has no superior, the Hollander for +industry no equal; but themselves in the meantime shall so much +the less excuse their governments, seeing that to the Switz it is +well enough known that the ensigns of his commonwealth have no +other motto than in te converte manus; and that of the Hollander, +though he sweats more gold than the Spaniard digs, lets him +languish in debt; for she herself lives upon charity. These are +dangerous to themselves, precarious governments, such as do not +command, but beg their bread from province to province, in coats +that being patched up of all colors are in effect of none. That +their cantons and provinces are so many arrows, is good; but they +are so many bows too, which is naught. + +"Like to these was the commonwealth of the ancient Tuscans, +hung together like bobbins, without a hand to weave with them; +therefore easily overcome by the Romans, though at that time, for +number, a far less considerable people. If your liberty be not a +root that grows, it will be a branch that withers, which +consideration brings me to the paragon, the Commonwealth of Rome. + +"The ways and means whereby the Romans acquired the +patronage, and in that the empire, of the world were different, +according to the different condition of their commonwealth in her +rise and in her growth: in her rise she proceeded rather by +colonies, in her growth by unequal leagues. Colonies without the +bounds of Italy she planted none (such dispersion of the Roman +citizen as to plant him in foreign parts, till the contrary +interest of the emperors brought in that practice, was unlawful), +nor did she ever demolish any city within that compass, or divest +it of liberty; but whereas the most of them were commonwealths, +stirred 'up by emulation of her great felicity to war against +her, if she overcame any, she confiscated some part of their +lands that were the greatest incendiaries, or causes of the +trouble, upon which she planted colonies of her own people, +preserving the rest of their lands and liberties for the natives +or inhabitants. By this way of proceeding, that I may be as brief +as possible, she did many and great things. For in confirming of +liberty, she propagated her empire; in holding the inhabitants +from rebellion, she put a curb upon the incursion of enemies; in +exonerating herself of the poorer sort, she multiplied her +citizens; in rewarding her veterans, she rendered the rest less +seditious; and in acquiring to herself the reverence of a common +parent, she from time to time became the mother of new-born +cities. + +"In her further growth the way of her propagation went more +upon leagues, which for the first division were of two kinds, +social and provincial. + +"Again, social leagues, or leagues of society, were of two +kinds: + +"The first called Latinity or Latin, the second Italian +right." The league between the Romans and the Latins, or Latin +right, approached nearest to jus quiritium, or the right of a +native Roman. The man or the city that was honored with this +right, was civitate donatus cum suffragio, adopted a citizen of +Rome, with the right of giving suffrage with the people in some +cases, as those of conformation of law, or determination in +judicature, if both the Consuls were agreed, not otherwise; +wherefore that coming to little, the greatest and most peculiar +part of this privilege was, that who had borne magistracy (at +least that of oedile or quoestor) in any Latin city, was by +consequence of the same a citizen of Rome at all points. + +"Italian right was also a donation of the city, but without +suffrage: they who were in either of these leagues, were governed +by their own laws and magistrates, having all the rights, as to +liberty, of citizens of Rome, yielding and praying to the +commonwealth as head of the league, and having in the conduct of +all affairs appertaining to the common cause, such aid of men and +money as was particularly agreed to upon the merit of the cause, +and specified in their respective leagues, whence such leagues +came to be called equal or unequal accordingly. + +"Provincial leagues were of different extension, according to +the merit and capacity of a conquered people; but they were all +of one kind, for every province was governed by Roman +magistrates, as a praetor or a proconsul, according to the +dignity of the province, for the civil administration and conduct +of the provincial army, and a quaestor for the gathering of the +public revenue, from which magistrates a province might appeal to +Rome. + +"For the better understanding of these particulars, I shall +exemplify in as many of them as is needful, and first in Macedon: + +"The Macedonians were thrice conquered by the Romans, first +under the conduct of Titus Quintus Flaminius; secondly, under +that of Lucius AEmilius Paulus; and, thirdly under that of +Quintus Caecilius Metellus, thence called Macedonicus. + +"For the first time Philip of Macedon, who (possessed of +Acrocorinthus) boasted no less than was true, that he had Greece +in fetters, being overcome by Flaminius, had his kingdom restored +to him, upon condition that he should immediately set all the +cities which he held in Greece and in Asia at liberty, and that +he should not make war out of Macedon but by leave of the Senate +of Rome; which Philip (having no other way to save anything) +agreed should be done accordingly. + +"The Grecians being at this time assembled at the isthmian +games, where the concourse was mighty great, a crier, appointed +to the office by Flaminius, was heard among them proclaiming all +Greece to be free; to which the people being amazed at so +hopeless a thing, gave little credit, till they received such +testimony of the truth as put it past all doubt, whereupon they +fell immediately on running to the proconsul with flowers and +garlands, and such violent expressions of their admiration and +joy, as, if Flaminius, a young man, about thirty-three, had not +also been very strong, he must have died of no other death than +their kindness, while everyone striving to touch his hand, they +bore him up and down the field with an unruly throng, full of +such ejaculations as these: How is there a people in the world, +that at their own charge, at their own peril, will fight for the +liberty of another? Did they live at the next door to the fire? +Or what kind of men are these, whose business it is to pass the +seas, that the world may be governed with righteousness? The +cities of Greece and of Asia shake off their iron fetters at the +voice of a crier was it madness to imagine such a thing, and is +it done? O virtue! O felicity! O fame! + +"In this example your lordships have a donation of liberty or +of Italian right to a people, by restitution to what they had +formerly enjoyed; and some particular men, families or cities, +according to their merit of the Romans, if not upon this, yet +upon the like occasions, were gratified with Latinity." But +Philip's share by this means did not please him, wherefore the +league was broken by his son Perseus; and the Macedonians +thereupon for the second time conquered by AEmilius Paulus, their +King taken, and they some time after the victory summoned to the +tribunal of the general; where, remembering how little hope they +ought to have of pardon, they expected some dreadful sentence: +when AEmilius, in the first place, declared the Macedonians to be +free, in the full possession of their lands, goods, and laws, +with right to elect annual magistrates, yielding and paying to +the people of Rome one-half of the tribute which they were +accustomed to pay to their own kings. This done he went on, +making so skilful a division of the country in order to the +methodizing of the people, and casting them into the form of +popular government, that the Macedonians, being first surprised +with the virtue of the Romans, began now to alter the scene of +their admiration, that a stranger should do such things for them +in their own country, and with such facility as they had never so +much as once imagined to be possible. Nor was this all; for +AEmilius, as if not dictating to conquered enemies, but to some +well-deserving friends, gave them in the last place laws so +suitable, and contrived with such care and prudence, that long +use and experience (the only correctness of works of this nature) +could never find a fault in them. + +"In this example you have a donation of liberty, or of +Italian right, to a people that had not tasted of it before, but +were now taught how to use it. + +"My lords, the royalists should compare what we are doing, +and we what hitherto we have done for them, with this example. It +is a shame that while we are boasting up ourselves above all +others, we should yet be so far from imitating such examples as +these, that we do not so much as understand that if government be +the parent of manners, where there are no heroic virtues, there +is no heroic government. + +"But the Macedonians rebelling, at the name of a false +Philip, the third time against the Romans, were by them judged +incapable of liberty, and reduced by Metellus to a province. + +"Now whereas it remains that I explain the nature of a +province, I shall rather choose that of Sicily, because, having +been the first which the Romans made, the descriptions of the +rest relate to it. + +"'We have so received the Sicilian cities into amity,' says +Cicero, 'that they enjoy their ancient laws; and upon no other +condition than of the same obedience to the people of Rome, which +they formerly yielded to their own princes or superiors.' So the +Sicilians, whereas they had been parcelled out to divers princes, +and into divers states (the cause of perpetual wars, whereby, +hewing one another down, they became sacrifices to the ambition +of their neighbors, or of some invader), were now received at the +old rate into a new protection which could hold them, and in +which no enemy durst touch them; nor was it possible, as the case +then stood, for the Sicilians to receive, or for the Romans to +give more. + +"A Roman province is defined by Sigonius as a region having +provincial right. Provincial right in general was to be governed +by a Roman praetor, or consul, in matters at least of state, and +of the militia; and by a quaeStor, whose office it was to receive +the public revenue. Provincial right in particular was different, +according to the different leagues or agreements between the +commonwealth, and the people reduced into a province. 'Siculi hoc +jure sunt, ut quod civis cum cive agat, domi certet suis legibus; +quod siculus cum siculo non ejusdem civitatis, ut de eo proetor +judices, ex P. Rupilii decreto, sortiatur. Quod privatus a populo +petit, aut populus a privato, senatus ex aliqua civitate, qui +judicet, datur, cui alternoe civitates rejectoe sunt. Quod vivis +Romanus a siculo petit, siculus judex datur quod siculus a cive +Romano, civis Romanus datur. Coeterarum rerum selecti judices ex +civium Romanorum conventu proponi solent. Inter aratores et +decumanos lege frumentaria, quam Hieronicam appellant, judicia +fiunt.' Because the rest would oblige me to a discourse too large +for this place, it shall suffice that I have showed you how it +was in Sicily. + +"My lords, upon the fabric of your provincial orb I shall not +hold you; because it is sufficiently described in the order, and +I cannot believe that you think it inferior to the way of a +praetor and a quaestor. But whereas the provincial way of the +Roman Commonwealth was that whereby it held the empire of the +world, and your orbs are intended to be capable at least of the +like use, there may arise many controversies, as whether such a +course be lawful, whether it be feasible; and, seeing that the +Romans were ruined upon that point, whether it would not be to +the destruction of the commonwealth. + +"For the first: if the empire of a commonwealth be an +occasion to ask whether it be lawful for a commonwealth to aspire +to the empire of the world, it is to ask whether it be lawful for +it to do its duty, or to put the world into a better condition +than it was before. + +"And to ask whether this be feasible, is to ask why the +Oceaner, being under the like administration of government, may +not do as much with 200 men as the Roman did with 100; for +comparing their commonwealths in their rise, the difference is +yet greater: now that Rome (seris avaritia luxuriaque), through +the natural thirst of her constitution, came at length with the +fulness of her provinces to burst herself, this is no otherwise +to he understood than as when a man that from his own evil +constitution had contracted the dropsy, dies with drinking, it +being apparent that in case her agrarian had held, she could +never have been thus ruined, and I have already demonstrated that +your agrarian being once poised, can never break or swerve. + +"Wherefore to draw toward some conclusion of this discourse, +let me inculcate the use, by selecting a few considerations out +of many. The regard had in this place to the empire of the world +appertains to a well-ordered commonwealth, more especially for +two reasons: + +"1. The facility of this great enterprise, by a government of +the model proposed; + +"2. The danger that you would run in the omission of such a +government. + +"The facility of this enterprise, upon the grounds already +laid, must needs be great, forasmuch as the empire of the world +has been, both in reason and experience, the necessary +consequence of a commonwealth of this nature only; for though it +has been given to all kinds to drive at it, since that of Athens +or Lacedaemon, if the one had not hung in the other's light, +might have gained it, yet could neither of them have held it; not +Athens, through the manner of her propagation, which, being by +downright tyranny, could not preserve what she had, nor +Lacedaemon, because she was overthrown by the weight of a less +conquest. The facility then of this great enterprise being +peculiar to popular government, I shall consider it, first, in +gaining, and secondly, in holding. + +"For the former, volenti non fit injuria. It is said of the +people under Eumenes, that they would not have changed them no +their subjection for liberty; wherefore the Romans gave +disturbance. If a people be contented with their government, it +is a certain sign that it is good, and much good do them with it. +The sword of your magistracy is for a terror to them that do +evil. Eumenes had the fear of God, or of the Romans, before his +eyes; concerning such he has given you no commission. + +"But till we can say, here are the Romans, where is Eumenes? +do not think that the late appearances of God to you have been +altogether for yourselves; 'He has surely seen the affliction of +your brethren, and heard their cry by reason of their task +masters.' For to believe otherwise is not only to be mindless of +his ways, but altogether deaf. If you have ears to hear, this is +the way in which you will certainly be called upon; for if, while +there is no stock of liberty no sanctuary of the afflicted, it be +a common object to behold a people casting themselves out of the +pan of one prince into the fire of another, what can you think, +but if the world should see the Roman 'eagle again, she would +renew her age and her flight? Nor did ever she spread her wings +with better omen than will be read in your ensigns; which if, +called in by an oppressed people they interpose between them and +their yoke, the people themselves must either do nothing in the +meantime or have no more pains to take for their wished fruit +than to gather it, if that be not likewise done for them. +Wherefore this must needs be easy, and yet you have a greater +facility than is in the arm of flesh; for if the cause of mankind +be the cause of God, the Lord of Hosts will be your captain, and +you shall be a praise to the whole earth. + +"The facility of holding is in the way of your propagation; +if you take that of Athens and Lacedemon, you shall rain snares, +but either catch or hold nothing. Lying lips are an abomination +to the Lord: if setting up for liberty you impose yokes, he will +infallibly destroy you. On the other side, to go about a work of +this nature by a league without a head, is to abdicate that +magistracy wherewith he has not only endued you, but whereof he +will require an account of you; for, 'cursed is he that does the +work of the Lord negligently.' Wherefore you are to take the +course of Rome: if you have subdued a nation that is capable of +liberty, you shall make them a present of it, as did Flaminius to +Greece, and AEmilius to Macedon, reserving to yourselves some +part of that revenue which was legally paid to the former +government, together with the right of being head of the league, +which includes such levies of men and money as shall be necessary +for the carrying on of the public work. + +"For if a people have by your means attained to freedom, they +owe both to the cause and you such aid as may propagate the like +fruit to the rest of the world. But whereas every nation is not +capable of her liberty to this degree, lest you be put to doing +and undoing of things, as the Romans were in Macedon, you shall +diligently observe what nation is fit for her liberty to this +degree, and what not; which is to be done by two marks, the first +if she be willing to 'help the Lord against the mighty;' for if +she has no care of the liberty of mankind she deserves not her +own. But because in this you may be deceived by pretences, which, +continuing for a while specious, may afterward vanish; the other +is more certain, and that is if she be capable of an equal +agrarian; which that it was not observed by excellent AEmilius in +his donation of liberty, and introduction of a popular state +among the Macedonians, I am more than moved to believe for two +reasons; the first, because at the same time the agrarian was +odious to the Roman patricians; the second, that the +pseudo-Philip could afterward so easily recover Macedon, which +could not have happened but by the nobility, and their +impatience, having great estates, to be equalled with the people; +for that the people should otherwise, at the mere sound of a +name, have thrown away their liberty, is incredible. Wherefore be +assured that the nation where you cannot establish an equal +agrarian, is incapable of its liberty as to this kind of +donation. For example, except the aristocracy in Marpesia be +dissolved, neither can that people have their liberty there, nor +you govern at home; for they continuing still liable to be sold +by their lords to foreign princes, there will never (especially +in a country of which there is no other profit to be made) be +want of such merchants and drovers, while you must be the market +where they are to receive their second payment. + +"Nor can the aristocracy there be dissolved but by your +means, in relation whereto you are provided with your provincial +orb; which, being proportioned to the measure of the nation that +you have vindicated or conquered, will easily hold it: for there +is not a people in the world more difficult to be held than the +Marpesians, which, though by themselves it be ascribed to their +own nature, is truly to be attributed to that of their country. +Nevertheless, you having 9,000 men upon the continual guard of +it, that, threatened by any sudden insurrection, have places of +retreat, and an army of 40,000 men upon a day's warning ready to +march to their rescue, it is not to be rationally shown which way +they can possibly slip out of your hands. And if a man should +think that upon a province more remote and divided by the sea, +you have not the like hold, he has not so well considered your +wings as your talons, your shipping being of such a nature as +makes the descent of your armies almost of equal facility in any +country, so that what you take you hold, both because your +militia, being already populous, will be of great growth in +itself, and also through your confederates, by whom in taking and +holding you are still more enabled to do both. + +"Nor shall you easier hold than the people under your empire +or patronage may be held. My lords, I would not go to the door to +see whether it be close shut; this is no underhand dealing, nor a +game at which he shall have any advantage against you who sees +your cards, but, on the contrary the advantage shall be your own: +for with 18,000 men (which number I put, because it circulates +your orb by the annual change of 6,000) having established your +matters in the order shown, you will, be able to hold the +greatest province; and 18,000 men, allowing them greater pay than +any prince ever gave, will not stand the province in œ1,000,000 +revenue; in consideration whereof, they shall have their own +estates free to themselves, and be governed by their own laws and +magistrates; which, if the revenue of the province be in dry-rent +(as there may be some that are four times as big as Oceana) +œ40,000,000, will bring it with that of industry, to speak with +the least, to twice the value: so that the people there, who at +this day are so oppressed that they have nothing at all whereon +to live, shall for œ1,000,000 paid to you, receive at least +œ79,000,000 to their proper use: in which place I appeal to any +man, whether the empire described can be other than the patronage +of the world. + +"Now if you add to the propagation of civil liberty (so +natural to this commonwealth that it cannot be omitted) the +propagation of the liberty of conscience, this empire, this +patronage of the world, is the kingdom of Christ: for as the +kingdom of God the Father was a commonwealth, so shall the +kingdom of God the Son; 'the people shall be willing in the day +of his power.' + +"Having showed you in this and other places some of those +inestimable benefits of this kind of government, together with +the natural and facile emanation of them from their fountain, I +come (lest God who has appeared to you, for he is the God of +nature, in the glorious constellation of these subordinate +causes, whereof we have hitherto been taking the true elevation, +should shake off the dust of his feet against you) to warn you of +the dangers which you, not taking the opportunity, will incur by +omission. + +"Machiavel, speaking of the defect of Venice, through her +want of proper arms, cries out, 'This cut her wings, and spoiled +her mount to heaven.' If you lay your commonwealth upon any other +foundation than the people, you frustrate yourself of proper +arms, and so lose the empire of the world; nor is this all, but +some other nation will have it. + +"Columbus offered gold to one of your kings, through whose +happy incredulity another prince has drunk the poison, even to +the consumption of his people; but I do not offer you a nerve of +war that is made of purse-strings, such a one as has drawn the +face of the earth into convulsions, but such as is natural to her +health and beauty. Look you to it, where there is tumbling and +tossing upon the bed of sickness, it must end in death or +recovery. Though the people of the world, in the dregs of the +Gothic empire, be yet tumbling and tossing upon the bed of +sickness, they cannot die; nor is there any means of recovery for +them but by ancient prudence, whence of necessity it must come to +pass that this drug be better known. if France, Italy, and Spain +were not all sick, all corrupted together, there would be none of +them so; for the sick would not be able to withstand the sound, +nor the sound to preserve their health, without curing of the +sick. The first of these nations (which if you stay her leisure, +will in my mind be France) that recovers the health of ancient +prudence, shall certainly govern the world; for what did Italy +when she had it? and as you were in that, so shall you in the +like case be reduced to a province; I do not speak at random. +Italy, in the consulship of Lucius AEmilius Papus and Caius +Attilius Regulus, armed, upon the Gallic tumult that then +happened of herself, and without the aid of foreign auxiliaries, +70,000 horse and 700,000 foot; but as Italy is the least of those +three countries in extent, so is France now the most populous. + +"'I, decus, I, nostrum, melioribus utere fatis.' + +"My dear lords, Oceana is as the rose of Sharon, and the lily +of the valley. As the lily among thorns, such is my love among +the daughters. She is comely as the tents of Kedar, and terrible +as an army with banners. Her neck is as the tower of David, +builded for an armory, whereon there hang 1,000 bucklers and +shields of mighty men. Let me hear thy voice in the morning, whom +my soul loves. The south has dropped, and the west is breathing +upon thy garden of spices. Arise, queen of the earth, arise, holy +spouse of Jesus; for lo, the winter is past, the rain is over and +gone; the flowers appear on the earth, the time for the singing +of birds is come, and the voice of the turtle is heard in our +land. Arise, I say, come forth, and do not tarry: ah! wherefore +should my eyes behold thee by the rivers of Babylon, hanging thy +harps upon the willows, thou fairest among women? + +"Excellent patriots, if the people be sovereign, here is that +which establishes their prerogative; if we be sincere, here is +that which disburdens our souls, and makes good all our +engagements; if we be charitable, here is that which embraces all +parties; if we would be settled, here is that which will stand, +and last forever. + +"If our religion be anything else but a vain boast, +scratching and defacing human nature or reason, which, being the +image of God, makes it a kind of murder, here is that empire +whence 'justice shall run down like a river, and judgment like a +mighty stream.' Who is it then that calls us? or, what is in our +way? A lion! Is it not the dragon, that old serpent? For what +wretched shifts are these? Here is a great deal; might we not +have some of this at one time, and some at another? + +"My lords, permit me to give you the sum, or brief + +EPITOME OF THE WHOLE COMMONWEALTH + +"The centre or fundamental laws are, first, the agrarian, +proportioned at œ2,000 a year in land, lying and being within the +proper territory of Oceana, and stating property in land at such +a balance, that the power can never swerve out of the hands of +the many. + +"Secondly, the ballot conveying this equal sap from the root, +by an equal election or rotation, into the branches of magistracy +or sovereign power. + +"The orbs of this commonwealth being civil, military, or +provincial, are, as it were, cast upon this mould or centre by +the divisions of the people; first, into citizens and servants; +secondly, into youth and elders; thirdly, into such as have œ100 +a year in lands, goods, or moneys, who are of the horse; and such +as have under, who are of the foot; fourthly, they are divided by +their usual residence into parishes, hundreds, and tribes. + +"The civil orbs consist of the elders, and are thus created: +every Monday next ensuing the last of December, the elders in +every parish elect the fifth man to be a deputy, which is but +half a day's work; every Monday next ensuing the last of January, +the deputies meet at their respective hundred, and elect out of +their number one justice of the peace, one juryman, one coroner, +and one high constable of the foot, one day's work. + +"Every Monday next ensuing the last of February, the hundreds +meet at their respective tribe, and there elect the lords high +sheriff, lieutenant, custos rotulorum, the conductor, the two +censors out of the horse, the magistrates of the tribe and of the +hundreds, with the jurymen constituting the phylarch, and who +assist in their respective offices at the assizes, hold the +quarter-sessions, etc. The day following the tribe elects the +annual galaxy, consisting of two knights and three deputies out +of the horse, with four deputies out of the foot, thereby endued +with power, as magistrates of the whole nation, for the term of +three years. An officer chosen at the hundred may not be elected +a magistrate of the tribe; but a magistrate or officer either of +the hundred or of the tribe, being elected into the galaxy, may +substitute any one of his office in the hundred or in own order +to his magistracy or office in the hundred or in the tribe. This +of the muster is two days' work. So the body of the people is +annually, at the charge of three days' work and a half, in their +own tribes, for the perpetuation of their power, receiving over +and above the magistracies so divided among them. + +"Every Monday next ensuing the last of March, the knights, +being 100 in all the tribes, take their places in the Senate. The +knights, having taken their places in the Senate, make the third +region of the same, and the house proceeds to the senatorian +elections. Senatorian elections are annual, biennial, or +emergent. + +"The annual are performed by the tropic. + +"The tropic is a schedule consisting of two parts; the first +by which the senatorian magistrates are elected; and the second, +by which the senatorian councils are perpetuated. + +"The first part is of this tenor: + +The lord strategus, +The lord orator, +The first censor, +The second censor, + +Annual magistrates and therefore such as may be elected out +of any region; the term of every region having at the tropic one +year at the least unexpired. + +The third commissioner of the seal, +The third commissioner of the Treasury. + +Triennial magistrates, and therefore such as can be chosen +out of the third region only, as that alone which has the term of +three years unexpired. + +"The strategus and the orator sitting, are consuls, or +presidents of the Senate. + +"The strategus marching is general of the army, in which case +a new strategus is to be elected in his room. + +"The strategus sitting with six commissioners, being +councillors of the nation, are the signory of the commonwealth." + +The censors are magistrates of the ballot, presidents of the +Council for Religion, and chancellors of the universities. + +"The second part of the tropic perpetuates the Council of +State, by the election of five knights out of the first region of +the Senate, to be the first region of that council consisting of +fifteen knights, five in every region. + +"The like is done by the election of four into the Council of +Religion, and four into the Council of Trade, out of the same +region in the Senate; each of these councils consisting of twelve +knights, four in every region. + +"But the Council of War, consisting of nine knights, three in +every region, is elected by and out of the Council of State, as +the other councils are elected by and out of the Senate. And if +the Senate add a juncta of nine knights more, elected out of +their own number, for the term of three months, the Council of +War, by virtue of that addition, is Dictator of Oceana for the +said term. + +"The signory jointly or severally has right of session and +suffrage in every senatorial council, and to propose either to +the Senate, or any of them. And every region in a council +electing one weekly provost, any two of those provosts have power +also to propose to their respective council, as the proper and +peculiar proposers of the same, for which cause they hold an +academy, where any man, either by word of mouth or writing, may +propose to the proposers. + +"Next to the elections of the tropic is the biennial election +of one ambassador-in-ordinary, by the ballot of the house, to the +residence of France; at which time the resident of France removes +to Spain, he of Spain to Venice, he of Venice to Constantinople, +and he of Constantinople returns. So the orb of the residents is +wheeled about in eight years, by the biennial election of one +ambassador-in-ordinary. + +"The last kind of election is emergent. Emergent elections +are made by the scrutiny. Election by scrutiny is when a +competitor, being made by a council, and brought into the Senate, +the Senate chooses four more competitors to him, and putting all +five to the ballot, he who has most above half the suffrages is +the magistrate. The polemarchs or field officers are chosen by +the scrutiny of the Council of War; an ambassador-extraordinary +by the scrutiny of the Council of State; the judges and +sergeants-at-law by the scrutiny of the seal; and the barons and +prime officers of the Exchequer, by the scrutiny of the +Treasury.. + +"The opinion or opinions that are legitimately proposed to +any council must be debated by the same, and so many as are +resolved upon the debate are introduced into the Senate, where +they are debated and resolved, or rejected by the whole house; +that which is resolved by the Senate is a decree which is good in +matters of state, but no law, except it be proposed to and +resolved by the prerogative. + +"The deputies of the galaxy being three horse and four foot +in a tribe, amount in all the tribes to 150 horse and 200 foot; +which, having entered the prerogative, and chosen their captains, +cornet, and ensign (triennial officers), make the third class, +consisting of one troop and one company; and so, joining with the +whole prerogative, elect four annual magistrates, called +tribunes, whereof two are of the horse and two of the foot. These +have the command of the prerogative sessions, and suffrage in the +Council of War, and sessions without suffrage in the Senate. + +"The Senate having passed a decree which they would propose +to the people, cause it to be printed and published, or +promulgated for the space of six weeks, which, being ordered, +they choose their proposers. The proposers must be magistrates, +that is, the commissioners of the seal, those of the Treasury, or +the censors. These being chosen, desire the muster of the +tribunes, and appoint the day. The people being assembled at the +day appointed, and the decree proposed, that which is proposed by +authority of the Senate, and commanded by the people, is the law +of Oceana, or an act of Parliament. + +"So the Parliament of Oceana consists of the Senate +proposing, and the people resolving. + +"The people or prerogative are also the supreme judicatory of +this nation, having power of hearing and determining all causes +of appeal from all magistrates, or courts provincial or domestic, +as also to question any magistrate, the term of his magistracy +being expired, if the case be introduced by the tribunes, or any +one of them. + +"The military orbs consist of the youth, that is, such as are +from eighteen to thirty years of age; and are created in the +following manner: + +"Every Wednesday next ensuing the last of December, the youth +of every parish, assembling, elect the fifth of their number to +be their deputies; the deputies of the youth are called +stratiots, and this is the first essay. + +"Every Wednesday next ensuing the last of January, the +stratiots, assembling at the hundred, elect their captain and +their ensign, and fall to their games and sports. + +"Every Wednesday next ensuing the last of February the +stratiots are received by the lord lieutenant, their +commander-in-chief, with the conductors and the censors; and, +having been disciplined and entertained with other games, are +called to the urns, where they elect the second essay, consisting +of 200 horse and 600 foot in a tribe; that is, of 10,000 horse +and 30,000 foot in all the tribes, which is the standing army of +this nation, to march at any warning. They also elect at the same +time a part of the third essay, by the mixture of balls marked +with the letter M and the letter P, for Marpesia and Panopea; +they of either mark being ten horse and fifty foot in a tribe, +that is, 500 horse and 2,500 foot in all the tribes, which are +forthwith to march to their respective provinces. + +"But the third essay of this nation more properly so called, +is when the strategus with the polemarchs (the Senate and the +people or the Dictator having decreed a war) receive in return of +his warrants the second essay from the hands of the conductors at +the rendezvous of Oceana; which army, marching with all +accommodations provided by the Council of War, the Senate elects +a new strategus, and the lords-lieutenant a new second essay. + +"A youth, except he be an only son, refusing any one of his +three essays, without sufficient cause shown to the phylarch or +the censors, is incapable of magistracy, and is fined a fifth +part of his yearly rent, or of his estate, for protection. In +case of invasion the elders are obliged to like duty with the +youth, and upon their own charge. + +"The provincial orb consisting in part of the elders, and in +part of the youth, is thus created: + +"Four knights out of the first region falling, are elected in +the Senate to be the first region of the provincial orb of +Marpesia; these, being triennial magistrates, take their places +in the provincial council, consisting of twelve knights, four in +every region, each region choosing their weekly provosts of the +council thus constituted. One knight more, chosen out of the same +region in the Senate, being an annual magistrate, is president, +with power to propose; and the opinions proposed by the +president, or any two of the provosts, are debated by the +council, and, if there be occasion of further power or +instruction than they yet have, transmitted to the Council of +State, with which the provincial is to hold intelligence. + +"The president of this council is also strategus or general +of the provincial army; wherefore the conductors, upon notice of +his election, and appointment of his rendezvous, deliver to him +the stratiots of his letter, which he takes with him into his +province; and the provincial army having received the new +strategus with the third class, the council dismisses the old +strategus with the first class. The like is done for Panopea, or +any other province. + +"But whereas the term of every other magistracy or election +in this commonwealth, whether annual or triennial, requires an +equal vacation, the term of a provincial councillor or magistrate +requires no vacation at all. The quorum of a provincial, as also +that of every other council and assembly, requires two-thirds in +a time of health, and one-third in a time of sickness. + +"I think I have omitted nothing but the props and scaffolds, +which are not of use but in building. And how much is here? Show +me another commonwealth in this compass? how many things? Show me +another entire government consisting but of thirty orders. If you +now go to law with anybody, there lie to some of our courts 200 +original writs: if you stir your hand, there go more nerves and +bones to that motion; if you play, you have more cards in the +pack; nay, you could not sit with your ease in that chair, if it +consisted not of more parts. Will you not then allow to your +legislator, what you can afford your upholsterer. or to the +throne, what is necessary to a chair? + +"My lords, if you will have fewer orders in a commonwealth, +you will have more; for where she is not perfect at first, every +day, every hour will produce a new order, the end whereof is to +have no order at all, but to grind with the clack of some +demagogue. Is he providing already for his golden thumb? Lift up +your heads; away with ambition, that fulsome complexion of a +statesman, tempered, like Sylla's, with blood and muck. 'And the +Lord give to his senators wisdom; and make our faces to shine, +that we may be a light to them that sit in darkness and the +shadow of death, to guide their feet in the way of peace.' -- In +the name of God, what's the matter?" + +Philadelphus, the secretary of the council, having performed +his task in reading the several orders as you have seen, upon the +receipt of a packet from his correspondent Boccalini, secretary +of Parnassus, in reading one of the letters, burst forth into +such a violent passion of weeping and downright howling, that the +legislators, being startled with the apprehension of some horrid +news, one of them had no sooner snatched the letter out of his +hand, than the rest crying, "Read, read," he obeyed in this +manner: + +"The 3d instant his Phoebean majesty having taken the nature +of free states into his royal consideration, and being steadily +persuaded that the laws in such governments are incomparably +better and more surely directed to the good of mankind than in +any other; that the courage of such a people is the aptest tinder +to noble fire; that the genius of such a soil is that wherein the +roots of good literature are least worm-eaten with pedantism, and +where their fruits have ever come to the greatest maturity and +highest relish, conceived such a loathing of their ambition and +tyranny, who, usurping the liberty of their native countries, +become slaves to themselves, inasmuch as (be it never so contrary +to their own nature or consciences) they have taken the earnest +of sin, and are engaged to persecute all men that are good with +the same or greater rigor than is ordained by laws for the +wicked, for none ever administered that power by good which he +purchased by ill arts -- Phoebus, I say, having considered this, +assembled all the senators residing in the learned court at the +theatre of Melpomene, where he caused Caesar the Dictator to come +upon the stage, and his sister Actia, his nephew Augustus, Julia +his daughter, with the children which she had by Marcus Agrippa, +Lucius and Caius Caesars, Agrippa Posthumus, Julia, and +Agrippina, with the numerous progeny which she bore to her +renowned husband Germanicus, to enter. A miserable scene in any, +but most deplorable in the eyes of Caesar, thus beholding what +havoc his prodigious ambition, not satisfied with his own bloody +ghost, had made upon his more innocent remains, even to the total +extinction of his family. For it is (seeing where there is any +humanity, there must be some compassion) not to be spoken without +tears, that of the full branches deriving from Octavia the eldest +sister, and Julia the daughter of Augustus, there should not be +one fruit or blossom that was not cut off or blasted by the +sword, famine, or poison. + +"Now might the great soul of Caesar have been full; and yet +that which poured in as much or more was to behold that execrable +race of the Claudii, having hunted and sucked his blood, with the +thirst of tigers, to be rewarded with the Roman Empire, and +remain in full possession of that famous patrimony: a spectacle +to pollute the light of heaven! Nevertheless, as if Caesar had +not yet enough, his Phoeban majesty caused to be introduced on +the other side of the theatre, the most illustrious and happy +prince Andrea Doria, with his dear posterity, embraced by the +soft and constant arms of the city of Genoa, into whose bosom, +ever fruitful in her gratitude, he had dropped her fair liberty +like the dew of heaven, which, when the Roman tyrant beheld, and +how much more fresh that laurel was worn with a firm root in the +hearts of the people than that which he had torn off, he fell +into such a horrid distortion of limbs and countenance, that the +senators, who had thought themselves steel and flint at such an +object, having hitherto stood in their reverend snow-like thawing +Alps, now covered their faces with their large sleeves." + +"My lords," said the Archon, rising, "witty Philadelphus has +given us grave admonition in dreadful tragedy. Discite justitiam +moniti, et non temnere divos. Great and glorious Caesar the +highest character of flesh, yet could not rule but by that part +of man which is the beast; but a commonwealth is a monarchy; to +her God is king, inasmuch as reason, his dictate, is her +sovereign power." Which said, he adjourned the Council. And the +model was soon after promulgated. Quod bonum, foelix, faustumque +sit huic reipublicoe. Agite quirites, censuere patres, jubeat +populus. (The sea roared, and the floods clapped their hands.) + + LIBERTAS + + The Proclamation of his Highness the Lord Archon of Oceana upon +Promulgation of the Model + +"Whereas his Highness and the Council, in the framing of the +model promulgated, have not had any private interest or ambition +but the fear of God and the good of this people before their +eyes; and it remains their desire that this great work may be +carried on accordingly. This present greeting is to inform the +good people of this land, that as the Council of Prytans sat +during the framing of the model, to receive from time to time +such propositions as should be offered by any wise-hearted or +public-spirited man, toward the institution of a well-ordered +commonwealth, so the said Council is to sit as formerly in the +great hall of the Pantheon during promulgation (which is to +continue for the space of three months) to receive, weigh, and, +as there shall be occasion, transmit to the Council of +Legislators, all such objections as shall be made against the +said model, whether in the whole or in any part. Wherefore that +nothing be done rashly or without the consent of the people, +such, of what party soever, with whom there may remain any doubts +or difficulties, are desired with all convenient speed to address +themselves to the said prytans; where, if such objections, +doubts, or difficulties receive solution to the satisfaction of +the auditory, they shall have public thanks, but if the said +objections, doubts, or difficulties receive no solution to the +satisfaction of the auditory, then the model promulgated shall be +reviewed, and the party that was the occasion of the review, +shall receive public thanks, together with the best horse in his +Highness's stable, and be one of the Council of Legislators. And +so God have you in his keeping." + +I should now write the same Council of the Prytans, but for +two reasons: the one, that having had but a small time for that +which is already done, I am over-labored; the other, that there +may be new objections. Wherefore, if my reader has any such as to +the model, I entreat him to address himself by way of oration, as +it were, to the prytans, that when this rough draught comes to be +a work, his speech being faithfully inserted in this place, may +give or receive correction to amendment; for what is written will +be weighed. But conversation, in these days, is a game at which +they are best provided that have light gold; it is like the sport +of women that make flowers of straws, which must be stuck up but +may not be touched. Nor, which is worse, is this the fault of +conversation only: but to the examiner I say if to invent method +and teach an art be all one, let him show that this method is not +truly invented, or this art is faithfully taught. + +I cannot conclude a circle (and such is this commonwealth) +without turning the end into the beginning. The time of +promulgation being expired, the surveyors were sent down, who +having in due season made report that their work was perfect, the +orators followed, under the administration of which officers and +magistrates the commonwealth was ratified and established by the +whole body of the people, in their parochial, hundred, and county +assemblies. And the orators being, by virtue of their scrolls or +lots, members of their respective tribes, were elected each the +first knight of the third list, or galaxy; wherefore, having at +their return assisted the Archon in putting the Senate and the +people or prerogative into motion, they abdicated the magistracy +both of orators and legislators. + +Part IV + +THE COROLLARY + +FOR the rest (says Plutarch, closing up the story of Lycurgus) +when he saw that his government had taken root, and was in the +very plantation strong enough to stand by itself, he conceived +such a delight within him, as God is described by Plato to have +done when he had finished the creation of the world, and saw his +own orbs move below him: for in the art of man (being the +imitation of nature, which is the art of God) there is nothing so +like the first call of beautiful order out of chaos and +confusion, as the architecture of a well-ordered commonwealth. +Wherefore Lycurgus, seeing in effect that his orders were good, +fell into deep contemplation how he might render them, so far as +could be effected by human providence, unalterable and immortal. +To which end he assembled the people, and remonstrated to them: +That for aught he could perceive, their policy was already such, +and so well established, as was sufficient to entail upon them +and theirs all that virtue and felicity whereof human life is +capable: nevertheless that there being another thing of greater +concern than all the rest, whereof he was not yet provided to +give them a perfect account, nor could till he had consulted the +oracle of Apollo, he desired that they would observe his laws +without any change or alteration whatsoever till his return from +Delphos; to which all the people cheerfully and unanimously +engaged themselves by promise, desiring him that he would make as +much haste as he could. But Lycurgus, before he went, began with +the kings and the senators, and thence taking the whole people in +order, made them all swear to that which they had promised, and +then took his journey. Being arrived at Delphos, he sacrificed to +Apollo, and afterward inquired if the policy which he had +established was good and sufficient for a virtuous and happy +life? + +By the way, it has been a maxim with legislators not to give +checks to the present superstition, but to make the best use of +it, as that which is always the most powerful with the people; +otherwise, though Plutarch, being a priest, was interested in the +cause, there is nothing plainer than Cicero, in his book "De +Divinatione" has made it, that there was never any such thing as +an oracle, except in the cunning of the priests. But to be civil +to the author, the god answered to Lycurgus that his policy was +exquisite, and that his city, holding to the strict observation +of his form of government, should attain to the height of fame +and glory. Which oracle Lycurgus causing to be written, failed +not of transmitting to his Lacedaemon. This done, that his +citizens might be forever inviolably bound by their oath, that +they would alter nothing till his return, he took so firm a +resolution to die in the place, that from thenceforward, +receiving no manner of food, he soon after performed it +accordingly. Nor was he deceived in the consequence; for his city +became the first in glory and excellency of government in the +whole world. And so much for Lycurgus, according to Plutarch. + +My Lord Archon, when he beheld not only the rapture of +motion, but of joy and harmony, into which his spheres (without +any manner of obstruction or interfering, but as if it had been +naturally) were cast, conceived not less of exultation in his +spirit; but saw no more necessity or reason why he should +administer an oath to the Senate and the people that they would +observe his institutions, than to a man in perfect health and +felicity of constitution that he would not kill himself. +Nevertheless whereas Christianity, though it forbids violent +hands, consists no less in self-denial than any other religion, +he resolved that all unreasonable desires should die upon the +spot; to which end that no manner of food might be left to +ambition, he entered into the Senate with a unanimous applause, +and having spoken of his government as Lycurgus did when he +assembled the people, he abdicated the magistracy of Archon. The +Senate, as struck with astonishment, continued silent, men upon +so sudden an accident being altogether unprovided of what to say; +till the Archon withdrawing, and being almost at the door, divers +of the knights flew from their places, offering as it were to lay +violent hands on him, while he escaping, left the Senate with the +tears in their eyes, of children that had lost their father and +to rid himself of all further importunity, retired to a country +house of his, being remote, and very private, insomuch that no +man could tell for some time what was become of him. + +Thus the law-maker happened to be the first object and +reflection of the law made; for as liberty of all things is the +most welcome to a people, so is there nothing more abhorrent from +their nature than ingratitude. We, accusing the Roman people of +this crime against some of their greatest benefactors, as +Camillus, heap mistake upon mistake; for being not so competent +judges of what belongs to liberty as they were, we take upon us +to be more competent judges of virtue. And whereas virtue, for +being a vulgar thing among them, was of no less rate than jewels +are with such as wear the most, we are selling this precious +stone, which we have ignorantly raked out of the Roman ruins, at +such a rate as the Switzers did that which they took in the +baggage of Charles of Burgundy. For that Camillus had stood more +firm against the ruin of Rome than her capitol, was acknowledged; +but on the other side, that he stood as firm for the patricians +against the liberty of the people, was as plain; wherefore he +never wanted those of the people that would die at his foot in +the field, nor that would withstand him to his beard in the city. +An example in which they that think Camillus had wrong, neither +do themselves right, nor the people of Rome; who in this signify +no less than that they had a scorn of slavery beyond the fear of +ruin, which is the height of magnanimity. + +The like might be shown by other examples objected against +this and other popular governments, as in the banishment of +Aristides the Just from Athens, by the ostracism, which, first, +was no punishment, nor ever understood for so much as a +disparagement; but tended only to the security of the +commonwealth, through the removal of a citizen (whose riches or +power with a party was suspected) out of harm's way for the space +of ten years, neither to the diminution of his estate or honor. +And next, though the virtue of Aristides might in itself be +unquestioned, yet for him under the name of the Just to become +universal umpire of the people in all cases, even to the neglect +of the legal ways and orders of the commonwealth, approached so +much to the prince, that the Athenians, doing Aristides no wrong, +did their government no more than right in removing him; which +therefore is not so probable to have come to pass, as Plutarch +presumes, through the envy of Themistocles, seeing Aristides was +far more popular than Themistocles, who soon after took the same +walk upon a worse occasion. Wherefore as Machiavel, for anything +since alleged, has. irrefragably proved that popular governments +are of all others the least ungrateful, so the obscurity, I say, +into which my Lord Archon had now withdrawn himself caused a +universal sadness and clouds in the minds of men upon the glory +of his rising commonwealth. + +Much had been ventilated in private discourse, and the people +(for the nation was yet divided into parties that had not lost +their animosities), being troubled, bent their eyes upon the +Senate, when after some time spent in devotion, and the solemn +action of thanksgiving, his Excellency Navarchus de Paralo in the +tribe of Dorean, lord strategus of Oceana (though in a new +commonwealth a very prudent magistrate) proposed his part or +opinion in such a manner to the Council of State, that, passing +the ballot of the same with great unanimity and applause, it was +introduced into the Senate, where it passed with greater. +Wherefore the decree being forthwith printed and published, +copies were returned by the secretaries to the phylarchs (which +is the manner of promulgation) and the commissioners of the seal, +that is to say, the Right Honorable Phosphorus de Auge in the +tribe of Eudia, Dolabella d'Enyo in the tribe of Turmae, and +Linceus de Stella in the tribe of Nubia, being elected proposers +pro tempore, bespoke of the tribunes a muster of the people to be +held that day six weeks, which was the time allowed for +promulgation at the halo. + +The satisfaction which the people throughout the tribes +received upon promulgation of the decree, loaded the carriers +with weekly letters between friend and friend, whether +magistrates or private persons. But the day for proposition being +come, and the prerogative upon the place appointed in discipline, +Sanguine de Ringwood in the tribe of Saltum, captain of the +Phoenix, marched by order of the tribunes with his troop to the +piazza of the Pantheon, where his trumpets, entering into the +great hall, by their blazon gave notice of his arrival; at which +the sergeant of the house came down, and returning, in formed the +proposers, who descending, were received at the foot of the +stairs by the captain, and attended to the coaches of state, with +which Calcar de Gilvo in the tribe of Phalera, master of the +horse, and the ballotins upon their great horses, stood waiting +at the gate. + +The proposers being in their coaches, the train for the pomp, +the same that is used at the reception of ambassadors, proceeded +in this order. In the front marched the troop with the cornet in +the van and the captain in the rear; next the troop came the +twenty messengers or trumpets, the ballotins upon the curvet with +their usher in the van, and the master of the horse in the rear; +next the ballotins, Bronchus de Rauco, in the tribe of Bestia, +king of the heralds, with his fraternity in their coats-of-arms, +and next to Sir Bronchus, Boristhenes de Holiwater in the tribe +of Ave, master of the ceremonies; the mace and the seal of the +chancery went immediately before the coaches, and on either side, +the doorkeepers or guard of the Senate, with their pole-axes, +accompanied with some 300 or 400 footmen belonging to the knights +or senators, the trumpeters, ballotins, guards, postilions, +coachmen and footmen, being very gallant in the liveries of the +commonwealth, but all, except the ballotins, without hats, in +lieu whereof they wore black velvet calots, being pointed with a +little peak at the forehead. After the proposers came a long file +of coaches full of such gentlemen as use to grace the +commonwealth upon the like occasions. In this posture they moved +slowly through the streets (affording, in the gravity of the pomp +and the welcomeness of the end, a most reverend and acceptable +prospect to the people all the way from the Pantheon, being about +half a mile) and arrived at the halo, where they found the +prerogative in a close body environed with scaffolds that were +covered with spectators. The tribunes received the proposers, and +conducted them into a seat placed in the front of the tribe, like +a pulpit, but that it was of some length, and well adorned by the +heralds with all manner of birds and beasts, except that they +were ill-painted, and never a one of his natural color. The +tribunes were placed at a table that stood below the long seat, +those of the horse in the middle, and those of the foot at either +end, with each of them a bowl or basin before him, that on the +right hand being white, and the other green: in the middle of the +table stood a third, which was red. And the housekeepers of the +pavilion, who had already delivered a proportion of linen balls +or pellets to every one of the tribe, now presented boxes to the +ballotins. But the proposers as they entered the gallery, or long +seat, having put off their hats by way of salutation, were +answered by the people with a shout; whereupon the younger +commissioners seated themselves at either end; and the first, +standing in the middle, spoke after this manner: + +"MY LORDS, THE PEOPLE OF OCEANA: + +"While I find in myself what a felicity it is to salute you +by this name, and in every face, anointed as it were with the oil +of gladness, a full and sufficient testimony of the like sense, +to go about to feast you with words, who are already filled with +that food of the mind which, being of pleasing and wholesome +digestion, takes in the definition of true joy, were a needless +enterprise. I shall rather put you in mind of that thankfulness +which is due, than puff you up with anything that might seem +vain. Is it from the arms of flesh that we derive these +blessings? Behold the Commonwealth of Rome falling upon her own +victorious sword. Or is it from our own wisdom, whose counsels +had brought it even to that pass, that we began to repent +ourselves of victory? Far be it from us, my lords, to sacrifice +to our own nets, which we ourselves have so narrowly escaped! Let +us rather lay our mouths in the dust, and look up (as was taught +the other day when we were better instructed in this lesson) to +the hills with our gratitude. Nevertheless, seeing we read how +God upon the neglect of his prophets has been provoked to wrath, +it must needs follow that he expects honor should be given to +them by whom he has chosen to work as his instruments. For which +cause, nothing doubting of my warrant, I shall proceed to that +which more particularly concerns the present occasion, the +discovery of my Lord Archon's virtues and merit, to be ever +placed by this nation in their true meridian. + +"My lords, I am not upon a subject which persuades me to +balk, but necessitates me to seek out the greatest examples. To +begin with Alexander, erecting trophies common to his sword and +the pestilence: to what good of mankind did he infect the air +with his heap of carcasses? The sword of war, if it be any +otherwise used than as the sword of magistracy, for the fear and +punishment of those that do evil, is as guilty in the sight of +God as the sword of a murderer; nay more, for if the blood of +Abel, of one innocent man, cried in the ears of the Lord for +vengeance, what shall the blood of an innocent nation? Of this +kind of empire, the throne of ambition, and the quarry of a +mighty hunter, it has been truly said that it is but a great +robbery. But if Alexander had restored the liberty of Greece, and +propagated it to mankind, he had done like my Lord Archon, and +might have been truly called the Great. Alexander cared not to +steal a victory that would be given; but my Lord Archon has torn +away a victory which had been stolen, while we went tamely +yielding up obedience to a nation reaping in our fields, whose +fields he has subjected to our empire, and nailed them with his +victorious sword to their native Caucasus. + +"Machiavel gives a handsome caution: 'Let no man,' says he, +'be circumvented with the glory of Caesar, from the false +reflection of their pens, who through the longer continuance of +his empire in the name than in the family, changed their freedom +for flattery. But if a man would know truly what the Romans +thought of Caesar, let them observe what they said of Catiline.'" +And yet by how much he who has perpetrated some heinous crime is +more execrable than he who did but attempt it, by so much is +Caesar more execrable than Catiline. On the contrary, let him +that would know what ancient and heroic times, what the Greeks +and Romans would both have thought and said of my Lord Archon, +observe what they thought and said of Solon, Lycurgus, Brutus, +and Publicola. And yet by how much his virtue, that is crowned +with the perfection of his work, is beyond theirs, who were +either inferior in their aim, or in their performance; by so much +is my Lord Archon to be preferred before Solon, Lycurgus, Brutus, +and Publicola. + +"Nor will we shun the most illustrious example of Scipio: +this hero, though never so little less, yet was he not the +founder of a commonwealth; and for the rest, allowing his virtue +to have been of the most untainted ray in what did it outshine +this of my Lord Archon? But if dazzling the eyes of the +magistrates it overawed liberty, Rome might be allowed some +excuse that she did not like it, and I, if I admit not of this +comparison: for where is my Lord Archon? Is there a genius, how +free soever, which in his presence would not find itself to be +under power? He is shrunk into clouds, he seeks obscurity in a +nation that sees by his light. He is impatient of his own glory, +lest it should stand between you and your liberty " + +Liberty! What is even that, if we may not be grateful? And if +we may, we have none: for who has anything that he does not owe? +My lords, there be some hard conditions of virtue: if this debt +were exacted, it were not due; whereas being cancelled, we are +all entered into bonds. On the other side, if we make such a +payment as will not stand with a free people, we do not enrich my +Lord Archon, but rob him of his whole estate immense glory. + +"These particulars had in due deliberation and mature debate, +according to the order of this commonwealth, it is proposed by +authority of the Senate, to you my lords the people of Oceana: + +"I. That the dignity and office of Archon, or protector of +the commonwealth of Oceana, be and are hereby conferred, by the +Senate and the people of Oceana, upon the most illustrious Prince +and sole legislator of this commonwealth, Olphaus Megaletor, +pater patrioe, whom God preserve, for the term of his natural +life. yet remaining of the ancient " + +II. That œ350,000 per annum revenue, be estated upon the said +illustrious Prince, or Lord Archon, for the said term, and to the +proper and peculiar use of his Highness. + +III. That the Lord Archon have the reception of all foreign +ambassadors, by and with the Council of State, according to the +orders of this commonwealth. + +"IV. That the Lord Archon have a standing army of 12,000 +defrayed upon a monthly tax, during the term of three years, for +the protection of this commonwealth against dissenting parties, +to be governed, directed, and commanded by and with the advice of +the Council of War, according to the orders of this commonwealth. + +"V. That this commonwealth make no distinction of persons or +parties, but every man being elected and sworn, according to the +orders of the same, be equally capable of magistracy, or not +elected, be equally capable of liberty, and the enjoyment of his +estate free from all other than common taxes. + +"VI. That a man putting a distinction upon himself, refusing +oath upon election, or declaring himself of a party not +conformable to the civil government, may within any time of his +the three years' standing of the army transport himself and his +estate, without molestation or impediment, into any other nation. + +"VII. That in case there remains any distinction of parties +not conforming to the civil government of this commonwealth, +after the three years of the standing army being expired, and the +commonwealth be thereby forced to prolong the term of the said +army, the pay from henceforth of the said army be levied upon the +estates of such parties so remaining unconformable to the civil +government." + +The proposer having ended his oration, the trumpets sounded; +and the tribunes of the horse being mounted to view the ballot, +caused the tribe (which thronging up to the speech, came almost +round the gallery) to retreat about twenty paces, when Linceus de +Stella, receiving the propositions, repaired with Bronchus de +Rauco the herald, to a little scaffold erected in the middle of +the tribe, where he seated himself, the herald standing bare upon +his right hand. The ballotins, having their boxes ready, stood +before the gallery, and at the command of the tribunes marched, +one to every troop on horseback, and one to every company on +foot, each of them being followed by other children that bore red +boxes: now this is putting the question whether the question +should be put. And the suffrage being very suddenly returned to +the tribunes at the table, and numbered in the view of the +proposers, the votes were all in the affirmative, whereupon the +red or doubtful boxes were laid aside, it appearing that the +tribe, whether for the negative or affirmative, Was clear in the +matter. Wherefore the herald began from the scaffold in the +middle of the tribe, to pronounce the first proposition, and the +ballotins marching with the negative or affirmative only, +Bronchus, with his voice like thunder, continued to repeat the +proposition over and over again, so long as it was in balloting. +The like was done for every clause, till the ballot was finished, +and the tribunes assembling, had signed the points, that is to +say, the number of every suffrage, as it was taken by the +secretary upon the tale of the tribunes, and in the sight of the +proposers; for this may not be omitted: it is the pulse of the +people. Now whereas it appertains to the tribunes to report the +suffrage of the people to the Senate, they cast the lot for this +office with three silver balls and one gold one; and it fell upon +the Right Worshipful Argus de Crookhorn, in the tribe of Pascua, +first tribune of the foot. Argus, being a good sufficient man in +his own country, was yet of the mind that he should make but a +bad spokesman, and therefore became something blank at his luck, +till his colleagues persuaded him that it was no such great +matter, if he could but read, having his paper before him. The +proposers, taking coach, received a volley upon the field, and +returned in the same order, save that, being accompanied with the +tribunes, they were also attended by the whole prerogative to the +piazza of the Pantheon, where, with another volley, they took +their leaves. Argus, who had not thought upon his wife and +children all the way, went very gravely up: and everyone being +seated, the Senate by their silence seemed to call for the +report, which Argus, standing up, delivered in this wise: + +"RIGHT HONORABLE LORDS AND FATHERS ASSEMBLED IN PARLIAMENT: + +"So it is, that it has fallen to my lot to report to your +excellencies in the votes of the people, taken upon the 3d +instant, in the first year of this commonwealth, at the halo; the +Right Honorable Phosphorus de Auge in the tribe of Eudia, +Dolabella d'Enyo in the tribe of Turmae, and Linceus de Stella in +the tribe of Nubia, lords commissioners of the great seal of +Oceana, and proposers pro temporibus, together with my brethren +the tribunes, and myself being present. Wherefore these are to +certify to your fatherhoods, that the said votes of the people +were as follows, that is to say: + +To the first proposition, nemine contradicente; + +To the second, nemine contradicente; + +To the third, the like; + +To the fourth, 211, above half; + +To the fifth, 201, above half; + +To the sixth, 150, above half, in the affirmative; + +To the seventh, nemine contradicente again, and so forth. + +"My Lords, it is a language that is out of my prayers, and if +I be out at it, no harm -- + +"But as concerning my Lord Archon (as I was saying) these are +to signify to you the true-heartedness and goodwill which are in +the people, seeing by joining with you, as one man, they confess +that all they have to give is too little for his highness. For +truly fathers, if he who is able to do harm, and does none, may +well be called honest; what shall we say to my Lord Archon's +highness, who having had it in his power to have done us the +greatest mischief that ever befell a poor nation, so willing to +trust such as they thought well of, has done us so much good, as +we should never have known how to do ourselves? Which was so +sweetly delivered by my Lord Chancellor Phosphorus to the people, +that I dare say there was never a one of them could forbear to do +as I do-and, it please your fatherhoods, they be tears of joy. +Aye, my Lord Archon shall walk the streets (if it be for his ease +I mean) with a switch, while the people run after him and pray +for him; he shall not wet his foot; they will strew flowers in +his way; he shall sit higher in their hearts, and in the judgment +of all good men, than the kings that go upstairs to their seats; +and one of these had as good pull two or three of his fellows out +of their great chairs as wrong him or meddle with him; he has two +or three hundred thousand men, that when you say the word, shall +sell themselves to their shirts for him, and die at his foot. His +pillow is of down, and his grave shall be as soft, over which +they that are alive shall wring their hands. And to come to your +fatherhoods, most truly so called, as being the loving parents of +the people, truly you do not know what a feeling they have of +your kindness, seeing you are so bound up, that if there comes +any harm, they may thank themselves. And, alas! poor souls, they +see that they are given to be of so many minds, that though they +always mean well, yet if there comes any good, they may thank +them that teach them better. Wherefore there was never such a +thing as this invented, they do verily believe that it is no +other than the same which they always had in their very heads, if +they could have but told how to bring it out. As now for a +sample: my lords the proposers had no sooner said your minds, +than they found it to be that which heart could wish. And your +fatherhoods may comfort yourselves, that there is not a people in +the world more willing to learn what is for their own good, nor +more apt to see it, when you have showed it them. Wherefore they +do love you as they do their own selves; honor you as fathers; +resolve to give you as it were obedience forever, and so thanking +you for your most good and excellent laws, they do pray for you +as the very worthies of the land, right honorable lords and +fathers assembled in Parliament." + +Argus came off beyond his own expectation; for thinking +right, and speaking as he thought, it was apparent by the house +and the thanks they gave him, that they esteemed him to be +absolutely of the best sort of orators; upon which having a mind +that till then misgave him, he became very crounse, and much +delighted with that which might go down the next week in print to +his wife and neighbors. Livy makes the Roman tribunes to speak in +the same style with the consuls, which could not be, and +therefore for aught in him to the contrary, Volero and Canuleius +might have spoken in no better style than Argus. However, they +were not created the first year of the commonwealth; and the +tribunes of Oceana are since become better orators than were +needful. But the laws being enacted, had the preamble annexed, +and were delivered to Bronchus, who loved nothing in the earth so +much as to go staring and bellowing up and down the town, like a +stag in a forest, as he now did, with his fraternity in their +coats-of-arms, and I know not how many trumpets, proclaiming the +act of parliament; when, meeting my Lord Archon, whom from a +retreat that was without affectation, as being for devotion only +and to implore a blessing by prayer and fasting upon his labors, +now newly arrived in town, the herald of the tribe of Bestia set +up his throat, and having chanted out his lesson, passed as +haughtily by him as if his own had been the better office, which +in this place was very well taken, though Bronchus for his high +mind happened afterward upon some disasters, too long to tell, +that spoiled much of his embroidery. + +My Lord Archon's arrival being known, the signory, +accompanied by the tribunes, repaired to him, with the news he +had already heard by the herald, to which my lord strategus added +that his highness could not doubt upon the demonstrations given, +but the minds of men were firm in the opinion that he could be no +seeker of himself in the way of earthly pomp and glory, and that +the gratitude of the Senate and the people could not therefore be +understood to have any such reflection upon him. But so it was, +that in regard of dangers abroad, and parties at home, they durst +not trust themselves without a standing army, nor a standing army +in any man's hands but those of his highness. + +The Archon made answer, that he ever expected this would be +the sense of the Senate and the people; and this being their +sense, he should have been sorry they had made choice of any +other than himself for a standing general; first, because it +could not have been more to their own safety, and secondly +because so long as they should have need of a standing army, 'his +work was, not done, that he would not dispute against the +judgment of the Senate and the people, nor ought that to be. +Nevertheless, he made little doubt but experience would show +every party their own interest in this government, and that +better improved than they could expect from any other; that men's +animosities should overbalance their interest for any time was +impossible, that humor could never be lasting, nor through the +constitution of the government of any effect at the first charge. +For supposing the worst, and that the people had chosen no other +into the Senate and the prerogative than royalists, a matter of +1,400 men must have taken their oaths at their election, with an +intention to go quite contrary not only to their oaths so taken, +but to their own interest; for being estated in the sovereign +power, they must have decreed it from themselves (such an example +for which there was never any experience, nor can there be any +reason), or holding it, it must have done in their hands as well +every wit as in any other. Furthermore, they must have removed +the government from a foundation that apparently would hold, to +set it upon another which apparently would not hold; which things +if they could not come to pass, the Senate and the people +consisting wholly of royalists, much less by a parcel of them +elected. But if the fear of the Senate and of the people derived +from a party without, such a one as would not be elected, nor +engage themselves to the commonwealth by an oath; this again must +be so large, as would go quite contrary to their own interest, +they being as free and as fully estated in their liberty as any +other, or so narrow that they could do no hurt, while the people +being in arms, and at the beck of the strategus, every tribe +would at any time make a better army than such a party; and there +being no parties at home, fears from abroad would vanish. But +seeing it was otherwise determined by the Senate and the people, +the best course was to take that which they held the safest, in +which, with his humble thanks for their great bounty, he was +resolved to serve them with all duty and obedience. + +A very short time after the royalists, now equal citizens, +made good the Archon's judgment, there being no other that found +anything near so great a sweet in the government. For he who has +not been acquainted with affliction, says Seneca, knows but half +the things of this world. + +Moreover they saw plainly, that to restore the ancient +government they must cast up their estates into the hands of 300 +men; wherefore in case the Senate and the prerogative, consisting +of 1,300 men, had been all royalists, there must of necessity +have been, and be forever, 1,000 against this or any such vote. +But the Senate, being informed by the signory that the Archon had +accepted of his dignity and office, caused a third chair to be +set for his Highness, between those of the strategus and the +orator in the house, the like at every council; to which he +repaired, not of necessity, but at his pleasure, being the best, +and as Argus not vainly said, the greatest prince in the world; +for in the pomp of his court he was not inferior to any, and in +the field he was followed with a force that was formidable to +all. Nor was there a cause in the nature of this constitution to +put him to the charge of guards, to spoil his stomach or his +sleep: insomuch, as being handsomely disputed by the wits of the +academy, whether my Lord Archon, if he had been ambitious, could +have made himself so great, it was carried clear in the negative; +not only for the reasons drawn from the present balance, which +was popular, but putting the case the balance had been +monarchical. For there be some nations, whereof this is one, that +will bear a prince in a commonwealth far higher than it is +possible for them to bear a monarch. Spain looked upon the Prince +of Orange as her most formidable enemy; but if ever there be a +monarch in Holland, he will be the Spaniard's best friend. For +whereas a prince in a commonwealth derives his greatness from the +root of the people, a monarch derives his from one of those +balances which nip them in the root; by which means the Low +Countries under a monarch were poor and inconsiderable, but in +bearing a prince could grow to a miraculous height, and give the +glory of his actions by far the upper hand of the greatest king +in Christendom. There are kings in Europe, to whom a king of +Oceana would be put a petit companion. But the Prince of this +commonwealth is the terror and judge of them all. + +That which my Lord Archon now minded most was the agrarian, +upon which debate he incessantly thrust the Senate and the +Council of State, to the end it might be planted upon some firm +root, as the main point and basis of perpetuity to the +commonwealth. + +And these are some of the most remarkable passages that +happened in the first year of this government. About the latter +end of the second, the army was disbanded, but the taxes +continued at œ30,000 a month, for three years and a half. By +which means a piece of artillery was planted, and a portion of +land to the value of œ50 a year purchased for the maintenance of +the games, and of the prize arms forever, in each hundred. + +With the eleventh year of the commonwealth, the term of the +excise, allotted for the maintenance of the Senate and the people +and for the raising of a public revenue, expired. By which time +the Exchequer, over and above the annual salaries, amounting to +œ300,000 accumulating every year out of œ1,000,000 income, +œ700,000 in banco, brought it with a product of the sum, rising +to about œ8,000,000 in the whole: whereby at several times they +had purchased to the Senate and the people œ400,000 per annum +solid revenue; which, besides the lands held in Panopea, together +with the perquisites of either province, was held sufficient for +a public revenue. Nevertheless, taxes being now wholly taken off, +the excise, of no great burden (and many specious advantages not +vainly proposed in the heightening of the public revenue), was +very cheerfully established by the Senate and the people, for the +term of ten years longer, and the same course being taken, the +public revenue was found in the one-and-twentieth year of the +commonwealth to be worth œ1,000,000 in good land. Whereupon the +excise was so abolished for the present, as withal resolved to be +the best, the most fruitful and easy way of raising taxes, +according to future exigencies. + +But the revenue being now such as was able to be a yearly +purchaser, gave a jealousy that by this means the balance of the +commonwealth, consisting in private fortunes, might be eaten out, +whence this year is famous for that law whereby the Senate and +the people, forbidding any further purchase of lands to the +public within the dominions of Oceana and the adjacent provinces, +put the agrarian upon the commonwealth herself. These increases +are things which men addicted to monarchy deride as impossible, +whereby they unwarily urge a strong argument against that which +they would defend. For having their eyes fixed upon the pomp and +expense, by which not only every child of a king, being a prince, +exhausts his father's coffers, but favorites and servile spirits, +devoted to the flattery of those princes, grow insolent and +profuse, returning a fit gratitude to their masters, whom, while +they hold it honorable to deceive, they suck and keep eternally +poor: it follows that they do not see how it should be possible +for a commonwealth to clothe herself in purple, and thrive so +strangely upon that which would make a prince's hair grow through +his hood, and not afford him bread. As if it were a miracle that +a careless and prodigal man should bring œ10,000 a year to +nothing, or that an industrious and frugal man brings a little to +œ10,000 a year. But the fruit of one man's industry and frugality +can never be like that of a commonwealth; first, because the +greatness of the increase follows the greatness of the stock or +principal; and, secondly, because a frugal father is for the most +part succeeded by a lavish son; whereas a commonwealth is her own +heir. + +This year a part was proposed by the Right Honorable Aureus +de Woolsack in the tribe of Pecus, first commissioner of the +Treasury, to the Council of State, which soon after passed the +ballot of the Senate and the people, by which the lands of the +public revenue, amounting to œ1,000,000, were equally divided +into œ5,000 lots, entered by their names and parcels into a +lot-book preserved in the Exchequer. And if any orphan, being a +maid, should cast her estate into the Exchequer for œ1,400, the +Treasury was bound by the law to pay her quarterly œ200 a year, +free from taxes, for her life, and to assign her a lot for her +security; if she married, her husband was neither to take out the +principal without her consent (acknowledged by herself to one of +the commissioners of the Treasury, who, according as he found it +to be free, or forced, was to allow or disallow of it), nor any +other way engage it than to her proper use. But if the principal +were taken out, the Treasury was not bound to repay any more of +it than œ1,000, nor might that be repaid at any time, save within +the first year of her marriage: the like was to be done by a half +or quarter lot respectively. + +This was found to be a great charity to the weaker sex, and +as some say, who are more skilful in the like affairs than +myself, of good profit to the commonwealth. + +Now began the native spleen of Oceana to be much purged, and +men not to affect sullenness and pedantism. The elders could +remember that they had been youths. Wit and gallantry were so far +from being thought crimes in themselves, that care was taken to +preserve their innocence. For which cause it was proposed to the +Council for Religion by the Right Honorable Cadiscus de Clero, in +the tribe of Stamnum, first censor, that such women as, living in +gallantry and view about the town, were of evil fame, and could +not show that they were maintained by their own estates or +industry. or such as, having estates of their own, were yet +wasteful in 'their way of life, and of ill-example to others, +should be obnoxious to the animadversion of the Council of +Religion, or of the censors: in which the proceeding should be +after this manner. Notice should be first given of the scandal to +the party offending, in private: if there were no amendment +within the space of six months, she should be summoned and +rebuked before the said Council or censors; and, if after other +six months it were found that neither this availed, she should be +censored not to appear at any public meetings, games, or +recreations, upon penalty of being taken up by the doorkeepers or +guards of the Senate, and by them to be detained, till for every +such offence œ5 were duly paid for her enlargement. + +Furthermore, if any common strumpet should be found or any +scurrility or profaneness represented at either of the theatres, +the prelates for every such offence should be fined œ20 by the +said Council, and the poet, for every such offence on his part, +should be whipped. This law relates to another, which was also +enacted the same year upon this occasion. + +The youth and wits of the Academy having put the business so +home in the defence of comedies that the provosts had nothing but +the consequences provided against by the foregoing law to object, +prevailed so far that two of the provosts of the Council of State +joined in a proposition, which after much ado came to a law, +whereby œ100,000 was allotted for the building of two theatres on +each side of the piazza of the halo: and two annual magistrates +called prelates, chosen out of the knights, were added to the +tropic, the one called the prelate of the buskin, for inspection +of the tragic scene called Melpomene; and the other the prelate +of the sock, for the comic called Thalia, which magistrates had +each œ500 a year allowed out of the profits of the theatres; the +rest, except œ800 a year to four poets, payable into the +Exchequer. A poet laureate created in one of these theatres by +the strategus, receives a wreath of œ500 in gold, paid out of the +said profits. But no man is capable of this creation that had not +two parts in three of the suffrages at the Academy, assembled +after six weeks' warning and upon that occasion. + +These things among us are sure enough to be censured, but not +know the nature of a commonwealth; that they are free, and yet to +curb the genius in a lawful recreation to which they are +naturally is to tell a tale of a tub. I have heard the Protestant +ministers in France, by men that were wise and of their own +profession, much blamed in that they forbade dancing, a +recreation to which the genius of that air is so inclining that +they lost many who would not lose that: nor do they less than +blame the former determination of rashness, who now gently +connive at that which they had so roughly forbidden. These sports +in Oceana are so governed, that they are pleasing for private +diversion, and profitable to the public: for the theatres soon +defrayed their own charge, and now bring in a good revenue. All +this is so far from the detriment of virtue, that it is to the +improvement of it, seeing women that heretofore made havoc of +their honor that they might have their pleasures are now +incapable of their pleasures if they lose their honor. + +About the one-and-fortieth year of the commonwealth, the +censors, according to their annual custom, reported the pillar of +Nilus, by which it was found that the people were increased very +near one-third. Whereupon the Council of War was appointed by the +Senate to bring in a state of war, and the treasurers the state +of the Treasury. The state of war, or the pay and charge of an +army, was soon after exhibited by the Council in this account: + +THE FIELD PAY OF A PARLIAMENTARY ARMY + +The lord strategus, marching œ10,000 +Polemarches-- + +General of the horse... 2,000 + +Lieutenant-general... 2,000 + +General of the artillery.... 1,000 + +Commissary-general... 1,000 + +Major-general.... 1,000 + +Quartermaster-general... 1,000 +Two adjutants to the major-general... 1,000 +Forty colonels..... 40,000 +100 captains of horse, at œ500 a man... 50,000 +300 captains of foot, at œ300 a man... 90,000 +100 cornets, at œ100 a man.... 10,000 +300 ensigns, at œ50 a man.... 15,000 +800 Quartermasters, Sergeants, Trumpeters, + +Drummers, 20,000 +10,000 horse, at 2s 6d per day each... 470,000 +30,000 foot, at 1s per day each.... 500,000 +Chirurgeons... 400 +40,000 auxiliaries, amounting to within a + +little as much... 1,100,000 +The charge of mounting 20,000 horse.. 300,000 +The train of artillery, holding a 3d to + +the whole 900,000 + + Sum total œ3,514,400 + +Arms and ammunition are not reckoned, as those which are +furnished out of the store or arsenal of Emporium: nor wastage, +as that which goes upon the account of the fleet, maintained by +the customs; which customs, through the care of the Council for +Trade and growth of traffic, were long since improved to about +œ1,000,000 revenue. The house being thus informed of a state of +war, the commissioners brought in -- + +THE STATE OF THE TREASURY THIS PRESENT YEAR, BEING THE +ONE-AND-FORTIETH OF THE COMMONWEALTH + +Received from the one-and-twentieth of the commonwealth: + +By œ700,000 a year in bank, with the product of the sum + + rising.............. +œ16,000,000 + +Expended from the one-and-twentieth of this commonwealth: + + Imprimis, for the addition of arms for 100,000 men to + +the arsenal, or tower of Emporium......... +œ1,000,000 + For the storing of the same with artillery... +300,000 + For the storing of the same with ammunition... +200,000 + For beautifying the cities, parks, gardens, public walks, + +and places for recreation of Emporium and Hiera, with + +public buildings, aqueducts, statues, + +and fountains, etc...... +1,500,000 + Extraordinary embassies... +150,000 + +Sum........ +œ3,150,000 + + Remaining in the Treasury, the salaries of the + +Exchequer being defalked....... +œ12,000,000 + +By comparison of which accounts if a war with an army of +80,000 men were to be made by the penny, yet was the commonwealth +able to maintain such a one above three years without levying a +tax. But it is against all experience, sense, and reason that +such an army should not be soon broken, or make a great progress; +in either of which cases, the charge ceases; or rather if a right +course be taken in the latter, profit comes in: for the Romans +had no other considerable way but victory whereby to fill their +treasury, which nevertheless was seldom empty. Alexander did not +consult his purse upon his design for Persia: it is observed by +Machiavel, that Livy, arguing what the event in reason must have +been had that King invaded Rome, and diligently measuring what on +each side was necessary to such a war, never speaks a word of +money. No man imagines that the Gauls, Goths, Vandals, Huns, +Lombards, Saxons, Normans, made their inroads or conquests by the +strength of the purse; and if it be thought enough, according to +the dialect of our age, to say in answer to these things that +those times are past and gone: what money did the late Gustavus, +the most victorious of modern princes, bring out of Sweden with +him into Germany? An army that goes upon a golden leg will be as +lame as if it were a wooden one; but proper forces have nerves +and muscles in them, such for which, having œ4,000,000 or +œ5,000,000, a sum easy enough, with a revenue like this of +Oceana, to be had at any time in readiness, you need never, or +very rarely, charge the people with taxes. What influence the +commonwealth by such arms has had upon the world, I leave to +historians, whose custom it has been of old to be as diligent +observers of foreign actions as careless of those domestic +revolutions which (less pleasant it may be, as not partaking so +much of the romance) are to statesmen of far greater profit; and +this fault, if it be not mine, is so much more frequent with +modern writers, as has caused me to undertake this work; on which +to give my own judgment, it is performed as much above the time I +have been about it, as below the dignity of the matter. + +But I cannot depart out of this country till I have taken +leave of my Lord Archon, a prince of immense felicity who having +built as high with his counsels as he digged deep with his sword, +had now seen fifty years measured with his own unerring orbs. + +Timoleon (such a hater of tyrants that, not able to persuade +his brother Timophanes to relinquish the tyranny of Corinth, he +slew him) was afterward elected by the people (the Sicilians +groaning to them from under the like burden) to be sent to their +relief: whereupon Teleclides, the man at that time of most +authority in the Commonwealth of Corinth, stood up, and giving an +exhortation to Timoleon, how he should behave himself in this +expedition, told him that if he restored the Sicilians to +liberty, it would be acknowledged that he destroyed a tyrant; if +otherwise, he must expect to hear he had murdered a king. +Timoleon, taking his leave with a very small provision for so +great a design, pursued it with a courage not inferior to, and a +felicity beyond, any that had been known to that day in mortal +flesh, having in the space of eight years utterly rooted out of +all Sicily those weeds of tyranny, through the detestation +whereof men fled in such abundance from their native country that +whole cities were left desolate, and brought it to such a pass +that others, through the fame of his virtues and the excellency +of the soil, flocked as fast from all quarters to it as to the +garden of the world: while he, being presented by the people of +Syracuse with his town-house and his country retreat, the +sweetest places in either, lived with his wife and children a +most quiet, happy, and holy life; for he attributed no part of +his success to himself, but all to the blessing and providence of +the gods. As he passed his time in this manner, admired and +honored by mankind, Laphistius, an envious demagogue, going to +summon him upon some pretence or other to answer for himself +before the assembly, the people fell into such a mutiny as could +not be appeased but by Timoleon, who, understanding the matter, +reproved them, by repeating the pains and travel which he had +gone through, to no other end than that every man might have the +free use of the laws. Wherefore when Daemenetus, another +demagogue, had brought the same design about again, and blamed +him impertinently to the people for things which he did when he +was general, Timoleon answered nothing, but raising up his hands, +gave the gods thanks for their return to his frequent prayers, +that he might but live to see the Syracusans so free, that they +could question whom they pleased. + +Not long after, being old, through some natural imperfection, +he fell blind; but the Syracusans by their perpetual visits held +him, though he could not see, their greatest object: if there +arrived strangers, they brought him to see this sight. Whatever +came in debate at the assembly, if it were of small consequence, +they determined it themselves; but if of importance, they always +sent for Timoleon, who, being brought by his servants in a chair, +and set in the middle of the theatre, there ever followed a great +shout, after which some time was allowed for the benedictions of +the people; and then the matter proposed, when Timoleon had +spoken to it, was put to the suffrage; which given, his servants +bore him back in his chair, accompanied by the people clapping +their hands, and making all expressions of joy and applause, +till, leaving him at his house, they returned to the despatch of +their business. And this was the life of Timoleon, till he died +of age, and dropped like a mature fruit, while the eyes of the +people were as the showers of autumn. + +The life and death of my Lord Archon (but that he had his +senses to the last, and that his character, as not the restorer, +but the founder of a commonwealth, was greater) are so exactly +the same, that (seeing by men wholly ignorant of antiquity I am +accused of writing romance) I shall repeat nothing: but tell you +that this year the whole nation of Oceana, even to the women and +children, were in mourning, where so great or sad a funeral pomp +had never been seen or known. Some time after the performance of +the obsequies a Colossus, mounted on a brazen horse of excellent +fabric, was erected in the piazza of the Pantheon, engraved with +this inscription on the eastern side of the pedestal: + + HIS NAME + + IS AS + + PRECIOUS OINTMENT + +And on the wester with the following: + + GRATA PATRIA + +Piae et Perpetuae Memorie + + D.D. + + OLPHAUS MEGALETOR + +LORD ARCHON, AND SOLE LEGISLATOR + + OF + + OCEANA + + PATER PATRIAE + + Invincible in the Field The Greatest of Captains + Inviolable in his Faith The Best of Princes + Unfeigned in his Zeal The Happiest of Legislators + Immortal in his Fame The Most Sincere of Christians + + Who setting the Kingdoms of Earth at Liberty, + Took the Kingdom of the Heavens by Violence. + + Anno AEtat. suoe 116 + + Hujus Reipub. 50 + +DESCRIPTION OF OCEANA + +OCEANA is saluted by the panegyrist after this manner: "O the +most blessed and fortunate of all countries, Oceana! how +deservedly has nature with the bounties of heaven and earth +endued thee! Thy ever fruitful womb not closed with ice nor +dissolved by the raging star; where Ceres and Bacchus are +perpetual twins: thy woods are not the harbor of devouring +beasts, nor thy continual verdure the ambush of serpents, but the +food of innumerable herds and flocks presenting thee, their +shepherdess, with distended dugs or golden fleeces. The wings of +thy night involve thee not in the horror of darkness, but have +still some white feather; and thy day is (that for which we +esteem life) the longest." But this ecstasy of Pliny, as is +observed by Bertius, seems to allude as well to Marpesia and +Panopea, now provinces of this commonwealth, as to Oceana itself. + +To speak of the people in each of these countries. This of +Oceana, for so soft a one, is the most martial in the whole +world. "Let States that aim at greatness," says Verulamius, "take +heed how their nobility and gentlemen multiply too fast, for that +makes the common subject grow to be a peasant and base swain +driven out of heart, and in effect but a gentleman's laborer; +just as you may see in coppice woods, if you leave the staddels +too thick, you shall never have clean underwood, but shrubs and +bushes; so in countries, if the gentlemen be too many, the +commons will be base; and you will bring it to that at last, that +not the hundreth poll will be fit for a helmet, specially as to +the infantry, which is the nerve of an army, and so there will be +great population and little strength. This of which I speak has +been nowhere better seen than by comparing of Oceana and France, +whereof Oceana, though far less in territory and population, has +been nevertheless an overmatch, in regard the middle people of +Oceana make good solders, which the peasants in France do not." +In which words Verulamius, as Machiavel has done before him, +harps much upon a string which he has not perfectly tuned, and +that is, the balance of dominion or property, as it follows more +plainly, in his praise "of the profound and admirable device of +Panurgus, King of Oceana, in making farms and houses of husbandry +of a standard; that is, maintained with such a proportion of land +to them as may breed a subject to live in convenient plenty, and +no servile condition, and to keep the plough in the hands of the +owners, and not mere hirelings. And thus, indeed," says he, "you +shall attain to Virgil's character which he gives of ancient +Italy." But the tillage, bringing up a good soldiery, brings up a +good commonwealth; which the author in the praise of Panurgus did +not mind, nor Panurgus in deserving that praise; for where the +owner of the plough comes to have the sword, too, he will use it +in defence of his own; whence it has happened that the people of +Oceana, in proportion to their property, have been always free. +And the genius of this nation has ever had some resemblance with +that of ancient Italy, which was wholly addicted to +commonwealths, and where Rome came to make the greatest account +of her rustic tribes, and to call her consuls from the plough; +for in the way of parliaments, which was the government of this +realm, men of country lives have been still intrusted with the +greatest affairs, and the people have constantly had an aversion +to the ways of the court. Ambition, loving to be gay and to fawn, +has been a gallantry looked upon as having something in it of the +livery; and husbandry, or the country way of life, though of a +grosser spinning, as the best stuff of a commonwealth, according +to Aristotle, such a one being the most obstinate assertress of +her liberty and the least subject to innovation or turbulency. +Wherefore till the foundations, as will be hereafter shown, were +removed, this people was observed to be the least subject to +shakings and turbulency of any; whereas commonwealths, upon which +the city life has had the stronger influence, as Athens, have +seldom or never been quiet, but at the best are found to have +injured their own business by overdoing it. Whence the urban +tribes of Rome, consisting of the Turba forensis, and libertines +that had received their freedom by manumission, were of no +reputation in comparison of the rustics. It is true that with +Venice it may seem to be otherwise, in regard the gentlemen (for +so are all such called as have a right to that government) are +wholly addicted to the city life; but then the Turba forensis, +the secretaries, Cittadini, with the rest of the populace, are +wholly excluded. Otherwise a commonwealth consisting but of one +city would doubtless be stormy, in regard that ambition would be +every man's trade; but where it consists of a country, the plough +in the hands of the owner finds him a better calling, and +produces the most innocent and steady genius of a commonwealth, +such as is that of Oceana. + +Marpesia, being the northern part of the same island, is the +dry-nurse of a populous and hardy nation, but where the staddels +have been formerly too thick, whence their courage answered not +their hardiness, except in the nobility, who govern much after +the manner of Poland, but that the King was not elective till the +people received their liberty; the yoke of the nobility being +broken by the commonwealth of Oceana, which in grateful return is +thereby provided with an inexhaustible magazine of auxiliaries. + +Panopea, the soft mother of a slothful and pusillanimous +people, is a neighbor island, anciently subjected by the arms of +Oceana; since almost depopulated for shaking the yoke, and at +length replanted with a new race. But, through what virtues of +the soil or vice of the air soever it be, they come still to +degenerate. Wherefore seeing it is neither likely to yield men +fit for arms, nor necessary it should, it had been the interest +of Oceana so to have disposed of this province, being both rich +in the nature of the soil, and full of commodious ports for +trade, that it might have been ordered for the best in relation +to her purse, which in my opinion, if it had been thought upon in +time, might have been best done by planting it with Jews, +allowing them their own rites and laws; for that would have +brought them suddenly from all parts of the world, and in +sufficient numbers. And though the Jews be now altogether for +merchandise, yet in the land of Canaan (except since their exile +from whence they have not been landlords) they were altogether +for agriculture; and there is no cause why a man should doubt, +but having a fruitful country and excellent ports, too, they +would be good at both. Panopea, well peopled, would be worth a +matter of œ4,000,000 dry-rents; that is, besides the advantage of +the agriculture and trade, which, with a nation of that industry, +come at least to as much more. Wherefore Panopea, being farmed +out to the Jews and their heirs forever, for the pay of a +provincial army to protect them during the term of seven years, +and for œ2,000,000 annual revenue from that time forward, besides +the customs, which would pay the provincial army, would have been +a bargain of such advantage, both to them and this commonwealth, +as is not to be found otherwise by either. To receive the Jews +after any other manner into a commonwealth were to maim it; for +they of all nations never incorporate, but taking up the room of +a limb, are of no use office to the body, while they suck the +nourishment which would sustain a natural and useful member. + +If Panopea had been so disposed of, that knapsack, with the +Marpesian auxiliary, had been an inestimable treasure; the +situation of these countries being islands (as appears by Venice +how advantageous such a one is to the like government) seems to +have been designed by God for a commonwealth. And yet that, +through the straitness of the place and defect of proper arms, +can be no more than a commonwealth for preservation; whereas +this, reduced to the like government, is a commonwealth for +increase, and upon the mightiest foundation that any has been +laid from the beginning of the world to this day. + +"Illam arcta capiens Neptunus compede stringit: + Hanc autem glaucis captus complectitur ulnis." + +The sea gives law to the growth of Venice, but the growth of +Oceana gives law to the sea. + +These countries, having been anciently distinct and hostile +kingdoms, came by Morpheus the Marpesian, who succeeded by +hereditary right to the crown of Oceana, not only to be joined +under one head, but to be cast, as it were by a charm, into that +profound sleep, which, broken at length by the trumpet of civil +war, has produced those effects that have given occasion to the +preceding discourse, divided into four parts. + + + + + +End of The Project Gutenberg Etext of Oceana, by James Harrington + |